US20030180744A1 - High affinity oligonucleotide ligands to growth factors - Google Patents

High affinity oligonucleotide ligands to growth factors Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20030180744A1
US20030180744A1 US10/223,666 US22366602A US2003180744A1 US 20030180744 A1 US20030180744 A1 US 20030180744A1 US 22366602 A US22366602 A US 22366602A US 2003180744 A1 US2003180744 A1 US 2003180744A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
ligands
pdgf
nucleic acid
hkgf
binding
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US10/223,666
Inventor
Larry Gold
Nebojsa Janjic
Nikos Pagratis
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Gilead Sciences Inc
Original Assignee
Gilead Sciences Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US08/458,424 external-priority patent/US5731424A/en
Priority claimed from US08/458,423 external-priority patent/US5731144A/en
Priority claimed from US08/465,594 external-priority patent/US5846713A/en
Priority claimed from US08/465,591 external-priority patent/US5837834A/en
Priority claimed from US08/479,783 external-priority patent/US5668264A/en
Priority claimed from US08/479,725 external-priority patent/US5674685A/en
Priority claimed from US08/618,693 external-priority patent/US5723594A/en
Priority to US10/223,666 priority Critical patent/US20030180744A1/en
Application filed by Gilead Sciences Inc filed Critical Gilead Sciences Inc
Assigned to GILEAD SCIENCES, INC. reassignment GILEAD SCIENCES, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: NEXSTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
Publication of US20030180744A1 publication Critical patent/US20030180744A1/en
Priority to US11/444,181 priority patent/US20060229273A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
    • C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
    • C12N15/11—DNA or RNA fragments; Modified forms thereof; Non-coding nucleic acids having a biological activity
    • C12N15/115—Aptamers, i.e. nucleic acids binding a target molecule specifically and with high affinity without hybridising therewith ; Nucleic acids binding to non-nucleic acids, e.g. aptamers
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06—Antipsoriatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B82—NANOTECHNOLOGY
    • B82Y—SPECIFIC USES OR APPLICATIONS OF NANOSTRUCTURES; MEASUREMENT OR ANALYSIS OF NANOSTRUCTURES; MANUFACTURE OR TREATMENT OF NANOSTRUCTURES
    • B82Y5/00—Nanobiotechnology or nanomedicine, e.g. protein engineering or drug delivery
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/475—Growth factors; Growth regulators
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/475—Growth factors; Growth regulators
    • C07K14/49—Platelet-derived growth factor [PDGF]
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/475—Growth factors; Growth regulators
    • C07K14/495—Transforming growth factor [TGF]
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/475—Growth factors; Growth regulators
    • C07K14/50—Fibroblast growth factor [FGF]
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
    • C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
    • C12N15/11—DNA or RNA fragments; Modified forms thereof; Non-coding nucleic acids having a biological activity
    • C12N15/111—General methods applicable to biologically active non-coding nucleic acids
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2320/00—Applications; Uses
    • C12N2320/10—Applications; Uses in screening processes
    • C12N2320/13—Applications; Uses in screening processes in a process of directed evolution, e.g. SELEX, acquiring a new function
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G01—MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N2333/00—Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature
    • G01N2333/90—Enzymes; Proenzymes
    • G01N2333/914—Hydrolases (3)
    • G01N2333/948—Hydrolases (3) acting on peptide bonds (3.4)
    • G01N2333/95—Proteinases, i.e. endopeptidases (3.4.21-3.4.99)
    • G01N2333/964—Proteinases, i.e. endopeptidases (3.4.21-3.4.99) derived from animal tissue
    • G01N2333/96425—Proteinases, i.e. endopeptidases (3.4.21-3.4.99) derived from animal tissue from mammals
    • G01N2333/96427—Proteinases, i.e. endopeptidases (3.4.21-3.4.99) derived from animal tissue from mammals in general
    • G01N2333/9643—Proteinases, i.e. endopeptidases (3.4.21-3.4.99) derived from animal tissue from mammals in general with EC number
    • G01N2333/96433—Serine endopeptidases (3.4.21)

Definitions

  • the method utilized herein for identifying such nucleic acid ligands is called SELEX, an acronym for Systematic Evolution of Ligands by EXponential enrichment.
  • This invention includes high affinity nucleic acid ligands of TGF ⁇ , PDGF and hKGF. Further disclosed are RNA and DNA ligands to TGF ⁇ 1 and PDGF and RNA ligands to hKGF. Also included are oligonucleotides containing nucleotide derivatives chemically modified at the 2′-positions of pyrimidines.
  • RNA ligands to TGF ⁇ 1 and hKGF containing 2′-NH 2 -modifications or 2′-F modifications and RNA ligands to PDGF containing 2′-F modifications.
  • This invention also includes high affinity nucleic acid inhibitors of TGF ⁇ 1, PDGF and hKGF.
  • the oligonucleotides of the present invention are useful as pharmaceuticals or diagnostic agents.
  • TGF ⁇ transforming growth factor- ⁇
  • the transforming growth factor- ⁇ (TGF ⁇ ) polypeptides influence growth, differentiation, and gene expression in many cell types.
  • the first polypeptide of this family that was characterized, TGF ⁇ 1 has two identical 112 amino acid subunits which are covalently linked.
  • TGF ⁇ 1 is a highly conserved protein with only a single amino acid difference distinguishing human from mice forms.
  • TGF ⁇ 2 is 71% homologous to TGF ⁇ 1 (de Martin et al., (1987) EMBO J. 6:3673-3677), whereas TGF ⁇ 3 is 80% homologous to TGF ⁇ 1 (Derynck et al., (1988) EMBO J.
  • TGF ⁇ 1 As determined by nuclear magnetic resonance (Archer et al., (1993) Biochemistry 32:1164-1171) agree with the crystal structure of TGF ⁇ 2 (Daopin et al., (1992) Science 257:369-374; Schlunegger and Grutter (1992) Nature 358:430-434).
  • TGF ⁇ 's have similar three dimensional structures, they are by no means physiologically equivalent.
  • extracellular receptors type I, II and III, involved in transmembrane signaling of TGF ⁇ to cells carrying the receptors.
  • type I, II and III extracellular receptors
  • the type III receptor In order for TGF ⁇ 2 to effectively interact with the type II TGF ⁇ receptor, the type III receptor must also be present (Derynck (1994) TIBS 19:548-553).
  • Vascular endothelial cells lack the type III receptor.
  • endothelial cells express a structurally related protein called endoglin (Cheifetz et al., (1992) J. Biol. Chem. 267:19027-19030), which only binds TGF ⁇ 1 and TGF ⁇ 3 with high affinity.
  • endoglin a structurally related protein that binds TGF ⁇ 1 and TGF ⁇ 3 with high affinity.
  • the relative potency of the TGF ⁇ 's reflect the type of receptors expressed in a cell and organ system.
  • TGF ⁇ 2 and TGF ⁇ 3 are more limited (Derynck et al., (1988) EMBO J. 7:3737-3743) than TGF ⁇ 1, e.g., TGF ⁇ 3 is limited to tissues of mesenchymal origin, whereas TGF ⁇ 1 is present in both mesenchymal and epithelial cells.
  • TGF ⁇ 1 is a multifunctional cytokine critical for tissue repair. High concentrations of TGF ⁇ 1 are delivered to the site of injury by platelet granules (Assoian and Sporn, (1986) J Cell Biol. 102:1217-1223.). TGF ⁇ 1 initiates a series of events that promote healing including chemotaxis of cells such as leukocytes, monocytes and fibroblasts, and regulation of growth factors and cytokines involved in angiogenesis, cell division associated with tissue repair and inflammatory responses. TGF ⁇ 1 also stimulates the synthesis of extracellular matrix components (Roberts et al., (1986) Proc. Natl.
  • TGF ⁇ 1 overproduction Fibrotic diseases associated with TGF ⁇ 1 overproduction can be divided into chronic conditions such as fibrosis of kidney, lung and liver and more acute conditions such as dermal scarring and restenosis. Synthesis and secretion of TGF ⁇ 1 by tumor cells can also lead to immune suppression such as seen in patients with aggressive brain or breast tumors (Arteaga et al., (1993) J Clin Invest 92: 2569-2576).
  • the course of Leishmanial infection in mice is drastically altered by TGF ⁇ 1 (Barral-Netto et al., (1992) Science 257:545-547).
  • TGF ⁇ 1 exacerbated the disease, whereas TGF ⁇ 1 antibodies halted the progression of the disease in genetically susceptible mice. Genetically resistant mice became susceptible to Leishmanial infection upon administration of TGF ⁇ 1.
  • TGF ⁇ 1 levels are elevated in human diabetic glomerulosclerosis (advanced neuropathy) (Yamamoto et al., (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 90:1814-1818).
  • TGF ⁇ 1 is an important mediator in the genesis of renal fibrosis in a number of animal models (Phan et al., (1990) Kidney Int. 37:426; Okuda et al., (1990) J. Clin Invest. 86:453). Suppression of experimentally induced glomerulonephritus in rats has been demonstrated by antiserum against TGF ⁇ 1 (Border et al., (1990) Nature 346:371) and by an extracellular matrix protein, decorin, which can bind TGF ⁇ 1 (Border et al., (1992) Nature 360:361-363).
  • TGF ⁇ 1 leads to dermal scar-tissue formation.
  • Neutralizing TGF ⁇ 1 antibodies injected into the margins of healing wounds in rats have been shown to inhibit scarring without interfering with the rate of wound healing or the tensile strength of the wound (Shah et al., (1992) Lancet 339:213-214).
  • angiogenesis reduced number of macrophages and monocytes in the wound, and a reduced amount of disorganized collagen fiber deposition in the scar tissue.
  • TGF ⁇ 1 may be a factor in the progressive thickening of the arterial wall which results from the proliferation of smooth muscle cells and deposition of extracellular matrix in the artery after balloon angioplasty.
  • the diameter of the restenosed artery may be reduced 90% by this thickening, and since most of the reduction in diameter is due to extracellular matrix rather than smooth muscle cell bodies, it may be possible to open these vessels to 50% simply by reducing extensive extracellular matrix deposition.
  • TGF ⁇ 1 gene expression was associated with both extracellular matrix synthesis and hyperplasia (Nabel et al., (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci USA 90:10759-10763).
  • TGF ⁇ 1 induced hyperplasia was not as extensive as that induced with PDGF-BB, but the extracellular matrix was more extensive with TGF ⁇ 1 transfectants. No extracellular matrix deposition was associated with FGF-1 (a secreted form of FGF) induced hyperplasia in this gene transfer pig model (Nabel (1993) Nature 362:844-846).
  • TGF ⁇ 1 produced by the tumor may be deleterious.
  • MATLyLu rat cancer cells (Steiner and Barrack, (1992) Mol. Endocrinol. 6:15-25) and MCF-7 human breast cancer cells (Arteaga et al., (1993) Cell Growth and Differ. 4:193-201) became more tumorigenic and metastatic after transfection with a vector expressing the mouse TGF ⁇ 1.
  • poor prognosis is associated with elevated TGF ⁇ (Dickson et al., (1987) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 84:837-841; Kasid et al., (1987) Cancer Res.
  • CHO cells transfected with latent TGF ⁇ 1 also showed decreased NK activity and increased tumor growth in nude mice (Wallick et al., (1990) J Exp Med 172:1777-1784).
  • TGF ⁇ 1 secreted by breast tumors may cause an endocrine immune suppression.
  • TGF ⁇ 1 High plasma concentrations of TGF ⁇ 1 have been shown to indicate poor prognosis for advanced breast cancer patients (Anscher et al. (1993) N Engl J Med 328:1592-8). Patients with high circulating TGF ⁇ before high dose chemotherapy and autologous bone marrow transplantation are at high risk for hepatic veno-occlusive disease (15-50% of all patients with a mortality rate up to 50%) and idiopathic interstitial pneumonitis (40-60% of all patients). The implication of these findings is 1) that elevated plasma levels of TGF ⁇ 1 can be used to identify at risk patients and 2) that reduction of TGF ⁇ 1 could decrease the morbidity and mortality of these common treatments for breast cancer patients.
  • Platelet-derived growth factor was originally isolated from platelet lysates and identified as the major growth-promoting activity present in serum but not in plasma. Two homologous PDGF isoforms have been identified, PDGF A and B, which are encoded by separate genes (on chromosomes 7 and 22). The most abundant species from platelets is the AB heterodimer, although all three possible dimers (AA, AB and BB) occur naturally. Following translation, PDGF dimers are processed into ⁇ 30 kDa secreted proteins. Two cell surface proteins that bind PDGF with high affinity have been identified, a and ⁇ (Heldin et al., (1981) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
  • Both species contain five immunoglobulin-like extracellular domains, a single transmembrane domain and an intracellular tyrosine kinase domain separated by a kinase insert domain.
  • the functional high affinity receptor is a dimer and engagement of the extracellular domain of the receptor by PDGF results in cross-phosphorylation (one receptor tyrosine kinase phosphorylates the other in the dimer) of several tyrosine residues.
  • Receptor phosphorylation leads to a cascade of events that results in the transduction of the mitogenic or chemotactic signal to the nucleus.
  • src-homology 2 SH2 domain-containing proteins including phospholipase C-g, phosphatidylinositol 3′-kinase, GTPase-activating protein and several adapter molecules like Shc, Grb2 and Nck (Heldin, (1995) Cell 80:213).
  • SH2 src-homology 2
  • the a-receptor homodimer binds all three PDGF isoforms with high affinity, the ⁇ -receptor homodimer binds only PDGF BB with high affinity and PDGF AB with approximately 10-fold lower affinity, and the a ⁇ -receptor heterodimer binds PDGF BB and PDGF AB with high affinity (Westermark & Heldin, (1993) Acta Oncologica 32:101).
  • the specificity pattern results from the ability of the A-chain to bind only to the a-receptor and of the B-chain to bind to both a and ⁇ -receptor subunits with high affinity.
  • glioma The progression to high grade glioma was accompanied by the increase in expression of PDGF-B and the ⁇ -receptor in tumor-associated endothelial cells and PDGF-A in glioma cells. Increased expression of PDGF and/or PDGF receptors has also been observed in other malignancies including fibrosarcoma (Smits et al., Am. J. Pathol. 140:639 (1992)) and thyroid carcinoma (Heldin et al., Endocrinology 129:2187 (1991)).
  • hKGF Human Keratinocyte Growth Factor
  • FGF-7 Finch et al., (1989) Science 245:752-755
  • Microvascular endothelial cells (Smola et al., (1993) J Cell Biol 122:417-429) and very recently, activated intraepithelial gd T cells (Boismenu et al., (1994) Science 266:1253-1255) have also been shown to synthesize hKGF. hKGF expression is stimulated in wounds (Werner et al., (1992) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 89:6896-6900).
  • hKGF has a signal peptide and thus is secreted by producing cells (Finch et al., (1989) Science 245:752-755). hKGF can be overexpressed in E.
  • the E. coli derived recombinant protein is 10 times more mitogenic than the native protein (Ron et al., (1993) J Biol Chem 268:2984-2988). This difference maybe due to glycosylation.
  • the native protein has a potential Asn glycosylation site (Ron et al., (1993) J Biol Chem 268:2984-2988).
  • the hKGF bioactivity is mediated through a specific cell surface receptor (Miki et al., (1991) Science 251:72-75).
  • the hKGF receptor is a modified FGF receptor resulting from alternative splicing of the C-terminal extracellular region of the FGF-R2 (Miki et al., (1992) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 89:246-250).
  • NIH/3T3 cells transfected with the hKGF receptor express high affinity ( ⁇ 200 pM) binding sites for hKGF (Miki et al., (1992) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 89:246-250).
  • the approximate number of specific binding sites per NIH/3T3 cell is about 500,000 (D.
  • the hKGF receptor binds hKGF and aFGF with similar affinities, and bFGF with about 20 fold less affinity (Miki et al., (1991) Science 251:72-75; Miki et al., (1992) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 89:246-250).
  • a variant of the hKGF receptor has been found to be an amplified gene (i.e., one gene, multiple copies), designated K-SAM, in a human stomach carcinoma cell line (Hattori et al., (1990) Proc natl Acad Sci USA 87:5983-5987).
  • Heparin has been reported to be an inhibitor of hKGF bioactivity (Ron et al., (1993) J Biol Chem 268:2984-2988). This is in contrast to the agonistic effect of heparin for aFGF (Spivak-Kroixman et al., (1994) Cell 79:1015-1024).
  • hKGF recombinant hKGF molecule has been available only since 1993. Therefore, there is limited information on the role of hKGF in human disease.
  • the published literature contains evidence that strongly suggests a role for hKGF in at least two human diseases, namely psoriasis and cancer.
  • hKGF has also been implicated in inflammatory bowel disease (P. Finch, personal communication).
  • Psoriasis is a skin disorder which can be debilitating (Greaves et al., (1995) N Eng J Medicine 332:581-588), characterized by hyperproliferation of the epidermis and incomplete differentiation of keratinocytes, together with dermal inflammation (Abel et al., (1994) Scientific American Medicine III-1 to III-18; Greaves et al., (1995) N Eng J Medicine 332:581-588).
  • Psoriasis occurs in 0.5 to 2.8 percent of the population with the highest incidence in Scandinavia. In the US in 1992, it was estimated that 4-8 million people affected with psoriasis spent about $600 million for various drugs and related therapies, none of which is very effective. Most of the expenditure was made by about 400,000 patients with severe psoriasis spending $1,000-1,500 annually on treatment. There are about 200,000 new cases of psoriasis every year.
  • the basic cause of the disorder is not known, but it results from a primary or secondary defect in the mechanisms that regulate epidermal keratinocyte cell division (Abel et al., (1994) Scientific American Medicine III- 1 to III-18).
  • Psoriasis responds to steroids and cyclosporine and in that sense is characterized as an immune disease (Abel et al., (1994) Scientific American Medicine III- 1 to III-18).
  • hKGF is the primary specific growth factor for keratinocytes, its overexpression and deregulation are primary candidates as the cause of keratinocyte hyperproliferation in psoriasis.
  • hKGF histological appearance resembling psoriasis (Staiano-Coico et al., (1993) J Ex Med 178:865-878); keratinocyte derived hKGF in transgenic mice causes pathology reminiscent to psoriasis (Guo et al., (1993) EMBO J 12:973-986); in situ hybridization experiments demonstrated a moderate and a strong upregulation of hKGF and hKGF receptors respectively in psoriasis (P. Finch, personal communication). In situ hybridization experiments also demonstrated involvement of hKGF in another immune disease namely, inflammatory bowel disease (P. Finch, personal communication).
  • K-sam is an amplified gene, designated K-sam, which is an isoform of the hKGF-receptor (Katoh et al., (1992) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 89:2960-2964).
  • K-sam an amplified gene
  • pancreatic ductal epithelial cell Yi et al., (1994) Am J Pathol 145:80-85
  • hepatocytes hepatocytes
  • epithelial cells throughout the gastrointestinal tract
  • hKGF causes mammary duct dilation and rampant epithelial hyperplasia, both of which are common features of breast cancers (Ulich et al., (1994) Am J Pathol 144:862-868; Yi et al., (1994) Am J Pathol 145:1015-1022).
  • the ductal epithelium of breastfeeding rats is resistant to the growth promoting effects of hKGF and this is of interest in regard to epidemiological observations that pregnancy in women decreases susceptibility to breast cancer and that dairy cows almost never develop breast cancer (Kuzma, 1977, Breast in Pathology, Mosby Co.).
  • hKGF causes mammary duct dilation and rampant epithelial hyperplasia, both of which are common features of breast cancers (Ulich et al., (1994) Am J Pathol 144:862-868; Yi et al., (1994) Am J Pathol 145:1015-1022).
  • the ductal epithelium of breastfeeding rats is
  • hKGF mRNA has been detected recently in normal human breast tissue and in 12 of 15 breast tumor samples tested (Koos et al., (1993) J Steroid Biochem Molec Biol 45:217-225).
  • the presence of hKGF mRNA in breast tumors considered in conjunction with the observation that hKGF is present in nonneoplastic mammary glands and that hKGF causes rampant proliferation of mammary epithelium suggests that hKGF may be an autocrine or paracrine growth factor important in the regulation of the growth of normal and neoplastic mammary epithelium (Ulich et al., (1994) Am J Pathol 144:862-868).
  • Infiltrating ductal mammary adenocarcinoma is characteristically enveloped by a desmoplasmic stroma that has been postulated to represent a defensive host response to the carcinoma (Ulich et al., (1994) Am J Pathol 144:862-868). Since hKGF is stroma derived it is possible that the desmoplasmic stroma contributes rather than inhibits the growth of the tumor.
  • hKGF functions in epithelial induction during seminal vesicle development, a process that is directed by androgen (Alarid et al., (1994) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 91:1074-1078). Furthermore, hKGF causes aberrant activation of the androgen receptor, thus probably contributing to the failure of androgen ablation therapy in prostate cancer (Culig et al., (1994) Cancer Res 54:5474-5478). Based on this information, it is possible that genetic alterations cause hKGF to escape androgen regulation and thus convert the androgen dependent tumor into an androgen independent, highly malignant tumor.
  • hKGF Benign Prostate Hypertrophy
  • D. Bottaro personal communication
  • hKGF competitors a monoclonal antibody and a short hKGF-receptor derived peptide (25-mer) have been described as hKGF competitors (Bottaro et al., (1993) J Biol Chem 268:9180-9183).
  • the monoclonal antibody, designated 1G4 has a Kd of 200 pM for hKGF.
  • the short peptide inhibits hKGF binding to the cell surface of NIH/3T3 cells expressing the human receptor with a Ki of about 1-5 ⁇ M.
  • Bottaro et al. (WO 94/25057) provide hKGF-receptor peptides which inhibit binding between hKGF and its receptor.
  • a method of assaying test compounds for the ability to inhibit hKGF receptor-mediated cell proliferation are also provided.
  • Receptor induced electrophoretic mobility shift of tracer has been applied to identify the presence and size of cell surface receptors by crosslinking the receptor to the tracer and then analyzing on denaturing gels (for example see Kull et al., (1985) Proc natl Acad Sci USA 82:5756-5760; Hohmann et al., (1989) J Biol Chem 264:14927-14934; Stauber et al., (1989) J Biol Chem 264:3573-3576).
  • the SELEX method involves selection from a mixture of candidate oligonucleotides and step-wise iterations of binding, partitioning and amplification, using the same general selection scheme, to achieve virtually any desired criterion of binding affinity and selectivity.
  • the SELEX method includes steps of contacting the mixture with the target under conditions favorable for binding, partitioning unbound nucleic acids from those nucleic acids which have bound specifically to target molecules, dissociating the nucleic acid-target complexes, amplifying the nucleic acids dissociated from the nucleic acid-target complexes to yield a ligand-enriched mixture of nucleic acids, then reiterating the steps of binding, partitioning, dissociating and amplifying through as many cycles as desired to yield highly specific, high affinity nucleic acid ligands to the target molecule.
  • the SELEX method encompasses the identification of high-affinity nucleic acid ligands containing modified nucleotides conferring improved characteristics on the ligand, such as improved in vivo stability or improved delivery characteristics. Examples of such modifications include chemical substitutions at the ribose and/or phosphate and/or base positions. SELEX-identified nucleic acid ligands containing modified nucleotides are described in U.S. application Ser. No. 08/117,991, filed Sep. 8, 1993, entitled “High Affinity Nucleic Acid Ligands Containing Modified Nucleotides,” now abandoned (see U.S. Pat. No.
  • the SELEX method encompasses combining selected oligonucleotides with other selected oligonucleotides and non-oligonucleotide functional units as described in U.S. application Ser. No. 08/284,063, filed Aug. 2, 1994, entitled “Systematic Evolution of Ligands by Exponential Enrichment: Chimeric SELEX,” now U.S. Pat. No. 5,637,459, and U.S. application Ser. No. 08/234,997, filed Apr. 28, 1994, entitled “Systematic Evolution of Ligands by Exponential Enrichment: Blended SELEX,” now U.S. Pat. No. 5,683,867, respectively.
  • the present invention includes methods of identifying and producing nucleic acid ligands to transforming growth factor beta (TGF ⁇ ), platelet-derived growth factor (PDGF), and human keratinocyte growth factor (hKGF), and homologous proteins, and the nucleic acid ligands so identified and produced.
  • TGF ⁇ includes human TGF ⁇ 1, TGF ⁇ 2, and TGF ⁇ 3 and TGF ⁇ 's that are substantially homologous thereto.
  • substantially homologous it is meant a degree of amino acid sequence identity of 70% or more.
  • PDGF refers to PDGF AA, AB, and BB isoforms and homologous proteins.
  • RNA sequences are provided that are capable of binding specifically to TGF ⁇ 1, PDGF, and hKGF.
  • ssDNA sequences that are capable of binding specifically to TGF ⁇ and PDGF.
  • RNA ligand sequences shown in Tables 3, 13, 16, and 23 SEQ ID NOS:12-42, 128-170, 189-262, 272-304.
  • the RNA ligand sequences of TGF ⁇ shown in Table 3 include both pre and post SELEX modifications.
  • ssDNA ligands of TGF ⁇ and PDGF shown in Tables 6, 8, 9, and FIGS.
  • RNA ligands of TGF ⁇ 1 and hKGF that inhibit the function of TGF ⁇ 1 and hKGF, presumably by inhibition of the interaction of TGF ⁇ and hKGF with their receptors.
  • ssDNA ligands of PDGF that inhibit the function of PDGF, presumably by inhibition of the interaction of PDGF with its receptor.
  • a method of identifying nucleic acid ligands and nucleic acid ligand sequences to a target selected from the group consisting of TGF ⁇ , PDGF, and hKGF comprising the steps of (a) contacting a candidate mixture of nucleic acids with the target (b) partitioning between members of said candidate mixture on the basis of affinity to the target and (c) amplifying the selected molecules to yield a mixture of nucleic acids enriched for nucleic acid sequences with a relatively higher affinity for binding to the target.
  • the present invention includes the RNA and ssDNA ligands to TGF ⁇ identified according to the above-described method, including those ligands shown in Tables 3 and 6 (SEQ ID NOS:12-42, 55-89). Also included are nucleic acid ligands to TGF ⁇ that are substantially homologous to any of the given ligands and that have substantially the same ability to bind TGF ⁇ and inhibit the function of TGF ⁇ . Further included in this invention are nucleic acid ligands to TGF ⁇ that have substantially the same structural form as the ligands presented herein and that have substantially the same ability to bind TGF ⁇ and inhibit the function of TGF ⁇ .
  • the present invention includes the ssDNA and RNA ligands to PDGF identified according to the above-described method, including those ligands shown in Tables 8 and 13, and FIGS. 3, 4, and 9 (SEQ ID NOS:93-124, 128-176). Also included are DNA and RNA ligands to PDGF that are substantially homologous to any of the given ligands and that have substantially the same ability to bind PDGF. Further included in this invention are nucleic acid ligands to PDGF that have substantially the same structural form as the ligands presented herein and that have substantially the same ability to bind PDGF.
  • the present invention includes the RNA ligands to hKGF identified according to the above-described method, including those ligands shown in Tables 16 and 23 (SEQ ID NOS:189-264, 268-304). Also included are RNA ligands to hKGF that are substantially homologous to any of the given ligands and that have substantially the same ability to bind hKGF and inhibit the interaction of hKGF with its receptor. Further included in this invention are nucleic acid ligands to hKGF that have substantially the same structural form as the ligands presented herein and that have substantially the same ability to bind hKGF and inhibit the interaction of hKGF with its receptor.
  • the present invention also includes other modified nucleotide sequences based on the RNA ligands identified herein and mixtures of the same.
  • a method of assaying a test compound for the ability to inhibit hKGF receptor-mediated cell proliferation comprising the steps of (a) contacting the test compound with a hKGF nucleic acid ligand and a keratinocyte growth factor; and (b) detecting the ability of the test compound to inhibit binding between the hKGF nucleic acid ligand and the keratinocyte growth factor.
  • Also included in this invention is a method of assaying a test compound for the ability to inhibit the interaction of a growth factor with its plasma membrane bound receptor comprising the steps of (a) solubilizing cells containing the plasma membrane bound receptor; (b) creating a plasma membrane extract of the cells; (c) reacting the extract with labeled growth factor alone and in the presence of the test compound thereby creating complexes; (d) analyzing the complexes by electrophoresis under native conditions; (e) visualizing the complexes by imaging; and (f) comparing the image of the extract with labeled growth factor alone to the image of the extract in the presence of the test compound to determine whether the test compound inhibited the interaction between the growth factor and its plasma membrane bound receptor.
  • a method for assaying cells to determine whether they express a growth factor plasma membrane bound receptor comprising the steps of (a) solubilizing the cells; (b) creating a plasma membrane extract of the cells; (c) reacting the plasma membrane extract with a labeled growth factor; (d) analyzing the reaction between the plasma membrane extract with the labeled growth factor by electrophoresis under native conditions; (e) comparing the electrophoresis of step (d) with electrophoresis of labeled growth factor; and (f) visualizing the results of the electrophoresis to determine whether a complex is formed with altered mobility relative to the mobility of a labeled growth factor alone.
  • FIG. 1 shows the binding analysis of the 40D7 DNA library for TGF ⁇ 1. Binding data obtained from Round 19 (triangles) and Round 0 (circles) are shown.
  • FIG. 2 shows the results of the PAI-luciferase assay of TGF ⁇ 1 (10 pM) incubated with oligonucleotides (0.1 ⁇ M) or anti-TGF ⁇ (60 ⁇ g/ml).
  • FIG. 3 shows the consensus secondary structure for the sequence set shown in Table 9.
  • R A or G
  • Y C or T
  • K G or T
  • N and N′ indicate any base pair.
  • FIG. 4 shows the minimal ligands 20t, 36t and 41t folded according to the consensus secondary structure motif.
  • [3′T] represents a 3′-3′ linked thymidine nucleotide added to reduce 3′-exonuclease degradation.
  • FIGS. 5A, 5B and 5 C show the binding of minimal high affinity DNA ligands to PDGF.
  • the fraction of 32 P 5′ nd-labeled DNA ligands bound to varying concentrations of PDGF was determined by the nitrocellulose filter binding method.
  • Minimal ligands tested were 20t (o), 36t ( ⁇ ), and 41t ( ⁇ ).
  • Oligonucleotide concentrations in these experiments were ⁇ 10 pM (PDGF-AB and PDGF-BB) and ⁇ 50 pM (PDGF AA).
  • Data points were fitted to eq. 1 (for binding of the DNA ligands to PDGF-AA) or to eq. 2 (for binding to PDGF AB and BB) using the non-linear least squares method. Binding reactions were done at 37° C. in binding buffer (PBSM with 0.01% HSA).
  • FIG. 6 shows the dissociation rate determination for the high affinity interaction between the minimal DNA ligands and PDGF AB.
  • the fraction of 5 32 P end-labeled ligands 20t (o), 36t ( ⁇ ), and 41t ( ⁇ ), all at 0.17 nM, bound to PDGF AB (1 nM) was measured by nitrocellulose filter binding at the indicated time points following the addition of a 500-fold excess of the unlabeled competitor.
  • the dissociation rate constant (k off ) values were determined by fitting the data points to eq. 3. The experiments were performed at 37° C. in binding buffer.
  • FIG. 7 shows the effect of DNA ligands on the binding of 125 I-PDGF-BB and 125 I-PDGF-AA to PDGF ⁇ -receptors expressed in PAE cells.
  • FIG. 8 shows the effect of DNA ligands on the mitogenic effect of PDGF-BB on PAE cells expressing the PDGF ⁇ -receptors.
  • FIG. 9 shows the 2′-O-methyl-2′-deoxy- and 2′-fluoro-2′-deoxyribonucleotide substitution pattern compatible with high affinity binding to PDGF-AB.
  • Underlined symbols indicate 2′-O-methyl-2′-deoxynucleotides; italicized symbols indicate 2′-fluoro-2′-deoxynucleotides; normal font indicates 2′-deoxyribonucleotides;
  • [3′T] indicates inverted orientation (3′3′) thymidine nucleotide (Glen Research, Sterling, Va.); PEG in the loops of helices II and III indicates pentaethylene glycol spacer phosphoramidite (Glen Research, Sterling, Va.).
  • FIG. 10A shows the saturation binding of radiolabeled hKGF on the surface of the PC-3 cells.
  • TB total binding
  • NSB nonspecific binding
  • SB specific binding
  • FIG. 10B is the Scatchard analysis of the data points shown in 10 A for the SB curve.
  • FIG. 11 shows the shift of the electrophoretic mobility due to plasma membrane extracts from PC-3 cells.
  • the membrane extracts were reacted with various concentrations of radiolabeled hKGF as shown under each lane.
  • radiolabeled hKGF as shown under each lane
  • a 100 fold molar excess was included of unlabeled hKGF.
  • C1 and C2 represent two observed complexes due to the presence of hKGF binding moieties in the PC-3 plasma membrane extracts.
  • FIGS. 12 A-D show the proposed alignment of 2′F and 2′NH 2 ligands.
  • Lower case, italicized sequence residues indicate the constant region of the template.
  • capital and lower case letters are used for residues found in greater than or equal to 80% and 60% of the members of each family respectively.
  • K d and K i values are also shown next to the designation of each ligand.
  • K i IC50/(1+(C/K d )), where IC50 is the measured half maximal inhibitory concentration of each ligand in the PC-3 cell assay as described in Example 16; C is the concentration of 125 I-KGF; and K d is the equilibrium dissociation constant of KGF for its receptor, (about 150 pM).
  • the ligands marked with stars show biphasic binding curves.
  • FIGS. 12A and 12B show the proposed alignment of 2′F ligands.
  • the majority of 2′F ligands can be folded into pseudoknot structures.
  • Two classes are proposed as shown. The summary structure for each class is also shown. Bases participating in stem 1 (S1) are underlined with single lines while bases of stem 2 (S2) are underlined with double lines. Spaces were introduced for alignment of the various elements of the pseudoknots.
  • FIGS. 12C and 12D show the proposed folding of 2′NH 2 ligands. These ligands are assigned into two classes. As shown in the summary structures, class 1 and class 2 ligands can form a stem-loop and dumbbell structure, respectively. Spaces were introduced to allow sequence alignment. Residues participating in stems are underlined. In the summary structures, periods (.) indicate a variable number of residues. Ligands 2N and 54N are circular permutations of the same dumbbell structure. For alignment of the corresponding loops these ligands are wrapped around two lines.
  • FIG. 13 shows the minimal sequence requirement for binding of ligand 6F and 14F to hKGF. The predicted folding of each ligand is shown. Constant regions of the ligands are shown in lower case. conserveed sequences are underlined. Circles and triangles mark the 3′ ends of active and inactive truncates respectively.
  • This application describes high-affinity nucleic acid ligands to TGF ⁇ , PDGF, and hKGF identified through the method known as SELEX.
  • SELEX is described in U.S. application Ser. No. 07/536,428, entitled “Systematic Evolution of Ligands by EXponential Enrichment,” now abandoned, U.S. application Ser. No. 07/714,131, filed Jun. 10, 1991, entitled “Nucleic Acid Ligands,” now U.S. Pat. No. 5,475,096, and U.S. application Ser. No. 07/931,473, filed Aug. 17, 1992, entitled “Methods for Identifying Nucleic Acid Ligands,” now U.S. Pat. No. 5,270,163, (see also WO 91/19813).
  • These applications, each specifically incorporated herein by reference, are collectively called the SELEX Patent Applications.
  • the SELEX process may be defined by the following series of steps:
  • a candidate mixture of nucleic acids of differing sequence is prepared.
  • the candidate mixture generally includes regions of fixed sequences (i.e., each of the members of the candidate mixture contains the same sequences in the same location) and regions of randomized sequences.
  • the fixed sequence regions are selected either: (a) to assist in the amplification steps described below, (b) to mimic a sequence known to bind to the target, or (c) to enhance the concentration of a given structural arrangement of the nucleic acids in the candidate mixture.
  • the randomized sequences can be totally randomized (i.e., the probability of finding a base at any position being one in four) or only partially randomized (e.g., the probability of finding a base at any location can be selected at any level between 0 and 100 percent).
  • the candidate mixture is contacted with the selected target under conditions favorable for binding between the target and members of the candidate mixture. Under these circumstances, the interaction between the target and the nucleic acids of the candidate mixture can be considered as forming nucleic acid-target pairs between the target and those nucleic acids having the strongest affinity for the target.
  • nucleic acids with the highest affinity for the target are partitioned from those nucleic acids with lesser affinity to the target. Because only an extremely small number of sequences (and possibly only one molecule of nucleic acid) corresponding to the highest affinity nucleic acids exist in the candidate mixture, it is generally desirable to set the partitioning criteria so that a significant amount of the nucleic acids in the candidate mixture (approximately 5-50%) are retained during partitioning.
  • nucleic acids selected during partitioning as having the relatively higher affinity to the target are then amplified to create a new candidate mixture that is enriched in nucleic acids having a relatively higher affinity for the target.
  • the newly formed candidate mixture contains fewer and fewer weakly binding sequences, and the average degree of affinity of the nucleic acids to the target will generally increase.
  • the SELEX process will yield a candidate mixture containing one or a small number of unique nucleic acids representing those nucleic acids from the original candidate mixture having the highest affinity to the target molecule.
  • the SELEX Patent Applications describe and elaborate on this process in great detail. Included are targets that can be used in the process; methods for partitioning nucleic acids within a candidate mixture; and methods for amplifying partitioned nucleic acids to generate enriched candidate mixture.
  • the SELEX Patent Applications also describe ligands obtained to a number of target species, including both protein targets where the protein is and is not a nucleic acid binding protein.
  • the nucleic acid ligands described herein can be complexed with a lipophilic compound (e.g., cholesterol) or attached to or encapsulated in a complex comprised of lipophilic components (e.g., a liposome).
  • a lipophilic compound e.g., cholesterol
  • the complexed nucleic acid ligands can enhance the cellular uptake of the nucleic acid ligands by a cell for delivery of the nucleic acid ligands to an intracellular target.
  • 6,011,020 which is incorporated in its entirety herein, describes a method for preparing a therapeutic or diagnostic complex comprised of a nucleic acid ligand and a lipophilic compound or a non-immunogenic, high molecular weight compound.
  • nucleic acid ligands identified by such methods are useful for both therapeutic and diagnostic purposes.
  • Therapeutic uses include the treatment or prevention of diseases or medical conditions in human patients. Diagnostic utilization may include both in vivo or in vitro diagnostic applications.
  • the SELEX method generally, and the specific adaptations of the SELEX method taught and claimed herein specifically, are particularly suited for diagnostic applications. SELEX identifies nucleic acid ligands that are able to bind targets with high affinity and with surprising specificity. These characteristics are, of course, the desired properties one skilled in the art would seek in a diagnostic ligand.
  • the nucleic acid ligands of the present invention may be routinely adapted for diagnostic purposes according to any number of techniques employed by those skilled in the art. Diagnostic agents need only be able to allow the user to identify the presence of a given target at a particular locale or concentration. Simply the ability to form binding pairs with the target may be sufficient to trigger a positive signal for diagnostic purposes. Those skilled in the art would also be able to adapt any nucleic acid ligand by procedures known in the art to incorporate a labeling tag in order to track the presence of such ligand. Such a tag could be used in a number of diagnostic procedures.
  • the nucleic acid ligands described herein may specifically be used for identification of the TGF ⁇ , PDGF, and hKGF proteins.
  • SELEX provides high affinity ligands of a target molecule. This represents a singular achievement that is unprecedented in the field of nucleic acids research.
  • the present invention applies the SELEX procedure to the specific targets of TGF ⁇ , PDGF, and hKGF.
  • TGF ⁇ , PDGF, and hKGF the experimental parameters used to isolate and identify the nucleic acid ligands to TGF ⁇ , PDGF, and hKGF are described.
  • the nucleic acid ligand (1) binds to the target in a manner capable of achieving the desired effect on the target; (2) be as small as possible to obtain the desired effect; (3) be as stable as possible; and (4) be a specific ligand to the chosen target. In most situations, it is preferred that the nucleic acid ligand have the highest possible affinity to the target.
  • RNA and DNA ligands with specific high affinity for TGF ⁇ 1 from degenerate libraries containing 40 or 60 random positions (40N or 60N) (Tables 1 and 5).
  • This invention includes the specific RNA ligands to TGF ⁇ 1 shown in Table 3 (SEQ ID NOS:12-42), identified by the methods described in Examples 1 and 2.
  • This invention further includes RNA ligands to TGF ⁇ which inhibit TGF ⁇ 1 function, presumably by inhibiting the interaction of TGF ⁇ 1 with its receptor.
  • This invention includes the specific ssDNA ligands to TGF ⁇ 1 shown in Table 6 (SEQ ID NOS:55-89) identified by the methods described in Examples 5 and 6.
  • RNA ligands with specific high affinity for hKGF from degenerate libraries containing 40 random positions (40N) (Table 14).
  • This invention includes the specific RNA ligands to hKGF shown in Tables 16 and 23 and FIG. 12 (SEQ ID NOS:189-262, 268-304), identified by the methods described in Examples 16 and 17.
  • This invention further includes RNA ligands to hKGF which inhibit the interaction of hKGF with its receptor.
  • nucleic acid ligands covered by this invention extends to all nucleic acid ligands of TGF ⁇ , PDGF, and hKGF, modified and unmodified, preferably those identified according to the SELEX procedure. More specifically, this invention includes nucleic acid sequences that are substantially homologous to the ligands shown in Tables 3, 6, 8, 9, 13, 16, and 23 and FIGS. 3, 4, 9 and 12 (SEQ ID NOS:12-42, 55-89, 93-124, 128-176, 189-262, 268-304). By substantially homologous it is meant a degree of primary sequence homology in excess of 70%, most preferably in excess of 80%.
  • nucleic acid ligands shown in Tables 3 and 6 SEQ ID NOS.:12-42, 55-89 for TGF ⁇
  • Tables 8 and 13 SEQ ID NOS:93-124, 128-170
  • Tables 16 and 23 SEQ ID NOS:189-262, 272-304
  • this invention also includes nucleic acid ligands that have substantially the same structure and ability to bind TGF ⁇ , PDGF, and hKGF as the nucleic acid ligands shown in Tables 3, 6, 8, 9, 13, 16, and 23 and FIGS.
  • Substantially the same structure for PDGF includes all nucleic acid ligands having the common structural elements shown in FIG. 3 that lead to the affinity to PDGF.
  • Substantially the same ability to bind TGF ⁇ , PDGF, or hKGF means that the affinity is within one or two orders of magnitude of the affinity of the ligands described herein. It is well within the skill of those of ordinary skill in the art to determine whether a given sequence—substantially homologous to those specifically described herein—has substantially the same ability to bind TGF ⁇ , PDGF, or hKGF.
  • This invention also includes the ligands as described above, wherein certain chemical modifications are made in order to increase the in vivo stability of the ligand or to enhance or mediate the delivery of the ligand.
  • modifications include chemical substitutions at the sugar and/or phosphate and/or base positions of a given nucleic acid sequence. See, e.g., U.S. application Ser. No. 08/117,991, filed Sep. 9, 1993, entitled “High Affinity Nucleic Acid Ligands Containing Modified Nucleotides,” now abandoned (see U.S. Pat. No. 5,660,985), which is specifically incorporated herein by reference.
  • Other modifications are known to one of ordinary skill in the art. Such modifications may be made post-SELEX (modification of previously identified modified or unmodified ligands) or by incorporation into the SELEX process.
  • Example 20 describes post-SELEX procedure modification of a nucleic acid ligand to basic fibroblast growth factor (bFGF).
  • the nucleic acid ligand was modified by the addition of phosphorothioate caps and substitution of several ribopurines with 2′-deoxy-2′-O-methylpurines.
  • the nucleic acid ligands to TGF ⁇ , PDGF, and hKGF described herein are useful as pharmaceuticals.
  • This invention also includes a method for treating TGF- ⁇ -mediated pathological conditions by administration of a nucleic acid ligand capable of binding to TGF ⁇ , a method for treating PDGF-mediated pathological conditions by administration of a nucleic acid ligand capable of binding to PDGF, and a method for treating hKGF-mediated pathological conditions by administration of a nucleic acid ligand capable of binding to hKGF.
  • compositions of the nucleic acid ligands may be administered parenterally by injection, although other effective administration forms, such as intraarticular injection, inhalant mists, orally active formulations, transdermal iontophoresis or suppositories, are also envisioned.
  • One preferred carrier is physiological saline solution, but it is contemplated that other pharmaceutically acceptable carriers may also be used.
  • the carrier and the ligand constitute a physiologically-compatible, slow release formulation.
  • the primary solvent in such a carrier may be either aqueous or non-aqueous in nature.
  • the carrier may contain other pharmacologically-acceptable excipients for modifying or maintaining the pH, osmolarity, viscosity, clarity, color, sterility, stability, rate of dissolution, or odor of the formulation.
  • the carrier may contain still other pharmacologically-acceptable excipients for modifying or maintaining the stability, rate of dissolution, release, or absorption of the ligand.
  • excipients are those substances usually and customarily employed to formulate dosages for parental administration in either unit dose or multi-dose form.
  • the therapeutic composition may be stored in sterile vials as a solution, suspension, gel, emulsion, solid, or dehydrated or lyophilized powder. Such formulations may be stored either in a ready to use form or requiring reconstitution immediately prior to administration.
  • the manner of administering formulations containing nucleic acid ligands for systemic delivery may be via subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, intranasal or vaginal or rectal suppository.
  • Examples 1-4 describe initial experiments to identify RNA with specific high affinity for TGF ⁇ 1.
  • Example 1 describes the various materials and experimental procedures used in Examples 2-4.
  • Example 2 describes a representative method for identifying RNA ligands by the SELEX method which bind TGF ⁇ 1.
  • Example 3 describes the affinities the ligands have for TGF ⁇ 1 and demonstrates that the ligands are capable of inhibiting the function of TGF ⁇ 1, presumably by inhibiting the interaction of TGF ⁇ 1 with its receptor.
  • Example 4 describes which regions of the ligands are believed to be necessary for TGF ⁇ 1 binding and inhibition of TGF ⁇ 1 receptor binding.
  • Example 5 describes another representative method for identifying RNA and DNA ligands by the SELEX method which bind TGF ⁇ 1.
  • Example 6 reports on the binding analysis, bioassay, and sequences of a ssDNA SELEX library.
  • Example 7 describes the various materials and experimental procedures used in evolving ssDNA ligands to PDGF described in Examples 8-13.
  • Example 8 describes the ssDNA ligands to PDGF and the predicted secondary structure of selected nucleic acid ligands.
  • Example 9 describes the minimal sequence necessary for high affinity binding.
  • Example 10 describes the kinetic stability of PDGF-Nucleic Acid Ligand complexes.
  • Example 11 describes the thermal melting properties for selected ligands.
  • Example 12 describes photo-crosslinking of nucleic acid ligands and PDGF.
  • Example 13 describes the inhibition by DNA ligands of PDGF isoforms on cultured cells and inhibition of the mitogenic effects of PDGF in cells by DNA ligands.
  • Example 14 describes the modification of nucleic acid ligands to PDGF with modified nucleotides.
  • Example 15 describes the experimental procedures used in evolving RNA ligands to PDGF and shows the ligand sequences.
  • Example 16 describes the various materials and experimental procedures used in evolving nucleic acid ligands to hKGF described in Examples 17-19.
  • Example 17 describes the RNA ligands to hKGF, the affinities the ligands have for hKGF, and the specificity of the RNA ligands to hKGF.
  • Example 18 describes inhibition of hKGF binding to cell surface receptors.
  • Example 19 reports on the inhibition of mitogenic activity of hKGF by a selected ligand.
  • Example 20 describes the modification of nucleic acid ligands to bFGF with 2′-deoxy-2′-O-methylpurines.
  • Human recombinant TGF ⁇ 1 used in this SELEX procedure was acquired from Genentech. Human recombinant TGF ⁇ 1 can also be purchased from R&D systems, Minneapolis, Minn., USA.
  • Biotinylated TGF ⁇ 1 was prepared by reacting TGF ⁇ 1 at 3.6 ⁇ M with an 11 fold molar excess of sulfo-NHS-biotin (Pierce, Rockford, Ill., USA) in 50 mM NaHCO 3 for 3 hr in an ice bath. The reaction was acidified with 0.036 volumes of 10% acetic acid and applied to a 40 mg Vydac (The Separations Group, Hesperia, Calif., USA) reverse phase column made in a siliconized pipet tip to separate unreacted biotin from biotinylated TGF ⁇ 1.
  • Vydac The Separations Group, Hesperia, Calif., USA
  • the column was prewashed with 200 ⁇ l ethanol followed by 200 ⁇ l 1% acetic acid, the biotinylation reaction was applied, free biotin was washed through with 200 ⁇ l of 50 mM sodium acetate pH 5.5, followed by 200 ⁇ l of 20% acetonitrile and finally eluted with 200 ⁇ l of 60% acetonitrile.
  • the sample was lyophilized and resuspended in 50 mM sodium acetate pH 5.0 at 40 ⁇ M and stored at 4° C.
  • the TGF ⁇ 1 was spiked with 100,000 cpm iodinated TGF ⁇ 1 in order to follow recovery and to assess the success of the biotinylation reaction by measuring the fraction of the radioactivity that would bind to streptavidin coated agarose beads (Pierce) before and after biotinylation. An aliquot of the TGF ⁇ 1 before and after biotinylation was subjected to analytical reverse phase chromatography. The biotinylated TGF ⁇ 1 substantially ran as a single peak which was retarded with respect to the unbiotinylated TGF ⁇ . A small amount (5%) of unreacted TGF ⁇ 1 could be detected.
  • SA streptavidin
  • Iodinated TGF ⁇ 1 was prepared by the lactoperoxidase method (50 mM sodium phosphate pH 7.3, 0.16% glucose) with BioRad Enzymo beads (BioRad, Richmond, Calif., USA) and the bound iodine separated from the free iodine by gel filtration on G25 Sephadex in 50 mM sodium acetate 0.01% Tween.
  • the mink lung cell line expressing the luciferase reporter gene under the control of PAI 1 promoter was a gift from Dr. Dan Rifkin (Department of Cell Biology, New York Medical Center, New York, N.Y. 10016). Luciferase was assayed by reagents purchased from Analytical Luminescence Laboratory, San Diego, Calif., USA.
  • 2′-NH 2 modified CTP and UTP were prepared according to the method of Pieken et al. (1991) Science 253:314-317.
  • DNA oligonucleotides were synthesized using standard procedures either at NeXstar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (Boulder, Colo., USA) or by Operon Technologies (Alameda, Calif., USA). All other reagents and chemicals were purchased from standard commercial sources and sources have been indicated.
  • SELEX ligands that bind to TGF ⁇ 1 were derived essentially as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,270,163 (see also, Tuerk and Gold (1990) Science 249:505-510).
  • PCR product from twenty separate PCR reactions each containing 16.1 pmol of unpurified, single stranded DNA (at least a total of 2 ⁇ 10 12 to 2 ⁇ 10 13 different molecules) were pooled before the first transcription.
  • PCR conditions were 50 mM KCl, 10 mM Tris-HCl, pH 9, 0.1% Triton-X100, 1.5 mM MgCl 2 , 0.2 mM of each dATP, dCTP, dGTP, and dTTP, 2 ⁇ M each primer and 0.075 units/ ⁇ l of Taq DNA polymerase, 100 ⁇ l per reaction in a siliconized microfuge tube. All PCR cycles took advantage of hot start using Ampliwax (Perk and Elmer, Norwalk, Conn., USA). Duration of the initial PCR was 10 cycles; a PCR cycle was 94° C.-1′, 52° C.-1′, 72° C.-2′. An initial denaturation was 94° C. for 4′ and the final extension at 72° C. for 5′. PCR reactions were combined, phenol/ chloroform extracted, and isopropanol precipitated (2.0 M ammonium acetate, 50% isopropanol) to remove primers.
  • Transcription reactions contained 200 nM DNA, 0.9 mM GTP, 0.9 mM 2′-NH 2 -UTP, 0.9 mM 2′-NH 2 -CTP, 0.5 mM ATP, 87 mM Tris-HCl pH 8.0, 17 mM MgCl 2 , 4.4 mM spermidine, 22 mM DTT, 100 ⁇ g/ml acetylated BSA (Promega, Madison, Wis., USA) and 4 units/ ⁇ l T7 RNA polymerase.
  • RNA molecules were incubated with TGF ⁇ 1 bound to SA agarose beads as described below in Krebs-Ringer solution (KR) (120 mM NaCl, 4.8 mM KCl, 10 mM Na phosphate buffer pH 7.4, 1.2 mM MgSO 4 , 2.6 mM CaCl 2 ) modified to include 20 mM Na-Hepes pH 7.5 and 0.2% Triton X100 (Pierce). This buffer is referred to as KRHT.
  • KR Krebs-Ringer solution
  • TGF ⁇ 1-RNA complexes were separated from unbound RNA by washing the beads.
  • Recovery of the selected 2′-NH 2 or F pyrimidine modified RNA from the agarose beads required guanidine thiocyanate extraction (5M GnSCN, 10 mM Tris-HCl, 0.1 mM EDTA, pH 7.0, 0.1 M beta mercaptoethanol) or from Seradyne SA coated beads by 2% SDS (0.1 M Tris-HCl pH 7.5, 50 mM NaCl, 1 mM Na 2 EDTA, 2% SDS, 1.5 mM DTT).
  • Regular 2′-OH RNA was easily recovered under less harsh conditions with the same buffer used for the Seradyne beads containing only 0.2% SDS.
  • the sample was reverse transcribed with a cloned MMLV RT with the RNase H sequence deleted.
  • the reaction contained less than or equal to 16 nM RNA, 10 ⁇ M 3′ primer, 50 mM Tris-HCL pH 8.3, 75 mM KCl, 5 mM MgCl 2 , 10 mM DTT, 0.5 mM dNTP's.
  • RNA and the primer Prior to addition of buffer the RNA and the primer were boiled together. After addition of buffer and salts the reaction was annealed for 10 min at 28° C. before addition of 600 units of Superscript reverse transcriptase (Bethesda Research Labs, Gaithersburg, Md., USA) and synthesis at 50° C. for 1 hour.
  • RNAs containing 2′-OH or 2′-F pyrimidines were heated at 95° C.
  • the final concentration of RNA is 1 ⁇ M and the TGF ⁇ 1 was 5 nM.
  • Binding occurs with rotation at 37° C. for 30 minutes. Beads were washed by centrifugation and resuspension three times with 200 ⁇ l binding buffer to remove unbound RNA. RNA was eluted from the beads as described above.
  • TGF ⁇ 1 was serially diluted in KRH containing 0.1% defatted BSA (Fluka radioimmunoassay grade, Fluka, Hauppauge, N.Y., USA) as carrier instead of Triton X-100. Incubation with RNA tracer was as above. Samples were pipetted with a multiwell pipettor onto a multiwell manifold holding a sheet of wet BioRad 0.45 micron nitrocellulose, aspirated, and washed three times with 200 ⁇ l KRH (containing no BSA). The filters were air dried and counted in a liquid scintillation counter (Beckmann Instruments, Palo Alto, Calif.)
  • Data points were fit by nonlinear regression using the computer program Graphpad Prism (Graphpad Software, San Diego, Calif.). The algorithm minimized the sum of the squares of the actual distance of the points from the curve. Convergence was reached when two consecutive iterations changed the sum-of-squares by less than 0.01%.
  • SELEX experiments are described in Table 2.
  • Primers for SELEX experiments 1 and 2 shown in Table 1 contain recognition sites for the restriction endonucleases SacI (5′ primer T7SacBam; SEQ ID NO:7) and XbaI (3′ primer 3XH; SEQ ID NO:9).
  • PCR products from SELEX experiments 1 and 2 were cloned directionally into SacI/XbaI digested pGem 9zf (Promega).
  • 5′ primer T7SB2N (SEQ ID NO:8) and 3′ primer 3XH (SEQ ID NO:9) (Table 1) were used for SELEX experiments 3-9.
  • PCR products from SELEX experiments 3-9 were cloned directionally into the BamHI/XbaI site of a modified pGem9zf :BamHI cloning vector.
  • the BamH1 site was engineered into pGem9zf in the following way.
  • a clone isolated from library 2 (lib2-6-2) that did not bind to TGF ⁇ 1 (sequence not shown) was digested with BamH1 and XbaI.
  • the sequence flanking the cloning site of the modified pGem9zf vector is shown in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS:10-11).
  • Plasmid DNA was prepared by alkaline lysis, mini prep procedure. Twenty-two clones representing 9 unique sequences were sequenced at random from libraries 1 and 2. 50 clones were sequenced from libraries 3-9 using a single dideoxy G reaction (called G track). The sequencing ladders were compared and organized for similarities. Selected clones from each family were chosen for complete sequence analysis.
  • TGF ⁇ 1 binding assays were performed on transcripts representing different G sequences in each library. Out of a total of 140 binding assays, 27 ligands bound with a Kd less than 10 nM, and 21 of these were sequenced. Clones were sequenced with the Sequenase sequencing kit (United States Biochemical Corporation, Cleveland, Ohio).
  • RNA ligands were 5′ end-labeled with ⁇ - 32 P-ATP using T4 polynucleotide kinase. 5′ boundaries were established with 3′ end-labeled ligands using ⁇ - 32 P-pCp and T4 RNA ligase. After partial alkaline hydrolysis, radiolabeled RNA ligands were incubated with TGF ⁇ 1 at concentrations ranging from 1 nM to 50 nM and protein-bound RNA was separated by nitrocellulose partitioning.
  • RNA truncates were analyzed on a high-resolution denaturing polyacrylamide gel.
  • a ladder of radioactively labeled ligands terminating with G-residues was generated by partial RNase T1 digestion and was used as markers.
  • TGF ⁇ 1 signal transduction begins with binding to a cell surface receptor and results in the induction of transcription of a variety of genes.
  • One of these genes is Pail.
  • the TGF ⁇ 1 assay utilizes the mink lung epithelial cell (MLEC) carrying the luciferase reporter gene fused to the Pail promoter.
  • the MLEC has TGF ⁇ 1 receptors on its cell surface.
  • Mink lung epithelial cells (MLEC) carrying the Pail/luc construct were maintained in DME containing 10% fetal bovine serum and 400 ⁇ g/ml G418.
  • MLEC-Pail/luc cells were plated at 3.2 ⁇ 10 4 cells per well in a 96 well Falcon plate, in 100 ⁇ l of DME+10% fetal bovine serum overnight. Media was made from autoclaved water. The cells were washed three times (1100 ⁇ l) in serum free DME plus Solution A (1:1).
  • Solution A is 30 mM Hepes pH 7.6, 10 mM glucose, 3.0 mM KCl, 131 mM NaCl, 1.0 mM disodium phosphate.
  • Samples (100 ⁇ l) were added in DME containing 20 mM Hepes pH 7.5, and 0.1% BSA (Fluka, radioimmunoassay grade). All samples were in triplicate. After six hours at 37° C. in a 5% CO 2 incubator the media was removed and cells were washed three times (100 ⁇ l each) in cold PBS. Lysis buffer (75 ⁇ l) (Analytical Luminescence Laboratory) was added and the plates incubated on ice for 20 min. The plates were sealed and frozen at ⁇ 80° C. until assayed.
  • Luminescence is reproducibly a function of TGF ⁇ 1 concentration added to the media.
  • Ligands tested for inhibition of TGF ⁇ 1 activity were tested at a minimum of five concentrations.
  • the ligands were serially diluted in DME, 20 mM Hepes pH 7.5, 0.1% Fluka BSA in polypropylene tubes and an equal volume of media containing 12 pM TGF ⁇ 1 was added to each tube, vortexed and transferred to the cells without further incubation. From the TGF ⁇ 1 standard curve included on every plate the effective concentration of TGF ⁇ 1 in the presence of the inhibitory ligands was determined by the reduction in luminescence measured. Some ligands were tested at both 3 pM and 6 pM TGF ⁇ 1 with the same results.
  • IC 50 the concentration of SELEX ligand necessary to reduce the TGF ⁇ 1 activity 50%
  • the five values obtained for each ligand were plotted and the value at 50% inhibition was determined graphically using Graphpad Prism assuming a hyperbolic fit of the data and using non-linear regression.
  • RNA pools differ in the number of random bases present in the central portion of the molecules: 40 nucleotides in the 40N6 (SEQ ID NO:2) SELEX and 64 nucleotides in the 64N6 and lib2-6-1RN6 (SEQ ID NOS:1, 3) SELEX experiment. Since the goal was to select RNA ligands that not only bound to TGF ⁇ 1 but also blocked receptor binding, the large random region (64N) was chosen. In two experiments, a shorter random region (40N) was also included. Ligands to TGF ⁇ 1 were very rare with 40N and were qualitatively the same as the 64N6 ligands selected.
  • ligand lib2-6-1 (Group D, Table 3; SEQ ID NO:35) when substituted with 2′-NH 2 -UTP and 2′-F-CTP was shown to inhibit TGF ⁇ 1 receptor mediated activity.
  • SELEX experiments (lib3-7 and lib9) were performed using the 2′-F and 2′-NH 2 -substituted pyrimidines during the evolution process.
  • the biologically active clone lib2-6-1 (SEQ ID NO:35) was randomized and subjected to re-selection to see if the binding and inhibition behavior of the clone could be improved.
  • Lib8 was evolved as a 2′-OH pyrimidine RNA.
  • TGF ⁇ 1 ligands derived from experiments 3-9 were performed, e.g., to determine if a ligand evolved with 2′-F pyrimidine substitutions would also bind with 2′-NH 2 substitutions.
  • Each starting pool for a SELEX experiment contained 3 ⁇ 10 14 RNA molecules (500 pmol).
  • the affinity of the starting RNA for TGF ⁇ 1 was estimated to be greater than 50 mM.
  • the affinities of the evolving pools had improved to approximately 10 nM and did not shift significantly in subsequent rounds.
  • RNA was bulk sequenced and found to be non-random and cloned.
  • Lib1 took 20 rounds to evolve since optimum concentrations of TGF ⁇ 1 were not used until round 15 and libraries 5, 6 and 7 took longer to evolve because optimum conditions for recovery of bound ligands during the partitioning step in SELEX were not introduced until round 8. Optimum TGF ⁇ 1 concentrations and partitioning conditions are described in Example 1.
  • RNA ligands that bound well (Kd ⁇ 10 nM) in the binding assay were sequenced. The sequences were inspected by eye and analyzed using computer programs which perform alignments and fold nucleic acid sequences to predict regions of secondary structure. Ligands were classified into five groups (A, B, C, D, and orphans) by sequence homology. Each group has characteristic allowable 2′ substitutions.
  • 58 clones were identified by G track from 7 separate SELEX experiments to belong to group A ligands (Table 3; SEQ ID NOS:12-42). 15 clones were sequenced; 13 were similar but not identical, whereas 3 clones, lib3-13 (SEQ ID NO:12), lib5-6 and lib5-13, were identical.
  • Group A ligands were recovered from seven of the eight SELEX libraries which included libraries evolved as 2′-NH 2 , 2′-OH or 2′-F-substituted pyrimidines as well as a library evolved as 2′-F-UTP, 2′-NH 2 -CTP.
  • Post SELEX modification indicates that 2′-NH 2 -UTP, 2′-F-CTP does not disrupt binding of lib8-9 to TGF ⁇ 1, thus the structure of Group A ligands appears to not require a specific 2′ moiety on the pyrimidine sugar in order to maintain binding.
  • Group B ligands bind both as 2′-NH 2 and 2′-F pyrimidine substituted RNA. 28 Group B clones were detected by G track analysis from 3 libraries. Two of the libraries were evolved as 2′-NH 2 and one as 2′-F library. Four clones were sequenced, two were identical (lib5-47 and lib4-12; SEQ ID NO:28). An internal deletion can occur in group B, as in lib 3-44. The 40N orphan, lib3-42 was placed in Group B on the basis of secondary structure. The internal deletion in lib3-44, the binding affinity, the bioactivity and boundary experiments all support the placement of lib3-42 in this group.
  • Group C ligands bind as 2′-OH or 2′-F ligands as expected, since members of this group were evolved as 2′-OH ligands in lib 1 and as 2′-F pyrimidine substituted ligands in lib 6.
  • Lib1-20-3 (SEQ ID NO:32) was post SELEX modified and as 2′-F derivative. Lib1-20-3 did not bind with 2′-NH 2 pyrimidines incorporated.
  • Group D ligand, lib2-6-1 (SEQ ID NO:35), was isolated after 2′-OH SELEX but was post SELEX modified and binds well as a 2′-NH 2 -UTP and 2′-F-CTP pyrimidine derivative.
  • Lib2-6-1 does not bind well to TGF ⁇ 1 with 2′-N 2, 2′-F or 2° F.-UTP, 2′-NH 2 -CTP-substituted pyrimidines.
  • Variants of Group D were only reselected in two other SELEX experiments, lib8, a 2′-OH library, and lib 9, a 2′-NH 2 -UTP, 2′-F CTP library, supporting the observation that there is specificity for the 2′ pyrimidine position in this ligand.
  • Lib1-20-5 isolated as a 2′-OH ligand binds as a 2′-F
  • lib1-20-12 SEQ ID NO:41
  • lib2-6-8 SEQ ID NO:42
  • RNA concentrations in the bioassays are all estimates based on an assumed extinction coefficient and 100% purity of the ligand. The RNA concentrations may, therefore, be overestimated during the bio-assay which in turn would overestimate the IC 50 .
  • One Group B inhibitor, lib4-12 (SEQ ID NO:28), actually appears to stimulate TGF ⁇ 1 activity in the tissue culture bio-assay at low concentrations. The basis of this mixed agonist/antagonist behavior has not been determined.
  • the best inhibitor in this group, lib3-42 (SEQ ID NO:30) has an IC 50 of 22 nM and had no agonist behavior over the concentration ranges tested.
  • Group C ligands were tested as 2′-F derivatives and were not bio-active. Neither was the 2′-F orphan lib1-20-5 (SEQ ID NO:40).
  • the 2′-NH 2 , 40N orphan, lib3-45 is an example of another ligand with high affinity for TGF ⁇ 1 and no ability to inhibit TGF ⁇ 1 receptor binding.
  • Lib2-6-1 (SEQ ID NO:35) was shown to be fully effective only against TGF ⁇ 1 and not TGF ⁇ 2 and TGF ⁇ 3.
  • Lib2-6-1 (SEQ ID NO:35) was biologically active in the presence of 10% horse serum in the cell culture medium in addition to the 0.1% BSA.
  • the ligand demonstrates specificity towards TGF ⁇ 1 which is not interfered with by the presence of the horse serum in this assay.
  • the biggest indication that the inhibition of TGF ⁇ 1 receptor binding is a specific phenomenon is the fact that not all TGF ⁇ 1 ligands block receptor binding, but the ones that do, do so reproducibly. There are no examples of ligands that do not bind to TGF ⁇ 1 blocking TGF ⁇ 1 receptor binding activity.
  • RNA ligands that can block TGF ⁇ 1 receptor binding are a subset of ligands. Binding is necessary but not sufficient for bio-activity. Roughly 50% of the high affinity ligands tested were inhibitors. Of the inhibitors, 30% were good inhibitors (IC 50 ⁇ 25 nM).
  • the 5′ boundary is in agreement with the sequence lib6-23 (SEQ ID NO:21), which has a deletion corresponding to nucleotides 19-36 of lib3-13 (SEQ ID NO:25), and still binds to TGF ⁇ 1.
  • all high affinity binding determinants for Group A clones may lie wholly within the random region and may correspond to a 42 nucleotide fragment, lib3-13-(38-79).
  • Many Group A ligands contain deletions or substitutions within the predicted essential binding domain, in the region corresponding to lib3-13-(72-81). The deletion and substitution in lib4-32 have no effect on its 3′ boundary which corresponds to lib3-13 nucleotide 80.
  • nucleotide sequence 72-81 are ones that do not significantly alter the nucleic acid structure required for binding. Mutations in this region, most notably nucleotide 72 may, however, modify the ability of the ligand to block TGF ⁇ 1 receptor binding as noted earlier.
  • the 3′ constant region is not necessary for binding in Group C and D ligands. Both ligand types bind without the 3′ nucleotides in the constant region.
  • Lib1-20-3-82 an 82 nucleotide truncated version of lib1-20-3 (SEQ ID NO:32), binds as well as the full length lib1-20-3.
  • binding and bioactivity of lib2-6-1 is unaffected by the 3′ truncation found in lib2-6-1-81 (SEQ ID NO:36).
  • M-MLV superscript reverse transcriptase was purchased from Gibco BRL (Gaithersburg, Md.). T7 RNA polymerase was purified according to standard procedures at NeXstar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (Boulder, Colo.). Taq DNA polymerase (Amplitaq) was from Perkin Elmer/Cetus (Richmond, Calif.). T4 polynucleotide kinase, DNA polymerase (Klenow fragment), and alkaline phosphatase were purchased from New England Biolabs, Inc. (Beverly, Mass.).
  • the 2′-amino substituted nucleotide triphosphates amino-UTP and amino-CTP were synthesized according to standard procedures at NeXstar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (Boulder, Colo.). Other reagents used in this work were of the highest quality obtainable.
  • RNAs were synthesized by in vitro transcription using double-stranded DNA oligonucleotides and T7 RNA polymerase.
  • DNA oligonucleotides (Table 5) were purchased from Operon, Inc. (Alameda, CA) and purified by 6% preparative polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis.
  • PCR amplification was performed in 50 mM KCl, 10 mM Tris-HCl (pH 8.6), 2.5 mM MgCl 2 , 170 mg/mL BSA, and dNTPs (present at 1 mM each).
  • Taq DNA polymerase was used at 100 units per 0.1 mL reaction, and the 5′- and 3′-primers were present at 1 mM.
  • RNA transcript was visualized by UV shadowing and was excised from the gel and eluted into TE buffer (10 mM Tris-acetate pH 8.0, 2 mM EDTA). The RNA transcript was ethanol precipitated, dried under vacuum, and redissolved in distilled H 2 O. The concentration of RNA as well as single-stranded DNA was quantified by measuring the A 260 and assuming that 1 A 260 unit equaled 40 mg/mL and 33 mg/mL, respectively.
  • SELEX ligands that bind to TGF ⁇ 1 were derived essentially as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,270,163 (see also Tuerk and Gold (1990) Science 249:505-510) using the oligonucleotides illustrated in Table 5 (SEQ ID NOS:43-54).
  • the DNA templates contained a 40-nucleotide (40N) variable sequence generated by mixed-nucleotide DNA synthesis, as well as 5′- and 3′-fixed sequences, necessary for PCR amplification of the template.
  • RNA for the first round of RNA SELEX was transcribed from double-stranded DNA templates generated by primer extension on single-stranded DNA templates 40N7 and 40N8 with the Klenow fragment of DNA polymerase I.
  • RNA SELEX consisted of up to 15 rounds of RNA synthesis, binding to target, partitioning of bound and unbound RNA by nitrocellulose filtration, cDNA synthesis, and PCR amplification to regenerate the double-stranded DNA template.
  • Binding to the target by the RNA pool was performed in binding buffer A (120 mM NaCl, 2.5 mM KCl, 0.12 mM MgSO 4 , 40 mM HEPES, 20 mM NaH 2 PO 4 /Na 2 HPO 4 pH 7.4, 0.01% HSA) at 37 degrees for at least 10 min prior to filtration.
  • binding buffer A 120 mM NaCl, 2.5 mM KCl, 0.12 mM MgSO 4 , 40 mM HEPES, 20 mM NaH 2 PO 4 /Na 2 HPO 4 pH 7.4, 0.01% HSA
  • the first round of single-stranded DNA SELEX was performed by using the synthetically synthesized oligonucleotides 40D7 and 40D8 directly.
  • SELEX consisted of 25 rounds of binding to target, partitioning of bound and unbound single-stranded DNA by nitrocellulose filtration, PCR amplification to generate a double-stranded DNA population, and preparative polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis to purify single-stranded DNA for the next round of SELEX. Binding of the target to the single-stranded DNA pool was performed in binding buffer B (150 mM NaCl, 10 mM Tris-acetate pH 7.5, 0.001% BSA) at 37 degrees for at least 15 min prior to filtration.
  • binding buffer B 150 mM NaCl, 10 mM Tris-acetate pH 7.5, 0.001% BSA
  • Radiolabeling of RNA as well as DNA repertoires was performed by incubation of 5 picomoles nucleic acid, 2 units of T4 polynucleotide kinase, and 6 mL [ ⁇ 32 P] ATP (800 Ci/mmol) in a volume of 10 mL at 37 degrees for 30 min.
  • the concentration of nucleic acid at each round of the SELEX experiment varied between 1500 nM and 1 nM while the concentration of the target TGF- ⁇ 1 varied between 150 nM and 0.03 nM.
  • DNA was incubated in 50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 8.3), 60 mM NaCl, 6 mM magnesium acetate, and 1 mM DTT with 0.4 mM dNTP and 0.2 mM dideoxy-NTP for 20 min at 48 degrees.
  • DNA polymerase was present at 4 units per reaction. The reactions were stopped by the addition of 10 mL of loading buffer and heated to 95 degrees for 3 min prior to gel electrophoresis on a 6% polyacrylamine/8 M urea denaturing gel.
  • G-track sequencing was performed as described and provided a convenient method to quickly screen the cloned library for ligands of different sequence.
  • the G-track sequencing reaction contained 50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 8.3), 60 mM NaCl, 6 mM magnesium acetate, and 1 mM DTT with 0.4 mM dNTP, 0.2 mM dideoxy-GTP, and 4 units of DNA polymerase.
  • the reaction was performed at 48 degrees for 20 min and was stopped by the addition of 10 uL of loading buffer and heated to 95 degrees for 3 min prior to gel electrophoresis on a 6% polyacrylamide/8 M urea denaturing gel.
  • Binding analysis of the 40D7 DNA library for TGF-B 1 is shown in FIG. 1. Binding data obtained from round 19 (triangles) and round 0 (circles) are shown. The experiment was performed by incubating nucleic acid (less than 1 nM) and the indicated concentration of TGF-b1 in Binding Buffer (150 mM NaCl, 10 mM Tris-acetate pH 8.2, 0.001% BSA) for 15 minutes at 37 degrees in a volume of 0.1 mL. Samples were filtered through nitrocellulose and were immediately followed by 3 mL of TE Buffer (10 mM Tris-acetate pH 8.0, 0.1 mM EDTA).
  • Binding Buffer 150 mM NaCl, 10 mM Tris-acetate pH 8.2, 0.001% BSA
  • the percentage of radiolabel bound was calculated from the amount of radiolabel retained on the nitrocellulose filter and the total radiolabel added to the binding reaction.
  • the results show that the apparent Kd of the 40D7 library is 1 nM, whereas the starting pool has an apparent Kd of 30 nM.
  • the 40D7 library shows an increase of about three fold in binding.
  • a PAI-luciferase assay to detect TGF- ⁇ 1 activity in the presence of the nucleic acid libraries generated in Example 5 was performed as described in Abe et al. (1994) Analytical Biochem. 216:276-284.
  • Mink lung epithelial cells containing the PAI-luciferase reporter gene were incubated with TGF- ⁇ 1 (10 pM) and oligonucleotides from the DNA libraries or anti-TGF- ⁇ antibody (60 ⁇ g/mL). The mink lung epithelial cells were incubated for 18 hours and oligonucleotides were pre-incubated with TGF- ⁇ 1 before the assay and readded after 8 hours.
  • DNA ligands from the 40N7 library were sequenced as described in Example 5. The sequences are shown in Table 6 (SEQ ID NOS:55-89). As the DNA 40N7 library showed inhibition in the PAI-luciferase bioassay, it is reasonable to suggest that the individual clones from the library are TGF ⁇ 1 binders.
  • This Example provides the general procedures followed and incorporated in Examples 8-15 for the evolution of nucleic acid ligands to PDGF.
  • Randomized DNA libraries, PCR primers and DNA ligands and 5′-iodo-2′-deoxyuridine-substituted DNA ligands were synthesized by NeXstar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (Boulder, Colo.) or by Operon Technologies (Alameda, Calif.) using the standard solid phase phosphoramidite method (Sinha et al., (1984) Nucleic Acids Res. 12:4539-4557).
  • the ssDNA library was purified by electrophoresis on an 8% polyacrylamide/7 M urea gel.
  • the band that corresponds to the full-length DNA was visualized under UV light, excised from the gel, eluted by the crush and soak method, ethanol precipitated and pelleted by centrifugation.
  • the ssDNA Prior to incubation with the protein, the ssDNA was heated at 90° C. for 2 minutes in PBSM and cooled on ice. The first selection was initiated by incubating approximately 500 pmol (3 ⁇ 10 14 molecules) of 5′ 32 P end-labeled random ssDNA with PDGF-AB in binding buffer (PBSM containing 0.01% human serum albumin (HSA)). The mixture was incubated at 4° C. overnight, followed by a brief (15 min) incubation at 37° C. The DNA bound to PDGF-AB was separated from unbound DNA by electrophoresis on an 8% polyacrylamide gel (1:30 bis-acrylamide:acrylamide) at 4° C.
  • PBSM containing 0.01% human serum albumin
  • the 5′ PCR primer was 5′ end-labeled with polynucleotide kinase and [ ⁇ - 32 P]ATP and the 3′ PCR primer was biotinylated at the 5′ end using biotin phosphoramidite (Glen Research, Sterling, Va.). Following PCR amplification, streptavidin (Pierce, Rockford, Ill.) was added to the unpurified PCR reaction mixture at a 10-fold molar excess over the biotinylated primer and incubated for 15 min at room temperature.
  • the dsDNA was denatured by adding an equal volume of stop solution (90% formamide, 1% sodium dodecyl sulfate, 0.025% bromophenol blue and xylene cyanol) and incubating for 20 min at room temperature.
  • the radiolabeled strand was separated from the streptavidin-bound biotinylated strand by electrophoresis on 12% polyacrylamide/7M urea gels. The faster migrating radiolabeled (non-biotinylated) ssDNA strand was cut out of the gel and recovered as described above.
  • the amount of ssDNA was estimated from the absorbance at 260 nm using the extinction coefficient of 33 ⁇ g/ml/absorbance unit (Sambrook et al., (1989) Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2 Ed. 3 vols., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor).
  • the amplified affinity-enriched pool from SELEX round 12 was purified on a 12% polyacrylamide gel and cloned between HindIII and PstI sites in JM109 strain of E. coli (Sambrook, et al., (1989) Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2 Ed. 3 vols., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor). Individual clones were used to prepare plasmids by alkaline lysis. Plasmids were sequenced at the insert region using the forward sequencing primer and Sequenase 2.0 (Amersham, Arlington Heights, Ill.) according to the manufacturer's protocol.
  • ssDNA for all binding experiments were purified by electrophoresis on 8% (>80 nucleotides) or 12% ( ⁇ 40 nucleotides) polyacrylamide/7 M urea gels. All ssDNA ligands were heated at 90° C. in binding buffer at high dilution (1 ⁇ M) for 2 min and cooled on ice prior to further dilution into the protein solution. The binding mixtures were typically incubated for 15 min at 37° C. before partitioning on nitrocellulose filters.
  • the binding of DNA ligands to PDGF-AB and PDGF-BB is biphasic and can be described by a model in which the DNA ligand is composed of two non-interconverting components (L 1 and L 2 ) that bind to the protein with different affinities, described by corresponding dissociation constants, K d1 and K d2 (Jellinek et al., (1993) Proc. Nat'l. Acad. Sci. USA 90:11227-11231).
  • the explicit solution for the fraction of bound DNA (q) is given by eq.
  • ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 2 are the mole fractions of L 1 and L 2 .
  • the K d values for the binding of DNA ligands to PDGF were calculated by fitting the data points to eq. 1 (for PDGF-AA) or eq. 2 (for PDGF-AB and PDGF-BB) using the non-linear least squares method.
  • the dissociation rate constants were determined by measuring the amount of 32 P 5′-end labeled minimal ligands (0.17 nM) bound to PDGF-AB (1 nM) as a function of time following the addition of 500-fold excess of unlabeled ligands, using nitrocellulose filter binding as the partitioning method.
  • the k off values were determined by fitting the data points to the first-order rate equation (eq. 3)
  • a primer complementary to the 3′ invariant sequence region of a DNA ligand template was radiolabeled at the 5′ end with [ ⁇ - 32 P]-ATP and T4 polynucleotide kinase, annealed to the template and extended with Sequenase (Amersham, Arlington Heights, Ill.) and a mixture of all four dNTPs and ddNTPs.
  • DNA ligands were radiolabeled at the 3′ end with [ ⁇ - 32 P]-cordycepin-5′-triphosphate (New England Nuclear, Boston, Mass.) and T4 RNA ligase (Promega, Madison, Wis.), phosphorylated at the 5′ end with ATP and T4 polynucleotide kinase, and partially digested with lambda exonuclease (Gibco BRL, Gaithersburg, Md.).
  • Partial digestion of 10 pmols of 3′-labeled ligand was done in 100 ⁇ L volume with 7 mM glycine-KOH (pH 9.4), 2.5 mM MgCl 2 , 1 ⁇ g/ml BSA, 15 ⁇ g tRNA, and 4 units of lambda exonuclease for 15 min at 37°.
  • the 5′ boundary was determined in an analogous manner to that described for the 3′ boundary.
  • DNA ligands containing single or multiple substitutions of 5′-iodo-2′deoxyuridine for thymidine were synthesized using the solid phase phosphoramidite method.
  • trace amounts of 5′ 32 P end-labeled ligands were incubated with PDGF-AB (100 nM) in binding buffer at 37° C. for 15 min prior to irradiation.
  • the binding mixture was transferred to a 1 cm path length cuvette thermostated at 37° C. and irradiated at 308 nm for 25-400 s at 20 Hz using a XeCl charged Lumonics Model EX748 excimer laser.
  • the cuvette was positioned 24 cm beyond the focal point of a convergent lens, with the energy at the focal point measuring 175 mjoules/pulse. Following irradiation, aliquots were mixed with an equal volume of formamide loading buffer containing 0.1% SDS and incubated at 95° for 5 min prior to resolution of the crosslinked PDGF/ligand complex from the free ligand on 8% polyacrylamide/7 M urea gels.
  • the digest mixture was extracted with phenol/chloroform, chloroform and then ethanol precipitated.
  • the pellet was resuspended in water and an equal volume of formamide loading buffer with 5% (v/v) ⁇ -mercaptoethanol (no SDS), incubated at 95° C. for 5 min, and resolved on a 40 cm 8% polyacrylamide/7 M urea gel.
  • formamide loading buffer with 5% (v/v) ⁇ -mercaptoethanol (no SDS)
  • the crosslinked tryptic-peptide/ligand that migrated as two closely spaced bands about 1.5 cm above the free ligand band was excised from the gel and eluted by the crush and soak method and ethanol precipitated.
  • the dried crosslinked peptide (about 160 pmoles based on the specific activity) was sequenced by Edman degradation (Midwest Analytical, Inc., St. Louis, Mo.).
  • This affinity-enriched pool was used to generate a cloning library from which 39 isolates were sequenced. Thirty-two of these ligands were found to have unique sequences (Table 8; SEQ ID NOS:93-124). Ligands that were subjected to the minimal sequence determination are marked with an asterisk (*) next to the clone number. The clone numbers that were found to retain high affinity binding as minimal ligands are italicized. All ligands shown in Table 8 were screened for their ability to bind to PDGF AB using the nitrocellulose filter binding method.
  • Twenty-one of the thirty-two unique ligands can be grouped into a sequence family shown in Table 9.
  • the sequences of the initially randomized region (uppercase letters) are aligned according to the consensus three-way helix junction motif.
  • Nucleotides in the sequence-invariant region (lowercase letters) are only shown where they participate in the predicted secondary structure.
  • Several ligands were “disconnected” (equality symbol) in order to show their relatedness to the consensus motif through circular permutation.
  • the nucleotides predicted to participate in base pairing are indicated with underline inverted arrows, with the arrow heads pointing toward the helix junction.
  • sequences are divided into two groups, A and B, based on the first single stranded nucleotide (from the 5′ end) at the helix junction (A or G, between helices II and III). Mismatches in the helical regions are shown with dots under the corresponding letters (G-T and T-G base pairs were allowed). In places where single nucleotide bulges occur, the mismatched nucleotide is shown above the rest of the sequence between its neighbors.
  • This classification is based in part on sequence homology among these ligands, but in greater part on the basis of a shared secondary structure motif: a three-way helix junction with a three nucleotide loop at the branch point (FIG. 3).
  • These ligands were subdivided into two groups; for ligands in group A, the loop at the branch point has an invariant sequence AGC and in group B, that sequence is G(T/G)(C/T).
  • the proposed consensus secondary structure motif is supported by base-pairing covariation at non-conserved nucleotides in the helices (Table 10).
  • the minimal sequence necessary for high affinity binding was determined for the six best ligands to PDGF-AB.
  • the information about the 3′ and 5′ minimal sequence boundaries can be obtained by partially fragmenting the nucleic acid ligand and then selecting for the fragments that retain high affinity for the target.
  • the fragments can be conveniently generated by mild alkaline hydrolysis (Tuerk et al., (1990) J. Mol. Biol. 213:749-761; Jellinek et al., (1994) Biochemistry 33:10450-10456; Jellinek et al., (1995) Biochemistry 34:11363-11372; Green et al., (1995) J. Mol. Biol.
  • the 5′ boundary was determined in an analogous manner except that a population of 3′ end-labeled ligand fragments serially truncated at the 5′ end was generated by limited digestion with lambda exonuclease. The minimal ligand is then defined as the sequence between the two boundaries. It is important to keep in mind that, while the information derived from these experiments is useful, the suggested boundaries are by no means absolute since the boundaries are examined one terminus at a time. The untruncated (radiolabeled) termini can augment, reduce or have no effect on binding (Jellinek et al., (1994) Biochemistry 33:10450-10456).
  • FIGS. 5A, 5B and 5 C The binding of minimal ligands 20t, 36t, and 41t to varying concentrations of PDGF-AA, PDGF-AB and PDGF-BB is shown in FIGS. 5A, 5B and 5 C.
  • the minimal ligands bind to PDGF-AB and PDGF-BB with substantially higher affinity than to PDGF AA (FIGS. 5A, 5B and 5 C, Table 11).
  • their affinity for PDGF-AA is comparable to that of random DNA (data not shown).
  • the binding to PDGF-AA is adequately described with a monophasic binding equation while the binding to PDGF-AB and PDGF-BB is notably biphasic.
  • the higher affinity binding component is the most populated ligand species in all cases (FIG. 5).
  • a 39-mer DNA ligand that binds to human thrombin with a K d of 0.5 nM (ligand T39 (SEQ ID NO.:177): 5′-CAGTCCGTGGTAGGGCAGGTTGGGGTGACTTCGTGGAA[3′T], where [3′T] represents a 3′-3′ linked thymidine nucleotide added to reduce 3′-exonuclease degradation) and has a predicted stem-loop structure, binds to PDGF-AB with a K d of 0.23 ⁇ M (data not shown).
  • the dissociation rates were determined at 37° C. for the complexes of minimal ligands 20t, 36t and 41t (SEQ ID NOS:172-174) with PDGF-AB by measuring the amount of radiolabeled ligands (0.17 nM) bound to PDGF-AB (1 nM) as a function of time following the addition of a large excess of unlabeled ligands (FIG. 6). At these protein and DNA ligand concentrations, only the high affinity fraction of the DNA ligands binds to PDGF-AB. The following values for the dissociation rate constants were obtained by fitting the data points shown in FIG.
  • T m 's melting temperatures
  • the excited triplet state species then reacts with electron rich amino acid residues (such as Trp, Tyr and H is) that are in its close proximity to yield a covalent crosslink.
  • electron rich amino acid residues such as Trp, Tyr and H is
  • This method has been used extensively in studies of nucleic acid-protein interactions since it allows irradiation with >300 nm light which minimizes photodamage (Willis et al., (1994) Nucleic Acids Res. 22:4947-4952; Stump, W. T., and Hall, K. B. (1995) RNA 1:55-63; Willis et al, (1993) Science 262:1255-1257; Jensen et al., (1995) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., U.S.A. 92:12220-12224).
  • ligands 20t-I1 through 20t-I7 (5′-TGGGAGGGCGCGT 1 T 1 CT 1 T 1 CGT 2 GGT 3 T 4 ACT 5 T 6 T 6 T 6 AGT 7 CCCG-3′ (SEQ ID NOS:178-184) where the numbers indicate IdU substitutions at indicated thymidine nucleotides for the seven ligands).
  • efficient crosslinking to PDGF-AB was observed only with ligand 20t-I4.
  • the photo-reactive IdU position corresponds to the 3′ proximal thymidine in the loop at the helix junction (FIG. 4).
  • This peptide sequence corresponds to amino acids 80-86 in the PDGF-B chain (Johnsson et al., (1984) EMBO J. 3:921-928) which in the crystal structure of PDGF-BB comprises a part of solvent-exposed loop III (Oefner et al., (1992) EMBO J. 11:3921-3926). In the PDGF A-chain, this peptide sequence does not occur (Betsholtz et al., (1986) Nature 320:695-699). Together, these data establish a point contact between a specific thymidine residue in ligand 20t and phenylalanine 84 of the PDGF B-chain.
  • DNA ligand T39 directed against thrombin and included as a control, showed no effect. None of the ligands was able to inhibit the binding of 125 I-PDGF-AA to the PDGF ⁇ -receptor (FIG. 7), consistent with the observed specificity of ligands 20t, 36t and 41t for PDGF-BB and PDGF-AB.
  • nucleic acids to nucleases are an important consideration in efforts to develop nucleic acid-based therapeutics.
  • many, and in some cases most of the nucleotides in SELEX-derived ligands can be substituted with modified nucleotides that resist nuclease digestion, without compromising high affinity binding (Green et al., (1995) Chemistry and Biology 2:683-695; Green et al., (1995) J. Mol. Biol. 247:60-68).
  • substitutions with modified nucleotides are tolerated at many positions (FIG. 9; SEQ ID NOS:175-176).
  • This Example provides the general procedures followed and incorporated in Examples 17-19 for the evolution of nucleic acid ligands to hKGF.
  • hKGF human Keratinocyte Growth Factor
  • hEGF human Epidermal Growth Factor
  • haFGF, hbFGF, PDGF-AB, TGF ⁇ 1, and anti-KGF neutralizing monoclonal antibody were purchased from R&D Systems (Minneapolis, Minn.).
  • Recombinant rat KGF was purchased from QED Advanced Research Technologies (San Diego, Calif.).
  • Human thrombin was purchased from Enzyme Research Laboratories (South Bend, Ind.).
  • T4 DNA ligase, HpaII methylase, and restriction enzymes were purchased from New England Biolabs (Beverly, Mass.).
  • pCR-Script Amp SK(+) cloning kit was purchased from Stratagene (La Jolla, Calif.).
  • AMV reverse transcriptase was purchased from Life Sciences (St. Russia, Fla.).
  • Taq DNA polymerase was purchased from Perkin Elmer (Foster City, Calif.).
  • Ultrapure nucleotide triphosphates were purchased from Pharmacia (Piscataway, N.J.).
  • ⁇ - 32 P-ATP, ⁇ - 32 P-ATP, and 5′- 32 P-cytidine 3′, 5′-bis (phosphate) (5′-32P-pCp) were from DuPont NEN Research Products (Boston, Mass.).
  • 125 I-labeled KGF was prepared as described before (Bottaro et al., (1990) J.Biol.Chem. 265:12767-12770).
  • PC-3 prostatic carcinoma cells were obtained from ATCC (catalog number CRL1435).
  • Balb/MK cells and NIH3T3 transfected cells with the human KGF receptor (NIH3T3/KGFR) were a generous gift from S. Aaronson, Mt.
  • T7 RNA polymerase 2′NH 2 - and 2′F-modified CTP and UTP were from NeXstar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (Boulder, Colo.). DNA oligonucleotides were obtained from Operon Technologies, Inc. (Alameda, Calif.). Nitrocellulose/cellulose acetate mixed matrix, 0.45 ⁇ m, HA filters were from Millipore (Bedford, Mass.). Calcium and magnesium containing Dulbeco's Phosphate Buffered Saline (DPBS) was purchased from Life Technologies (Gaithersburg, Md.). Chemicals were at least reagent grade and purchased from commercial sources.
  • DPBS Dulbeco's Phosphate Buffered Saline
  • a single-stranded DNA (ssDNA) pool was used to generate the double-stranded (dsDNA) template for generating the initial random sequence RNA pool by transcription.
  • the DNA template contained 40 random nucleotides, flanked by 5′ and 3′ constant regions for primer annealing sites for PCR and cDNA synthesis (Table 14; SEQ ID NOS:186-188).
  • the 5′ primer contains the T7 promotor sequence for in vitro transcriptions.
  • the template was PCR amplified following an initial denaturation at 93° C.
  • RNA molecules were incubated with recombinant hKGF in Dulbecco's Phosphate-Buffered Saline (DPBS) with calcium and magnesium (Life Technologies, Gaithersburg, Md., Cat. No 21300-025) containing 0.01% human serum albumin. Following incubation at room temperature (ranging from 10 minutes to 10 hours) the protein-RNA complexes were partitioned from unbound RNA by filtering through nitrocellulose. Nitrocellulose filter bound RNA was recovered by phenol/urea extraction.
  • DPBS Dulbecco's Phosphate-Buffered Saline
  • RNA was reverse transcribed into cDNA by AMV reverse transcriptase at 48° C. for 60 min in 50 mM Tris-HCl pH 8.3, 60 mM NaCl, 6 mM Mg(OAc) 2 , 10 mM DTT, 50 pmol DNA 3′ primer (Table 14), 0.4 mM each of dATP, dCTP, dGTP, and dTTP, and 1 unit/ ⁇ l AMV RT.
  • the cDNA was PCR amplified and used to initiate the next SELEX cycle.
  • the binding reactions were filtered through nitrocellulose/cellulose acetated mixed matrix, 0.45 ⁇ m pore size (filter disks, Millipore, Co., Bedford, Mass.). For filtration, the filters were placed onto a vacuum manifold and wetted by aspirating 5 ml of DPBS. The binding reactions were aspirated through the filters, and following a 5 ml wash, the filters were counted in a scintillation counter (Beckmann). Higher wash volumes with DPBS or 0.5 M urea were used as a means to increase selection stringency as shown in Table 15.
  • RNA recovered from the round 8 filters was reverse transcribed and PCR amplified. Following column purification with QIA-quick spin columns (Qiagen, Inc., Chatsworth, Calif.) and ethanol precipitation, the amplified DNA was methylated with HpaII methylase (New England Biolabs, Beverly, Mass.). The methylated DNA was cloned into the SrfI restriction site of pCR-Script Direct SK(+) plasmid using the pCR-Script Amp SK(+) cloning kit (Stratagene Cloning Systems, La Jolla, Calif.).
  • nitrocellulose retained oligonucleotide truncates were analyzed on a high resolution denaturing polyacrylamide gel.
  • Oligonucleotide melting profiles were obtained with a Cary Model 1E spectrophotometer. Oligonucleotides were heated to 95° C. in PBS (Sambrook et al., (1989) Molecular Cloning; A Laboratory Manual 2nd Ed., Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y.) or 10 mM phosphate buffer and cooled to room temperature before recording the melting profile. The melting profiles generated show the change in absorbance at 260 nm as a function of temperature. During recording, the samples were heated at a rate of 1° C. min ⁇ 1 from 20-95° C.
  • RNA ligands for hKGF Two parallel SELEX experiments were initiated, one with 2′-NH 2 and the other 2′-F pyrimidine modified RNA molecules randomized at 40 contiguous positions.
  • the SELEX conditions and results for each round are summarized in Table 15.
  • the starting pool contained 5 ⁇ 10 14 (500 pmoles) and 2.5 ⁇ 10 14 (250 pmoles) 2′-NH 2 and 2′-F pyrimidine modified RNA molecules, respectively, and bound to hKGF with an approximate K D of 30 nM.
  • the evolved pools bound with a K D of 0.6 nM. No further improvement in the K D was observed in the subsequent two rounds.
  • the RNA pools from the 8th round were reverse transcribed, PCR amplified and cloned as described.
  • the Feng/Doolittle algorithm grouped the 2′-NH 2 clones in one family and the 2′-F clones in another.
  • Visual inspection of the sequences suggested two and three possible families for the 2′-NH 2 and the 2′-F ligands, respectively.
  • 38 2′F ligands could be assigned into two classes (FIGS. 12A and 12B).
  • 15 2′NH 2 ligands could be assigned into two classes (FIGS. 12C and 12D).
  • the two proposed classes for the 2′F ligands can be folded into pseudoknot structures (Wyatt et al., (1993) The RNA World 465-496; ten Dam, E.
  • Loop 3 (L3) of class 1 pseudoknots presents the conserved sequence 5′RRYuy while loop 1 (L1) of class 2 ligands presents the sequence 5′AaYY. Both of these sequences contain the consensus 5′RRYY. Some of the 2′F ligands contain two to three copies of the RRYY sequence (FIGS. 12A and 12B).
  • Another feature of these structures is the unequal distribution of purines and pyrimidines in stem 1 (S1). One strand of that stem contains almost exclusively purines while the other strand contains pyrimidines.
  • Class 1 of the 2′NH 2 ligands includes 8 members that can be folded into stem-loop structures with internal symmetric or asymmetric loops.
  • the stem contains three consecutive GC base pairs.
  • the terminal loops are long and present the conserved sequence 5′GGAA(N) 1-14 YAA(N) 1-7 RCRR (SEQ ID NO:263).
  • Both sides of the internal asymmetric loops of the class 1 ligands contain the sequence 5′AA.
  • Class 2 includes 7 ligands that can be folded into dumbbells with variable sized loops.
  • One loop contains the conserved sequence 5′YGAY while the other loop contains the conserved sequence 5′GGAA(N) 0-4 YGA (SEQ ID NO:264).
  • Clones 2N and 54N are circular permutations of the remaining 5 clones.
  • the dissociation constants of the hKGF ligands were determined by nitrocellulose filter binding and are listed in Table 17. Eight out of 41 2′-F ligands bound biphasically. The remaining of the 2′-F and all the 2′-NH 2 ligands bound monophasically. Under protein excess, biphasic binding suggests that the ligand exists as two affinity species (presumably isoconformers) that are not in equilibrium. The best 2′-F-modified ligand, K14F, binds biphasically with the high and low affinity dissociation constant at about 0.3-3pM and 2-10 nM respectively. There is some observed variability in the K D determinations for the various clones and the random RNA.
  • K14F has a 1,000-5,000 fold better affinity than the random RNA.
  • K38F had the best K D of about 0.3 nM.
  • Two 2′F ligands (6F and 14F) (SEQ ID NOS:223 and 231) were studied further to determine the minimal sequences necessary for binding. Sequence boundaries were determined by allowing an alkaline hydrolysis ladder, labeled at the 3′ or 5′ end, to bind to hKGF. The partial fragments were affinity purified by nitrocellulose filtration and analyzed on high resolution denaturing gels. Boundaries were clearly observed only at the 3′ ends for both ligands (FIG. 13) and are in agreement with the class 1 proposed folding as shown in FIGS. 12A and 12B. Truncated templates were then used to confirm the boundaries (FIG. 13).
  • 14F3′T A single 14F truncate, designated 14F3′T, was tested. This truncate was two bases longer than the observed boundary in order to extend stem 2 (S2) of the proposed pseudoknot structure.
  • S2 stem 2
  • the 14F3′T truncated ligand retained binding activity with affinity similar to the full length ligand.
  • 14F3′T bound KGF biphasically where the high affinity species represented about 20% of the molecules and showed K d values of about 0.3-3 pM.
  • FIG. 13 shows the predicted folding of the shortest active truncates for 6F and 14F which are 53 and 49 bases long respectively.
  • Both proposed pseudoknot structures contain relatively long stems.
  • the two proposed stems of 6F are separated by a single base forming a non-H-type pseudoknot.
  • the proposed 6F structure resembles the solution structure of a similar pseudoknot motif from a frame-shifting element found in the MMTV RNA (Shen et al., (1995) J.Mol.Biol. 247:963-978).
  • the two stems (S1 and S2) of 14F could be drawn as two coaxially stacked helices of 16 base pairs total length (H-type pseudoknot).
  • H-type pseudoknot A Similar pseudoknot structure has been proposed before, based on NMR data (Du et al., (1996) Biochemistry 35:4187-4198). Given the short length of L1, it is possible that ligand 14F forms a non-H-type pseudoknot where the last GU base pair of S1 is not formed allowing a more flexible helical region and a longer L1.
  • Temperature melting curves of 14F and 14F3′T suggest a remarkable thermostability for this ligand (data not shown). These melting curves appear to be concentration independent and biphasic in 150 mM salt.
  • Truncates T35 and T36 represent two complementary halves of 14F3′T molecule and were additionally tested as an equimolar mixture.
  • the structural elements of the proposed pseudoknot structure are separated by (1) and are indicated by symbols S1 (stem 1), S2 (stem 2), L1 (loop 1) and L3 (loop 3).
  • the proposed pseudoknot structure for 14F3′T is a non-H-type pseudoknot and lacks L2 (loop 2).
  • the complementary sequences forming S1 (S1 and S1′) and S2 (S2 and S2′) are marked by single and double underlines respectfully. In the tabulated sequences, deleted bases were replaced with periods (.).
  • K14F The specificity of the K14F ligand was tested by determining its K D against rat hKGF, and the heparin binding human growth factors, aFGF, bFGF, and PDGF (Table 18). The results suggest that the K14F binds all tested targets like random RNA, except hKGF, and it can discriminate between hKGF and other similar proteins by a factor of 400-40,000.
  • ligand 14F3′T The specificity of ligand 14F3′T was tested by determining its K d against a variety of heparin binding proteins. The results summarized in Table 22 show that ligand 14F3′T can discriminate KGF from all other heparin binding proteins tested by a factor of 1.2 ⁇ 10 4 -3 ⁇ 10 10 . Ligand 14F3′T binds only to KGF with high affinity while it binds all other heparin binding proteins tested like random RNA. Binding of 14F3′T to the rat KGF, which is 91% identical to human KGF, is with about a 5-10 fold reduced affinity. Similar specificity was observed during the inhibition of the KGF induced DNA synthesis of Balb/MK cells.
  • Ligand 14F3′T inhibits rat KGF induced DNA synthesis with a K, of 1.8 nM which is 20-50 fold higher than the K, observed with the human KGF.
  • Ligand 14F3′T inhibits the DNA synthesis of Balb/MK cells only if it is the result of KGF but not EGF stimulation (data not shown).
  • the first cell line, PC-3 is an isolate from a grade IV prostatic adenocarcinoma (ATCC CRL 1435).
  • the second cell line is designated as NIH3T3/FGFR-2 and is a recombinant NIH/3T3 cell line carrying the human hKGF receptor at about 0.5-1 ⁇ 10 6 high affinity KGF binding sites per cell (Miki et al., (1992) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:246-250).
  • PC-3 cells were plated in 24-well plates at about 10 5 cells per well. Following growth for 48-36 hours, the cells were serum starved for 24 hours, washed two times with 500 ⁇ l of cold DPBS, and then incubated with 500 ⁇ l binding buffer (BB1; DPBS, 0.5 mM MgCl 2 , 0.2% BSA. 0.02% sodium azide) containing various concentrations of 125 I-labeled KGF ranging from 0 to 0.8 nM. Following 3-3.5 hour incubation at 4° C., the binding mixes were aspirated and the well-adhered cells were washed two times with 1 ml BB1 and once with 1 ml BB1 supplemented with 0.5M NaCl.
  • BB1 binding buffer
  • DPBS 0.5 mM MgCl 2
  • BSA 0.2% BSA. 0.02% sodium azide
  • the remaining bound labeled hKGF was solubilized in 600 ⁇ l 0.5% SDS/0.1M NaOH and counted in a gamma counter (Beckmann). Nonspecific binding was determined in the presence of 100 fold molar excess of unlabeled hKGF.
  • the labeled hKGF was kept constant at 0.3 ⁇ M, and varying concentrations of competitor molecules were included in the binding reactions ranging from 0-1,000 nM. Binding curves were fitted to the equation:
  • NIH3T3/KGFR-2 cells were plated in 24-well plates at about 10 5 cells per well. Following growth overnight, the cells were serum starved for 1-5 hours, washed two times with 500 ⁇ l binding buffer (BB2: serum-free MEM growth medium, 0.1% BSA, 25 mM HEPES, pH 7.4), and then incubated with 250 ⁇ l BB2 containing 1 ⁇ g/ml heparin (from bovine lung, SIGMA, St. Louis, Mo.), 125 I-labeled hKGF at 0.03 nM, and varying concentrations of competitor molecules (300 nM-0 nM).
  • BB2 serum-free MEM growth medium, 0.1% BSA, 25 mM HEPES, pH 7.4
  • the binding mixes were aspirated, and the wells were washed two times with 250 ⁇ l cold DPBS and once with 250 ⁇ l cold DPBS supplemented with 0.5M NaCl.
  • the bound labeled hKGF was solubilized in 500 ⁇ l 0.5% SDS and counted in a scintillation counter (Beckmann).
  • FIG. 10 shows the plot of the concentration of bound tracer as a function of the total concentration of tracer as well as the Scatchard analysis of the same data. Analysis of the data suggested that there are about 5,000 specific hKGF binding sites per cell with a K D of 100-200 pM. This K D is in good agreement with the reported K D for hKGF of 200 pM (Miki et al., (1992) Proc natl Acad Sci USA 89:246-250).
  • PC-3 plasma membrane extracts were found to alter the electrophoretic mobility (gel shift) of radiolabeled hKGF upon native gel electrophoresis (FIG. 11).
  • electrophoretic mobility shift gels about 3 ⁇ 10 7 PC-3 cells were gently spun and washed with PBS and then lysed by mixing with equal volume of lysis buffer containing 40 mM Hepes, pH 7.4, 150 mM NaCl, 20% glycerol, 2% triton X-100, 0.1% sodium azide, 3 mM MgCl 2 , 3 mM EGTA, 2 ⁇ M aprotinin, 2 ⁇ M leupeptin, 2 mM PMSF, and 400 ⁇ M sodium orthovanadate.
  • the gel shift of radiolabeled hKGF is not observed in the presence of 100 fold molar excess of unlabeled hKGF (FIG. 11), demonstrating a specific interaction between a component found in the PC-3 membrane extracts and hKGF.
  • the estimated KD from the gel shift experiment is about 8 nM.
  • IC50 values for various RNA ligands obtained with the PC-3 assay are shown in Table 19. A subset of these ligands was tested on the NIH3T3/FGFR-2. Competitive inhibition constants (Ki) were determined from full competition curves and are summarized in Table 20. In determining the Ki values, it was assumed that 3T3 cells have 500,000 binding sites per cell and PC-3 cells have 5,000 binding sites per cell.
  • This work not only demonstrates that nucleic acid competitors for hKGF were obtained, but also identifies a new assay for screening hKGF competitors including small molecules, antibodies, and peptides.
  • This new assay includes the use of the prostate carcinoma cell line, PC-3.
  • Ligands 6F and 14F show the best inhibitory activity with K, values of 100-200 pM and 2-8 nM in the PC-3 and NIH3T3/FGFR-2 assay respectively. Only two 2′NH 2 ligands, 14N and 29N, show good activity with the PC-3 cells (K, value of 1.4 nM). From these two ligands, only 14N retains its inhibitory activity in the NIH3T3/FGFR-2 assay showing a K, value of 100 nM.
  • This work not only demonstrates that nucleic acid competitors for hKGF were obtained, but also identifies a new assay for screening hKGF competitors including small molecules, antibodies, and peptides.
  • This new assay includes the use of the prostate carcinoma cell line, PC-3.
  • KGF KGF-induced proliferation of epithelial cells
  • This proliferative effect of KGF can be measured by the stimulation of 3 H-thymidine incorporation in responding cells after exposure to KGF.
  • Three such cell lines have been described before (Rubin et al., (1989) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 86:802-806). Two cell lines were used to test the anti-mitogenic activity of various ligands.
  • 4MBr-5 ATCC #CCL208
  • a monkey epithelial, low passage, cell line Caputo et al., (1979) In Vitro 15:222-223
  • the second is Balb/MK, a transformed rat keratinocyte cell line (Weissman and Aaronson (1983) Cell 32:599-606).
  • 4-MBr5 cells grown in F12K containing 30 ng/ml, hEGF, and 10% FCS were trypsinized and resuspended in M199 containing 10 mM HEPES, pH 7.4, and 10% FCS at 1.4 ⁇ 10 5 cells/ml.
  • a 96-well microtiter plate was seeded with 100 ⁇ l of cell suspension and KGF was added at 10 ng/ml (0.5 nM), as well as K14F ligand at various concentrations ranging from 0-1000 nM. Each incubation reaction was set in at least triplicates. Following 24 h incubation at 37° C., 3 H-thymidine was added at 1 ⁇ Ci/well along with unlabeled thymidine at 10 nM. The cells were incubated for additional 24 h, the supernatant was aspirated, and the remaining cells were harvested by lysis in 20 ⁇ l of 0.2 N NaOH. The extent of 3 H-thymidine incorporation was determined by TCA precipitation and filtration through GFC filter disks (Whattman, Hillsboro, Oreg.).
  • Balb/MK cells grown in Low Ca ++ EMEM with 10% FCS (dialyzed and heat inactivated) and 5 ng/ml rhEGF were trypsinized and resuspended in Low Ca ++ EMEM with 1% FCS (dialyzed and heat inactivated) and 0.5 ng/ml rhEGF and plated on 96 well fibronectin coated culture plates at 4-6 ⁇ 10 4 cells per well in 100 ⁇ l total volume. Following overnight growth, the medium was replaced with Low Ca ++ EMEM without FCS or rhEGF and serum starved for about 30 hrs.
  • Human recombinant KGF or EGF was then added at 16 and 49 pM respectively, along with various concentrations of competitors ranging from 0-1000 nM. Following over-night incubation, 3 H-thymidine was added at 0.2 ⁇ Ci/well and incubation continued for an additional 7-8 hrs. The extent of 3 H-thymidine incorporation was determined by TCA precipitation and filtration through GFC filter disks.
  • K i The inhibition constants (K i ) of the oligonucleotide ligands were determined by a nonlinear regression analysis of the data as described before (Gill et al., (1991) J.Mol.Biol. 220:307-324).
  • the two assays give slightly different results.
  • the 4 MBr-5 assay was performed in the presence of fetal calf serum, while the Balb/MK was done following serum starvation.
  • the Balb/MK assay is more sensitive and a prototypic assay for the KGF induced mitogenic activity. Similar to the results obtained with the PC-3 cells, the 4 MBr-5 assay showed a good activity for ligand 14F (K i value of 9.8 nM but incomplete inhibition).
  • the random oligonucleotides showed K i values of >1 ⁇ M while a monoclonal neutralizing antibody showed a K i value of 2.9 nM.
  • ligand 14F is as good or even better than the monoclonal neutralizing antibody.
  • the competition curves for the neutralizing monoclonal antibody and ligand 14N plateau at about 20-40%, suggesting that these antagonists do not completely abolish the KGF mitogenic activity.
  • ligand 14F completely blocks the KGF mitogenic activity on the 4 MBr-5 cells.
  • 14N showed K i values of about 10 nM (incomplete inhibition) while the random oligonucleotide showed K i values of about 300 nM.
  • the K i values for 6F and 14F are 830 and 92 pM, respectively.
  • ligand 14F appears to be as good if not better than the monoclonal neutralizing antibody which shows a K i value of 980 pM.
  • the best inhibitory activity was observed with 14F3′T with a K i value of 34 pM.
  • Nucleic acid ligands that bind to basic fibroblast growth factor (bFGF) have been derived by the SELEX method as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,459,015 (see also U.S. Pat. No. 5,270,163 and Tuerk and Gold (1990) Science 249:505-510).
  • a 2′NH 2 -modified nucleic acid ligand designated 21A having the sequence 5′-GGGAGACAAGAAUAACGCUCAAGUAGACUAAUGUGUGGAAGACAGCGG GUGGUUCGACAGGAGGCUCACAACAGGC (SEQ ID NO:265) was examined by deletion analysis for the minimal sequence information required for high affinity binding to bFGF.
  • NX-286 5′-TsTsTsTsTs mGmGaU rGaUrG aUrGrG mArArG mAaCrA rGaCmG mGmGaU mGmGaU aUaC TsTsTsT-3′ (SEQ ID NO:267), where s represents phosphorothioate internucleoside linkage, aU and aC are 2′-deoxy-2′-aminouridine and 2′-deoxy-2′-aminocytidine residues, respectively, mA and mG are 2′-deoxy-2′-O-methyladenosine and guanosine residues, respecitvely, rA and rG are adenosine and guanosine residues and T is 2′-deoxythymidine).
  • the modified nucleic acid ligand had a K d of 0.4 nM as measured by electrophoretic mobility shift assay.
  • SEQ ID NO. 64N6 transcript: 5′GGGGGAGAACGCGGAUCC [-64N-] AAGCUUCGCUCUAGAUCUCCCUUUAGU 1 GAGGGUUA 3′ 40N6 transcript: 5′GGGGGAGAACGCGGAUCC [-40N-] AAGCUUCGCUCUAGAUCUCCCUUUAGU 2 GAGGGUUA 3′ randomized lib2-6-1 transcript*: 5′GGGGGAGAACGCGGAUCC[ugucuccaccgccgauacugggguuccuggggccccuccauggag 3 gaggggggugguucggaga]AAGCUUCGCUCUAGAUCUCCCUUUAGUGAGGGUUA 3′ Starting DNA templates: Z-54 (64N60): 5′GGGAGAACGCGGATCC
  • RNA 1 304 117 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA 1 GGGGGAGAAC GCGGAUCCNN NNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNN 50 NNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNN NNAAGCUUCG CUCUAGAUCU 100 CCCUUUAGUG AGGGUUA 117 93 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA 2 GGGGGAGAAC GCGGAUCCNN NNNNNNNN NNNNNNNN NNNNNN 50 NNNNNNNNAA GCUUCGCUCU AGAUCUCCCU UUAGUGAGGG UUA 93 123 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA 3 GGGGGAGAAC GCGGAUCCUG UCUCCACCGC CGAUACUGGG GUUCCUGGGG 50 CCCCUCCAUG GAGGAGGGGG GAGGGGGUGG UUCGGAGAAA GCUUCGCUCU 100 GAAUCUCCCU UUAGUGAGGG UUA 123 95 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA
  • N at positions 5 and 10 is any base pair.
  • N at positions 6 and 9 is any base pair.
  • N at positions 7 and 8 is any base pair.
  • 171 NGGCNNNNNN GRKYAYYRRT CCN 23 38 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA Nucleotide 38 is an inverted orientation T (3′-3′ linked) 172 TGGGAGGGCG CGTTCTTCGT GGTTACTTTT AGTCCCGT 38
  • 40 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA Nucleotide 40 is an inverted orientation T (3′-3′ linked) 173 CACAGGCTAC GGCACGTAGA GCATCACCAT GATCCTGTGT 40
  • G at positions 9, 10, 17, 19 and 35 is 2′-O-methyl-2′-deoxyguanosine.
  • a at positions 12, 24 and 27 is 2′-O-methyl-2′-deoxyadenosine.
  • U at position 34 is 2′-O-methyl-2′-deoxyuridine.
  • U at positions 6 and 22 is 2′-fluoro-2′-deoxyuridine.
  • C at positions 23, 32 and 33 is 2′-fluoro-2′-deoxycytidine.
  • Nucleotide 36 is an inverted orientation T (3′-3′ linked). 175 CAGGCUACGG CACGTAGAGC AUCACCATGA TCCUGT 36 32 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA
  • C at position 8 is 2′- O-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.
  • G at positions 9, 17 and 31 is 2′-O-methyl-2′-deoxyguanosine.
  • a at position 22 is 2′-O-methyl-2′-deoxyadenine.
  • U at position 30 is 2′- 0-methyl-2′-deoxyuridine.
  • U at positions 6 and 20 is 2′-fluoro-2′-deoxyuridine.
  • C at positions 21, 28 and 29 is 2′-fluoro-2′-deoxycytidine.
  • N at positions 10 and 23 is pentaethylene glycol phosphoramidite spacer.
  • Nucleotide 32 is an inverted orientation T (3′-3′ linked) 176 CAGGCUACGN CGTAGAGCAU CANTGATCCU GT 32 39 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA Nucleotide 39 is an inverted orientation T (3′-3′ linked) 177 CAGTCCGTGG TAGGGCAGGT TGGGGTGACT TCGTGGAAT 39 37 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA T at positions 13, 14, 16 and 17 is substituted with IdU. 178 TGGGAGGGCG CGTTCTTCGT GGTTACTTTT AGTCCCG 37 37 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA T at position 20 is substituted with IdU.
  • nucleic acid single linear DNA T at position 23 is substitu 180 TGGGAGGGCG CGTTCTTCGT GGTTACTTTT AGTCCCG 37
  • base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA T at position 24 is substitu 181 TGGGAGGGCG CGTTCTTCGT GGTTACTTTT AGTCCCG 37
  • base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA T at position 27 is substitu 182 TGGGAGGGCG CGTTCTTCGT GGTTACTTTT AGTCCCG 37
  • base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA T at positions 28- 30 is subs 183 TGGGAGGGCG CGTTCTTCGT GGTTACTTTT AGTCCCG 37
  • base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA T at position 33 is substitu 184 TGGGAGGGCG CGTTCTTCGT GGTTACTTTT AGTCCCG 37
  • 7 amino acids amino acid linear Peptide Xaa at position 5 is a modif that could

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Toxicology (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Plant Pathology (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Nanotechnology (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Medical Informatics (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

Methods are described for the identification and preparation of high-affinity nucleic acid ligands to TGFβ, PDGF and hKGF. Included in the invention are specific RNA and ssDNA ligands to TGFβ1 and PDGF identified by the SELEX method. Also included in the invention are specific RNA ligands to hKGF identified by the SELEX method. Further included are RNA ligands that inhibit the interaction of TGFβ1 and hKGF with their receptors and DNA ligands that inhibit the interaction of PDGF with its receptor.

Description

    RELATEDNESS OF THE APPLICATION
  • This application is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 09/818,237, filed Mar. 27, 2001, which is a divisional of U.S. application Ser. No. 08/973,124, filed May 11, 1998, now U.S. Pat. No. 6,207,816, which is a 35 U.S.C. §371 national phase application of International Application No. PCT/US96/08014, filed May 30, 1996. International Application No. PCT/US96/08014 is a continuation-in-part of U.S. application Ser. No. 08/465,594, filed Jun. 5, 1995, now U.S. Pat. No. 5,846,713, a continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 08/465,591, filed Jun. 5, 1995, now U.S. Pat. No. 5,837,834, a continuation-in-part of U.S. application Ser. No. 08/479,725, filed Jun. 7, 1995, now U.S. Pat. No. 5,674,685, a continuation-in-part of U.S. application Ser. No. 08/479,783, filed Jun. 7, 1995, now U.S. Pat. No. 5,668,264, and a continuation-in-part of U.S. application Ser. No. 08/618,693, filed Mar. 20, 1996, now U.S. Pat. No. 5,723,594. PCT/US96/08014 also claims priority from U.S. application Ser. No. 08/458,423, filed Jun. 2, 1995, now U.S. Pat. No. 5,731,144, and U.S. application Ser. No. 08/458,424, filed Jun. 2, 1995, now U.S. Pat. No. 5,731,424. U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,731,144 and 5,731,424 are continuations-in-part of U.S. application Ser. No. 07/714,131, filed Jun. 10, 1991, now U.S. Pat. No. 5,475,096, and U.S. application Ser. No. 07/931,473, filed Aug. 17, 1992, now U.S. Pat. No. 5,270,163.[0001]
    • FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • Described herein are methods for identifying and preparing high-affinity nucleic acid ligands to TGFβ, PDGF, and hKGF. The method utilized herein for identifying such nucleic acid ligands is called SELEX, an acronym for Systematic Evolution of Ligands by EXponential enrichment. This invention includes high affinity nucleic acid ligands of TGFβ, PDGF and hKGF. Further disclosed are RNA and DNA ligands to TGFβ1 and PDGF and RNA ligands to hKGF. Also included are oligonucleotides containing nucleotide derivatives chemically modified at the 2′-positions of pyrimidines. Additionally disclosed are RNA ligands to TGFβ1 and hKGF containing 2′-NH[0002] 2-modifications or 2′-F modifications and RNA ligands to PDGF containing 2′-F modifications. This invention also includes high affinity nucleic acid inhibitors of TGFβ1, PDGF and hKGF. The oligonucleotides of the present invention are useful as pharmaceuticals or diagnostic agents.
    • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • TGFβ[0003]
  • The transforming growth factor-β (TGFβ) polypeptides influence growth, differentiation, and gene expression in many cell types. The first polypeptide of this family that was characterized, TGFβ1 has two identical 112 amino acid subunits which are covalently linked. TGFβ1 is a highly conserved protein with only a single amino acid difference distinguishing human from mice forms. There are two other members of the TGFβ gene family that are expressed in mammals. TGFβ2 is 71% homologous to TGFβ1 (de Martin et al., (1987) [0004] EMBO J. 6:3673-3677), whereas TGFβ3 is 80% homologous to TGFβ1 (Derynck et al., (1988) EMBO J. 7:3737-3743). The structural characteristics of TGFβ1 as determined by nuclear magnetic resonance (Archer et al., (1993) Biochemistry 32:1164-1171) agree with the crystal structure of TGFβ2 (Daopin et al., (1992) Science 257:369-374; Schlunegger and Grutter (1992) Nature 358:430-434).
  • Even though the TGFβ's have similar three dimensional structures, they are by no means physiologically equivalent. There are at least three different extracellular receptors, type I, II and III, involved in transmembrane signaling of TGFβ to cells carrying the receptors. For reviews, see Derynck (1994) TIBS 19:548-553 and Massague (1990) Annu. Rev. Cell Biol 6:597-641. In order for TGFβ2 to effectively interact with the type II TGFβ receptor, the type III receptor must also be present (Derynck (1994) TIBS 19:548-553). Vascular endothelial cells lack the type III receptor. Instead endothelial cells express a structurally related protein called endoglin (Cheifetz et al., (1992) [0005] J. Biol. Chem. 267:19027-19030), which only binds TGFβ1 and TGFβ3 with high affinity. Thus, the relative potency of the TGFβ's reflect the type of receptors expressed in a cell and organ system.
  • In addition to the regulation of the components in the multifactorial signaling pathway, the distribution of the synthesis of TGβ3 polypeptides also affects physiological function. The distribution of TGFβ2 and TGFβ3 is more limited (Derynck et al., (1988) [0006] EMBO J. 7:3737-3743) than TGFβ1, e.g., TGFβ3 is limited to tissues of mesenchymal origin, whereas TGFβ1 is present in both mesenchymal and epithelial cells.
  • TGFβ1 is a multifunctional cytokine critical for tissue repair. High concentrations of TGFβ1 are delivered to the site of injury by platelet granules (Assoian and Sporn, (1986) J Cell Biol. 102:1217-1223.). TGFβ1 initiates a series of events that promote healing including chemotaxis of cells such as leukocytes, monocytes and fibroblasts, and regulation of growth factors and cytokines involved in angiogenesis, cell division associated with tissue repair and inflammatory responses. TGFβ1 also stimulates the synthesis of extracellular matrix components (Roberts et al., (1986) [0007] Proc. Natl. Acad Sci USA 83:4167-4171; Sporn et al., (1983) Science 219:1329-1330; Massague, (1987) Cell 49:437-438) and most importantly for understanding the pathophysiology of TGFβ1, TGFβ1 autoregulates its own synthesis (Kim et al., (1989) J Biol Chem 264:7041-7045).
  • A number of diseases have been associated with TGFβ1 overproduction. Fibrotic diseases associated with TGFβ1 overproduction can be divided into chronic conditions such as fibrosis of kidney, lung and liver and more acute conditions such as dermal scarring and restenosis. Synthesis and secretion of TGFβ1 by tumor cells can also lead to immune suppression such as seen in patients with aggressive brain or breast tumors (Arteaga et al., (1993) [0008] J Clin Invest 92: 2569-2576). The course of Leishmanial infection in mice is drastically altered by TGFβ1 (Barral-Netto et al., (1992) Science 257:545-547). TGFβ1 exacerbated the disease, whereas TGFβ1 antibodies halted the progression of the disease in genetically susceptible mice. Genetically resistant mice became susceptible to Leishmanial infection upon administration of TGFβ1.
  • The profound effects of TGFβ1 on extracellular matrix deposition have been reviewed (Rocco and Ziyadeh, (1991) in Contemporary Issues in Nephrology v23, Hormones, autocoids and the kidney. ed. Jay Stein, Churchill Livingston, NY pp391-410; Roberts et al., (1988) [0009] Rec. Prog. Hormone Res. 44:157-197) and include the stimulation of the synthesis and the inhibition of degradation of extracellular matrix components. Since the structure and filtration properties of the glomerulus are largely determined by the extracellular matrix composition of the mesangium and glomerular membrane, it is not surprising that TGFβ1 has profound effects on the kidney. The accumulation of mesangial matrix in proliferative glomerulonephritus (Border et al., (1990) Kidney Int. 37:689-695) and diabetic nephropathy (Mauer et al., (1984) J. Clin Invest.74:1143-1155) are clear and dominant pathological features of the diseases. TGFβ1 levels are elevated in human diabetic glomerulosclerosis (advanced neuropathy) (Yamamoto et al., (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 90:1814-1818). TGFβ1 is an important mediator in the genesis of renal fibrosis in a number of animal models (Phan et al., (1990) Kidney Int. 37:426; Okuda et al., (1990) J. Clin Invest. 86:453). Suppression of experimentally induced glomerulonephritus in rats has been demonstrated by antiserum against TGFβ1 (Border et al., (1990) Nature 346:371) and by an extracellular matrix protein, decorin, which can bind TGFβ1 (Border et al., (1992) Nature 360:361-363).
  • Too much TGFβ1 leads to dermal scar-tissue formation. Neutralizing TGFβ1 antibodies injected into the margins of healing wounds in rats have been shown to inhibit scarring without interfering with the rate of wound healing or the tensile strength of the wound (Shah et al., (1992) [0010] Lancet 339:213-214). At the same time there was reduced angiogenesis, reduced number of macrophages and monocytes in the wound, and a reduced amount of disorganized collagen fiber deposition in the scar tissue.
  • TGFβ1 may be a factor in the progressive thickening of the arterial wall which results from the proliferation of smooth muscle cells and deposition of extracellular matrix in the artery after balloon angioplasty. The diameter of the restenosed artery may be reduced 90% by this thickening, and since most of the reduction in diameter is due to extracellular matrix rather than smooth muscle cell bodies, it may be possible to open these vessels to 50% simply by reducing extensive extracellular matrix deposition. In uninjured pig arteries transfected in vivo with a TGFβ1 gene, TGFβ1 gene expression was associated with both extracellular matrix synthesis and hyperplasia (Nabel et al., (1993) [0011] Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci USA 90:10759-10763). The TGFβ1 induced hyperplasia was not as extensive as that induced with PDGF-BB, but the extracellular matrix was more extensive with TGFβ1 transfectants. No extracellular matrix deposition was associated with FGF-1 (a secreted form of FGF) induced hyperplasia in this gene transfer pig model (Nabel (1993) Nature 362:844-846).
  • There are several types of cancer where TGFβ1 produced by the tumor may be deleterious. MATLyLu rat cancer cells (Steiner and Barrack, (1992) Mol. Endocrinol. 6:15-25) and MCF-7 human breast cancer cells (Arteaga et al., (1993) [0012] Cell Growth and Differ. 4:193-201) became more tumorigenic and metastatic after transfection with a vector expressing the mouse TGFβ1. In breast cancer, poor prognosis is associated with elevated TGFβ (Dickson et al., (1987) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 84:837-841; Kasid et al., (1987) Cancer Res. 47:5733-5738; Daly et al., (1990) J Cell Biochem 43:199-211; Barrett-Lee et al., (1990) Br. J Cancer 61:612-617; King et al., (1989) J Steroid Biochem 34:133-138; Welch et al., (1990) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 87:7678-7682; Walker et al., (1992) Eur J Cancer 238: 641-644) and induction of TGFβ1 by tamoxifen treatment (Butta et al., (1992) Cancer Res 52:4261-4264) has been associated with failure of tamoxifen treatment for breast cancer (Thompson et al., (1991) Br. J Cancer 63:609-614). Anti TGFβ1 antibodies inhibit the growth of MDA-231 human breast cancer cells in athymic mice (Arteaga et al., (1993) J Clin Invest 92: 2569-2576), a treatment which is correlated with an increase in spleen natural killer cell activity. CHO cells transfected with latent TGFβ1 also showed decreased NK activity and increased tumor growth in nude mice (Wallick et al., (1990) J Exp Med 172:1777-1784). Thus, TGFβ1 secreted by breast tumors may cause an endocrine immune suppression.
  • High plasma concentrations of TGFβ1 have been shown to indicate poor prognosis for advanced breast cancer patients (Anscher et al. (1993) [0013] N Engl J Med 328:1592-8). Patients with high circulating TGFβ before high dose chemotherapy and autologous bone marrow transplantation are at high risk for hepatic veno-occlusive disease (15-50% of all patients with a mortality rate up to 50%) and idiopathic interstitial pneumonitis (40-60% of all patients). The implication of these findings is 1) that elevated plasma levels of TGFβ1 can be used to identify at risk patients and 2) that reduction of TGFβ1 could decrease the morbidity and mortality of these common treatments for breast cancer patients.
  • PDGF [0014]
  • Platelet-derived growth factor (PDGF) was originally isolated from platelet lysates and identified as the major growth-promoting activity present in serum but not in plasma. Two homologous PDGF isoforms have been identified, PDGF A and B, which are encoded by separate genes (on [0015] chromosomes 7 and 22). The most abundant species from platelets is the AB heterodimer, although all three possible dimers (AA, AB and BB) occur naturally. Following translation, PDGF dimers are processed into ≈30 kDa secreted proteins. Two cell surface proteins that bind PDGF with high affinity have been identified, a and β (Heldin et al., (1981) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 78:3664; Williams et al., (1981) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 79:5867). Both species contain five immunoglobulin-like extracellular domains, a single transmembrane domain and an intracellular tyrosine kinase domain separated by a kinase insert domain. The functional high affinity receptor is a dimer and engagement of the extracellular domain of the receptor by PDGF results in cross-phosphorylation (one receptor tyrosine kinase phosphorylates the other in the dimer) of several tyrosine residues. Receptor phosphorylation leads to a cascade of events that results in the transduction of the mitogenic or chemotactic signal to the nucleus. For example, in the intracellular domain of the PDGF β receptor, nine tyrosine residues have been identified that when phosphorylated interact with different src-homology 2 (SH2) domain-containing proteins including phospholipase C-g, phosphatidylinositol 3′-kinase, GTPase-activating protein and several adapter molecules like Shc, Grb2 and Nck (Heldin, (1995) Cell 80:213). In the last several years, the specificities of the three PDGF isoforms for the three receptor dimers (aa, aβ, and ββ) has been elucidated. The a-receptor homodimer binds all three PDGF isoforms with high affinity, the β-receptor homodimer binds only PDGF BB with high affinity and PDGF AB with approximately 10-fold lower affinity, and the aβ-receptor heterodimer binds PDGF BB and PDGF AB with high affinity (Westermark & Heldin, (1993) Acta Oncologica 32:101). The specificity pattern results from the ability of the A-chain to bind only to the a-receptor and of the B-chain to bind to both a and β-receptor subunits with high affinity.
  • The earliest indication that PDGF expression is linked to malignant transformation came with the finding that the amino acid sequence of the PDGF-B chain is virtually identical to that of p28[0016] sis, the transforming protein of the simian sarcoma virus (SSV) (Waterfield et al., (1983) Nature 304:35; Johnsson et al., (1984) EMBO J. 3:921). The transforming potential of the PDGF-B chain gene and, to a lesser extent, the PDGF-A gene was demonstrated soon thereafter (Clarke et al., Nature 308:464 (1984); Gazit et al., Cell 39:89 (1984); Beckmann et al., Science 241:1346; Bywater et al., Mol. Cell. Biol. 8:2753 (1988)). Many tumor cell lines have since been shown to produce and secrete PDGF, some of which also express PDGF receptors (Raines et al., Peptide Growth Factors and Their Receptors, Springer-Verlag, Part I, p 173 (1990)). Paracrine and, in some cell lines, autocrine growth stimulation by PDGF is therefore possible. For example, analysis of biopsies from human gliomas has revealed the existence of two autocrine loops: PDGF-B/β-receptor in tumor-associated endothelial cells and PDGF-A/a-receptor in tumor cells (Hermansson et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 85:7748 (1988); Hermansson et al., Cancer Res. 52:3213 (1992)). The progression to high grade glioma was accompanied by the increase in expression of PDGF-B and the β-receptor in tumor-associated endothelial cells and PDGF-A in glioma cells. Increased expression of PDGF and/or PDGF receptors has also been observed in other malignancies including fibrosarcoma (Smits et al., Am. J. Pathol. 140:639 (1992)) and thyroid carcinoma (Heldin et al., Endocrinology 129:2187 (1991)).
  • In view of its importance in proliferative disease states, antagonists of PDGF may find useful clinical applications. Currently, antibodies to PDGF (Johnsson et al., (1985) [0017] Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., U.S.A. 82:1721-1725; Ferns et al., (1991) Science 253:1129-1132; Herrenet al. (1993) Biochimica et Biophysica Acta 1173:204-302) and the soluble PDGF receptors (Herrenet al., (1993) Biochimica et Biophysica Acta 1173:204-302; Duanet al., (1991) J. Biol. Chem. 266:413-418; Tiesman et al., (1993) J. Biol. Chem. 268:9621-9628) are the most potent and specific antagonists of PDGF. Neutralizing antibodies to PDGF have been shown to revert the SSV-transformed phenotype (Johnsson et al., (1985) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., U.S.A. 82:1721-1725) and to inhibit the development of neointimal lesions following arterial injury (Ferns et al., (1991) Science 253:1129-1132). Other inhibitors of PDGF such as suramin (Williams et al., (1984) J. Biol. Chem. 259:5287-5294; Betsholtz et al., (1984) Cell 39:447-457), neomycin (Vassbotn et al., (1992) J. Biol. Chem. 267:15635-15641) and peptides derived from the PDGF amino acid sequence (Engström et al., (1992) J. Biol. Chem. 267:16581-16587) have been reported, however, they are either too toxic or lack sufficient specificity or potency to be good drug candidates. Other types of antagonists of possible clinical utility are molecules that selectively inhibit the PDGF receptor tyrosine kinase (Buchdunger et al., (1995) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., U.S.A. 92:2558-2562; Kovalenko et al., (1994) Cancer Res. 54:6106-6114).
  • hKGF [0018]
  • a) Biochemical Properties of hKGF [0019]
  • Human Keratinocyte Growth Factor (hKGF) is a small (26-28 KD) basic heparin-binding growth factor and a member of the FGF family. hKGF is a relatively newly identified molecule, which is also known as FGF-7 (Finch et al., (1989) [0020] Science 245:752-755). It is a growth factor specific for epithelial cells (Rubin et al., (1989) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 86:802-806), and its main function is in development/morphogenesis (Werner et al., (1994) Science 266:819-822) and in wound healing (Werner et al., (1992) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 89:6896-6900). The major in vivo source of hKGF is stromal fibroblasts (Finch et al., (1989) Science 245:752-755). Microvascular endothelial cells (Smola et al., (1993) J Cell Biol 122:417-429) and very recently, activated intraepithelial gd T cells (Boismenu et al., (1994) Science 266:1253-1255) have also been shown to synthesize hKGF. hKGF expression is stimulated in wounds (Werner et al., (1992) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 89:6896-6900). Several cytokines are shown to be hKGF inducers (Brauchle et al., (1994) Oncogene 9:3199-3204), with IL-1 the most potent one (Brauchle et al., (1994) Oncogene 9:3199-3204; Chedid et al., (1994) J Biol Chem 269:10753-10757). Unlike bFGF, hKGF has a signal peptide and thus is secreted by producing cells (Finch et al., (1989) Science 245:752-755). hKGF can be overexpressed in E. coli and the recombinant protein (˜19-21 KD) is biologically active (Ron et al., (1993) J Biol Chem 268:2984-2988). The E. coli derived recombinant protein is 10 times more mitogenic than the native protein (Ron et al., (1993) J Biol Chem 268:2984-2988). This difference maybe due to glycosylation. The native protein has a potential Asn glycosylation site (Ron et al., (1993) J Biol Chem 268:2984-2988).
  • The hKGF bioactivity is mediated through a specific cell surface receptor (Miki et al., (1991) [0021] Science 251:72-75). The hKGF receptor is a modified FGF receptor resulting from alternative splicing of the C-terminal extracellular region of the FGF-R2 (Miki et al., (1992) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 89:246-250). NIH/3T3 cells transfected with the hKGF receptor express high affinity (˜200 pM) binding sites for hKGF (Miki et al., (1992) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 89:246-250). The approximate number of specific binding sites per NIH/3T3 cell is about 500,000 (D. Bottaro and S. Aaronson, personal communication). The hKGF receptor binds hKGF and aFGF with similar affinities, and bFGF with about 20 fold less affinity (Miki et al., (1991) Science 251:72-75; Miki et al., (1992) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 89:246-250). A variant of the hKGF receptor has been found to be an amplified gene (i.e., one gene, multiple copies), designated K-SAM, in a human stomach carcinoma cell line (Hattori et al., (1990) Proc natl Acad Sci USA 87:5983-5987).
  • Heparin has been reported to be an inhibitor of hKGF bioactivity (Ron et al., (1993) [0022] J Biol Chem 268:2984-2988). This is in contrast to the agonistic effect of heparin for aFGF (Spivak-Kroixman et al., (1994) Cell 79:1015-1024).
  • b) Role of hKGF in Human Disease [0023]
  • The recombinant hKGF molecule has been available only since 1993. Therefore, there is limited information on the role of hKGF in human disease. The published literature, however, contains evidence that strongly suggests a role for hKGF in at least two human diseases, namely psoriasis and cancer. hKGF has also been implicated in inflammatory bowel disease (P. Finch, personal communication). [0024]
  • Psoriasis [0025]
  • Psoriasis is a skin disorder which can be debilitating (Greaves et al., (1995) [0026] N Eng J Medicine 332:581-588), characterized by hyperproliferation of the epidermis and incomplete differentiation of keratinocytes, together with dermal inflammation (Abel et al., (1994) Scientific American Medicine III-1 to III-18; Greaves et al., (1995) N Eng J Medicine 332:581-588). There is not yet an effective treatment for psoriasis (Anonymous, (1993) Drug & Market Development 4:89-101; Abel et al., (1994) Scientific American Medicine III-1 to III-18; Greaves et al., (1995) N Eng J Medicine 332:581-588). Psoriasis occurs in 0.5 to 2.8 percent of the population with the highest incidence in Scandinavia. In the US in 1992, it was estimated that 4-8 million people affected with psoriasis spent about $600 million for various drugs and related therapies, none of which is very effective. Most of the expenditure was made by about 400,000 patients with severe psoriasis spending $1,000-1,500 annually on treatment. There are about 200,000 new cases of psoriasis every year.
  • The basic cause of the disorder is not known, but it results from a primary or secondary defect in the mechanisms that regulate epidermal keratinocyte cell division (Abel et al., (1994) [0027] Scientific American Medicine III-1 to III-18). Psoriasis responds to steroids and cyclosporine and in that sense is characterized as an immune disease (Abel et al., (1994) Scientific American Medicine III-1 to III-18). Since hKGF is the primary specific growth factor for keratinocytes, its overexpression and deregulation are primary candidates as the cause of keratinocyte hyperproliferation in psoriasis. The demonstration that the immune system is a prime regulator of hKGF release (Boismenu et al., (1994) Science 266:1253-1255; Brauchle et al., (1994) Oncogene 9:3199-3204; Chedid et al., (1994) J Biol Chem 269:10753-10757) strengthens the notion that hKGF deregulation is the cause of psoriasis. Furthermore, application of hKGF in porcine wounds creates a histological appearance resembling psoriasis (Staiano-Coico et al., (1993) J Ex Med 178:865-878); keratinocyte derived hKGF in transgenic mice causes pathology reminiscent to psoriasis (Guo et al., (1993) EMBO J 12:973-986); in situ hybridization experiments demonstrated a moderate and a strong upregulation of hKGF and hKGF receptors respectively in psoriasis (P. Finch, personal communication). In situ hybridization experiments also demonstrated involvement of hKGF in another immune disease namely, inflammatory bowel disease (P. Finch, personal communication).
  • Cancer [0028]
  • It is well established in the literature that deregulation of the expression of growth factors and growth factor hKGF and/or its receptor is expected to be the transformation event in some human cancers. The transforming ability of the hKGF system has been demonstrated in vitro (Miki et al., (1991) [0029] Science 251:72-75). In another study, carcinoma cell-lines have been found to express the hKGF receptor and to respond to hKGF but not to aFGF, while sarcoma cell-lines do not express hKGF receptors and respond to aFGF but not to hKGF (Ishii et al., (1994) Cancer Res 54:518-522).
  • Gastrointestinal Cancer [0030]
  • Several poorly differentiated stomach cancers have an amplified gene, designated K-sam, which is an isoform of the hKGF-receptor (Katoh et al., (1992) [0031] Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 89:2960-2964). In vivo administration of hKGF to rats causes proliferation of pancreatic ductal epithelial cell (Yi et al., (1994) Am J Pathol 145:80-85), hepatocytes, and epithelial cells throughout the gastrointestinal tract (Housley Et al., (1994) J Clin Invest 94:1764-1777).
  • Lung Cancer [0032]
  • Administration of hKGF to rats causes type II pneumocyte hyperplasia similar to the bronchoalveolar cell variant of lung carcinoma (Ulich et al., (1994) [0033] J Clin Invest 93:1298-1306).
  • Breast Cancer [0034]
  • In vivo, hKGF causes mammary duct dilation and rampant epithelial hyperplasia, both of which are common features of breast cancers (Ulich et al., (1994) [0035] Am J Pathol 144:862-868; Yi et al., (1994) Am J Pathol 145:1015-1022). However, the ductal epithelium of breastfeeding rats is resistant to the growth promoting effects of hKGF and this is of interest in regard to epidemiological observations that pregnancy in women decreases susceptibility to breast cancer and that dairy cows almost never develop breast cancer (Kuzma, 1977, Breast in Pathology, Mosby Co.). There is additional supporting evidence implicating hKGF in breast cancer. hKGF mRNA has been detected recently in normal human breast tissue and in 12 of 15 breast tumor samples tested (Koos et al., (1993) J Steroid Biochem Molec Biol 45:217-225). The presence of hKGF mRNA in breast tumors considered in conjunction with the observation that hKGF is present in nonneoplastic mammary glands and that hKGF causes rampant proliferation of mammary epithelium suggests that hKGF may be an autocrine or paracrine growth factor important in the regulation of the growth of normal and neoplastic mammary epithelium (Ulich et al., (1994) Am J Pathol 144:862-868). Infiltrating ductal mammary adenocarcinoma is characteristically enveloped by a desmoplasmic stroma that has been postulated to represent a defensive host response to the carcinoma (Ulich et al., (1994) Am J Pathol 144:862-868). Since hKGF is stroma derived it is possible that the desmoplasmic stroma contributes rather than inhibits the growth of the tumor.
  • Prostate Cancer [0036]
  • The growth promoting effect of androgens on prostate tumors appears to be mediated through hKGF (Yan et al., (1992) [0037] Mol Endo 6:2123-2128), as androgens induce the expression of hKGF in prostate stroma cells. Prostate tumors that are androgen dependent in vivo, are androgen independent in vitro, but hKGF dependent (Yan et al., (1992) Mol Endo 6:2123-2128). In agreement with the role of hKGF as andromedin is the observation that hKGF functions in epithelial induction during seminal vesicle development, a process that is directed by androgen (Alarid et al., (1994) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 91:1074-1078). Furthermore, hKGF causes aberrant activation of the androgen receptor, thus probably contributing to the failure of androgen ablation therapy in prostate cancer (Culig et al., (1994) Cancer Res 54:5474-5478). Based on this information, it is possible that genetic alterations cause hKGF to escape androgen regulation and thus convert the androgen dependent tumor into an androgen independent, highly malignant tumor. Such tumors would still be able to express the androgen regulated marker PSA, as hKGF also causes the aberrant activation of the androgen receptor. It is also likely that hKGF might be responsible for Benign Prostate Hypertrophy (BPH), a common health problem in older men (D. Bottaro, personal communication).
  • d) hKGF Competitors [0038]
  • To date, a monoclonal antibody and a short hKGF-receptor derived peptide (25-mer) have been described as hKGF competitors (Bottaro et al., (1993) [0039] J Biol Chem 268:9180-9183). The monoclonal antibody, designated 1G4, has a Kd of 200 pM for hKGF. The short peptide inhibits hKGF binding to the cell surface of NIH/3T3 cells expressing the human receptor with a Ki of about 1-5 μM. Bottaro et al. (WO 94/25057) provide hKGF-receptor peptides which inhibit binding between hKGF and its receptor. Also provided is a method of assaying test compounds for the ability to inhibit hKGF receptor-mediated cell proliferation.
  • e) Assaying for Receptor-Growth Factor Interaction [0040]
  • Blocking the interaction of growth factors and lymphokines with their cell surface receptor using antagonists has been an approach for disease treatment. The discovery of such antagonists requires the availability of biochemical assays for the receptor-growth factor or lymphokine interaction. A classic assay has been the competitive inhibition of radiolabeled growth factor or lymphokine (tracer) to its cell surface receptor. These types of assays utilize cell lines that express the relevant receptor on their surface and determine the amount of cell bound tracer in the presence of various concentrations of potential antagonists. Additionally, other assays utilize membrane extracts from cell lines that express the relevant receptor, and tracer binding is followed by filter binding (see Nenquest Drug Discovery System: Human Tumor Necrosis Factor-Alpha, NEN Research Products, E. I. DuPont de Nemours & Co. (Inc.), Boston, Mass.) or by immobilizing the membrane extracts onto solid supports (Urdal et al., (1988) [0041] J Biol Chem 263:2870-2877; Smith et al., (1991) Bioch Bioph Res Comm 176:335-342). Receptor induced electrophoretic mobility shift of tracer has been applied to identify the presence and size of cell surface receptors by crosslinking the receptor to the tracer and then analyzing on denaturing gels (for example see Kull et al., (1985) Proc natl Acad Sci USA 82:5756-5760; Hohmann et al., (1989) J Biol Chem 264:14927-14934; Stauber et al., (1989) J Biol Chem 264:3573-3576). The use of native gels and non-crosslinked complexes has not been described for growth factors or lymphokines and their receptors, but has been widely applied to study nucleic acid protein interactions (Sambrook et al., (1989) Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y.).
  • Screening of various cancer cell lines for the presence of hKGF receptors by PCR, revealed that all carcinoma cell lines express hKGF receptor mRNA while sarcoma cell lines do not. The presence of mRNA does not necessarily mean that hKGF receptor will be present on the surface of these cells. For hKGF, only cell based assays have been described using Balb/MK keratinocytes (Weissman, (1983) [0042] Cell 32:599-606) or NIH/3T3 cells transfected with the hKGF receptor (Miki, (1992) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:246-250).
  • SELEX [0043]
  • A method for the in vitro evolution of nucleic acid molecules with highly specific binding to target molecules has been developed. This method, Systematic Evolution of Ligands by EXponential enrichment, termed SELEX, is described in U.S. application Ser. No. 07/536,428, entitled “Systematic Evolution of Ligands by Exponential Enrichment,” now abandoned, U.S. application Ser. No. 07/714,131, filed Jun. 10, 1991, entitled “Nucleic Acid Ligands,” now U.S. Pat. No. 5,475,096, and U.S. application Ser. No. 07/931,473, filed Aug. 17, 1992, entitled “Nucleic Acid Ligands,” now U.S. Pat. No. 5,270,163 (see also PCT/US91/04078), each of which is herein specifically incorporated by reference. Each of these applications, collectively referred to herein as the SELEX Patent Applications, describes a fundamentally novel method for making a nucleic acid ligand to any desired target molecule. [0044]
  • The SELEX method involves selection from a mixture of candidate oligonucleotides and step-wise iterations of binding, partitioning and amplification, using the same general selection scheme, to achieve virtually any desired criterion of binding affinity and selectivity. Starting from a mixture of nucleic acids, preferably comprising a segment of randomized sequence, the SELEX method includes steps of contacting the mixture with the target under conditions favorable for binding, partitioning unbound nucleic acids from those nucleic acids which have bound specifically to target molecules, dissociating the nucleic acid-target complexes, amplifying the nucleic acids dissociated from the nucleic acid-target complexes to yield a ligand-enriched mixture of nucleic acids, then reiterating the steps of binding, partitioning, dissociating and amplifying through as many cycles as desired to yield highly specific, high affinity nucleic acid ligands to the target molecule. [0045]
  • The basic SELEX method has been modified to achieve a number of specific objectives. For example, U.S. application Ser. No. 07/960,093, filed Oct. 14, 1992, entitled “Method for Selecting Nucleic Acids on the Basis of Structure,” describes the use of SELEX in conjunction with gel electrophoresis to select nucleic acid molecules with specific structural characteristics, such as bent DNA. U.S. application Ser. No. 08/123,935, filed Sep. 17, 1993, entitled “Photoselection of Nucleic Acid Ligands,” describes a SELEX based method for selecting nucleic acid ligands containing photoreactive groups capable of binding and/or photocrosslinking to and/or photoinactivating a target molecule. U.S. application Ser. No. 08/134,028, filed Oct. 7, 1993, entitled “High-Affinity Nucleic Acid Ligands That Discriminate Between Theophylline and Caffeine,” describes a method for identifying highly specific nucleic acid ligands able to discriminate between closely related molecules, termed “Counter-SELEX.” U.S. application Ser. No. 08/143,564, filed Oct. 25, 1993, entitled “Systematic Evolution of Ligands by EXponential Enrichment: Solution SELEX,” now abandoned (see U.S. Pat. No. 5,567,588), describes a SELEX-based method which achieves highly efficient partitioning between oligonucleotides having high and low affinity for a target molecule. U.S. application Ser. No. 07/964,624, filed Oct. 21, 1992, entitled “Nucleic Acid Ligands to HIV-RT and HIV-1 Rev,” now U.S. Pat. No. 5,496,938, describes methods for obtaining improved nucleic acid ligands after SELEX has been performed. U.S. application Ser. No. 08/400,440, filed Mar. 8, 1995, entitled “Systematic Evolution of Ligands by EXponential Enrichment: Chemi-SELEX,” now U.S. Pat. No. 5,705,337, describes methods for covalently linking a ligand to its target. [0046]
  • The SELEX method encompasses the identification of high-affinity nucleic acid ligands containing modified nucleotides conferring improved characteristics on the ligand, such as improved in vivo stability or improved delivery characteristics. Examples of such modifications include chemical substitutions at the ribose and/or phosphate and/or base positions. SELEX-identified nucleic acid ligands containing modified nucleotides are described in U.S. application Ser. No. 08/117,991, filed Sep. 8, 1993, entitled “High Affinity Nucleic Acid Ligands Containing Modified Nucleotides,” now abandoned (see U.S. Pat. No. 5,660,985), that describes oligonucleotides containing nucleotide derivatives chemically modified at the 5- and 2′-positions of pyrimidines. U.S. application Ser. No. 08/134,028, supra, describes highly specific nucleic acid ligands containing one or more nucleotides modified with 2′-amino (2′-NH[0047] 2), 2′-fluoro (2′-F), and/or 2′-O-methyl (2′-OMe). U.S. application Ser. No. 08/264,029, filed Jun. 22, 1994, entitled “Novel Method of Preparation of Known and Novel 2′ Modified Nucleosides by Intramolecular Nucleophilic Displacement,” describes oligonucleotides containing various 2′-modified pyrimidines.
  • The SELEX method encompasses combining selected oligonucleotides with other selected oligonucleotides and non-oligonucleotide functional units as described in U.S. application Ser. No. 08/284,063, filed Aug. 2, 1994, entitled “Systematic Evolution of Ligands by Exponential Enrichment: Chimeric SELEX,” now U.S. Pat. No. 5,637,459, and U.S. application Ser. No. 08/234,997, filed Apr. 28, 1994, entitled “Systematic Evolution of Ligands by Exponential Enrichment: Blended SELEX,” now U.S. Pat. No. 5,683,867, respectively. These applications allow the combination of the broad array of shapes and other properties, and the efficient amplification and replication properties, of oligonucleotides with the desirable properties of other molecules. Each of the above described patent applications which describe modifications of the basic SELEX procedure are specifically incorporated by reference herein in their entirety. [0048]
    • BRIEF SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention includes methods of identifying and producing nucleic acid ligands to transforming growth factor beta (TGFβ), platelet-derived growth factor (PDGF), and human keratinocyte growth factor (hKGF), and homologous proteins, and the nucleic acid ligands so identified and produced. For the purpose of this application, TGFβ includes human TGFβ1, TGFβ2, and TGFβ3 and TGFβ's that are substantially homologous thereto. By substantially homologous it is meant a degree of amino acid sequence identity of 70% or more. For the purposes of this application, PDGF refers to PDGF AA, AB, and BB isoforms and homologous proteins. Specifically included in the definition are human PDGF AA, AB and BB isoforms. In particular, RNA sequences are provided that are capable of binding specifically to TGFβ1, PDGF, and hKGF. Also provided are ssDNA sequences that are capable of binding specifically to TGFβ and PDGF. Specifically included in the invention are the RNA ligand sequences shown in Tables 3, 13, 16, and 23 (SEQ ID NOS:12-42, 128-170, 189-262, 272-304). The RNA ligand sequences of TGFβ shown in Table 3 include both pre and post SELEX modifications. Also included in the invention are ssDNA ligands of TGFβ and PDGF shown in Tables 6, 8, 9, and FIGS. 3, 4, and [0049] 9 (SEQ ID NOS:55-89, 93-124, 171-176). Also included in this invention are RNA ligands of TGFβ1 and hKGF that inhibit the function of TGFβ1 and hKGF, presumably by inhibition of the interaction of TGFβ and hKGF with their receptors. Also included in this invention are ssDNA ligands of PDGF that inhibit the function of PDGF, presumably by inhibition of the interaction of PDGF with its receptor.
  • Further included in this invention is a method of identifying nucleic acid ligands and nucleic acid ligand sequences to a target selected from the group consisting of TGFβ, PDGF, and hKGF comprising the steps of (a) contacting a candidate mixture of nucleic acids with the target (b) partitioning between members of said candidate mixture on the basis of affinity to the target and (c) amplifying the selected molecules to yield a mixture of nucleic acids enriched for nucleic acid sequences with a relatively higher affinity for binding to the target. [0050]
  • More specifically, the present invention includes the RNA and ssDNA ligands to TGFβ identified according to the above-described method, including those ligands shown in Tables 3 and 6 (SEQ ID NOS:12-42, 55-89). Also included are nucleic acid ligands to TGFβ that are substantially homologous to any of the given ligands and that have substantially the same ability to bind TGFβ and inhibit the function of TGFβ. Further included in this invention are nucleic acid ligands to TGFβ that have substantially the same structural form as the ligands presented herein and that have substantially the same ability to bind TGFβ and inhibit the function of TGFβ. [0051]
  • Additionally, the present invention includes the ssDNA and RNA ligands to PDGF identified according to the above-described method, including those ligands shown in Tables 8 and 13, and FIGS. 3, 4, and [0052] 9 (SEQ ID NOS:93-124, 128-176). Also included are DNA and RNA ligands to PDGF that are substantially homologous to any of the given ligands and that have substantially the same ability to bind PDGF. Further included in this invention are nucleic acid ligands to PDGF that have substantially the same structural form as the ligands presented herein and that have substantially the same ability to bind PDGF.
  • In addition, the present invention includes the RNA ligands to hKGF identified according to the above-described method, including those ligands shown in Tables 16 and 23 (SEQ ID NOS:189-264, 268-304). Also included are RNA ligands to hKGF that are substantially homologous to any of the given ligands and that have substantially the same ability to bind hKGF and inhibit the interaction of hKGF with its receptor. Further included in this invention are nucleic acid ligands to hKGF that have substantially the same structural form as the ligands presented herein and that have substantially the same ability to bind hKGF and inhibit the interaction of hKGF with its receptor. [0053]
  • The present invention also includes other modified nucleotide sequences based on the RNA ligands identified herein and mixtures of the same. [0054]
  • Further included in this invention is a method of assaying a test compound for the ability to inhibit hKGF receptor-mediated cell proliferation comprising the steps of (a) contacting the test compound with a hKGF nucleic acid ligand and a keratinocyte growth factor; and (b) detecting the ability of the test compound to inhibit binding between the hKGF nucleic acid ligand and the keratinocyte growth factor. [0055]
  • Also included in this invention is a method of assaying a test compound for the ability to inhibit the interaction of a growth factor with its plasma membrane bound receptor comprising the steps of (a) solubilizing cells containing the plasma membrane bound receptor; (b) creating a plasma membrane extract of the cells; (c) reacting the extract with labeled growth factor alone and in the presence of the test compound thereby creating complexes; (d) analyzing the complexes by electrophoresis under native conditions; (e) visualizing the complexes by imaging; and (f) comparing the image of the extract with labeled growth factor alone to the image of the extract in the presence of the test compound to determine whether the test compound inhibited the interaction between the growth factor and its plasma membrane bound receptor. [0056]
  • Further included in this invention is a method for assaying cells to determine whether they express a growth factor plasma membrane bound receptor comprising the steps of (a) solubilizing the cells; (b) creating a plasma membrane extract of the cells; (c) reacting the plasma membrane extract with a labeled growth factor; (d) analyzing the reaction between the plasma membrane extract with the labeled growth factor by electrophoresis under native conditions; (e) comparing the electrophoresis of step (d) with electrophoresis of labeled growth factor; and (f) visualizing the results of the electrophoresis to determine whether a complex is formed with altered mobility relative to the mobility of a labeled growth factor alone.[0057]
    • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
  • FIG. 1 shows the binding analysis of the 40D7 DNA library for TGFβ1. Binding data obtained from Round 19 (triangles) and Round 0 (circles) are shown. [0058]
  • FIG. 2 shows the results of the PAI-luciferase assay of TGFβ1 (10 pM) incubated with oligonucleotides (0.1 μM) or anti-TGFβ (60 μg/ml). [0059]
  • FIG. 3 shows the consensus secondary structure for the sequence set shown in Table 9. R=A or G, Y=C or T, K=G or T, N and N′ indicate any base pair. [0060]
  • FIG. 4 shows the [0061] minimal ligands 20t, 36t and 41t folded according to the consensus secondary structure motif. [3′T] represents a 3′-3′ linked thymidine nucleotide added to reduce 3′-exonuclease degradation.
  • FIGS. 5A, 5B and [0062] 5C show the binding of minimal high affinity DNA ligands to PDGF. The fraction of 32 P 5′ nd-labeled DNA ligands bound to varying concentrations of PDGF was determined by the nitrocellulose filter binding method. Minimal ligands tested were 20t (o), 36t (Δ), and 41t (□). Oligonucleotide concentrations in these experiments were ≈10 pM (PDGF-AB and PDGF-BB) and ≈50 pM (PDGF AA). Data points were fitted to eq. 1 (for binding of the DNA ligands to PDGF-AA) or to eq. 2 (for binding to PDGF AB and BB) using the non-linear least squares method. Binding reactions were done at 37° C. in binding buffer (PBSM with 0.01% HSA).
  • FIG. 6 shows the dissociation rate determination for the high affinity interaction between the minimal DNA ligands and PDGF AB. The fraction of 5 [0063] 32P end-labeled ligands 20t (o), 36t (Δ), and 41t (□), all at 0.17 nM, bound to PDGF AB (1 nM) was measured by nitrocellulose filter binding at the indicated time points following the addition of a 500-fold excess of the unlabeled competitor. The dissociation rate constant (koff) values were determined by fitting the data points to eq. 3. The experiments were performed at 37° C. in binding buffer.
  • FIG. 7 shows the effect of DNA ligands on the binding of [0064] 125I-PDGF-BB and 125I-PDGF-AA to PDGF α-receptors expressed in PAE cells.
  • FIG. 8 shows the effect of DNA ligands on the mitogenic effect of PDGF-BB on PAE cells expressing the PDGF β-receptors. [0065]
  • FIG. 9 shows the 2′-O-methyl-2′-deoxy- and 2′-fluoro-2′-deoxyribonucleotide substitution pattern compatible with high affinity binding to PDGF-AB. Underlined symbols indicate 2′-O-methyl-2′-deoxynucleotides; italicized symbols indicate 2′-fluoro-2′-deoxynucleotides; normal font indicates 2′-deoxyribonucleotides; [3′T] indicates inverted orientation (3′3′) thymidine nucleotide (Glen Research, Sterling, Va.); PEG in the loops of helices II and III indicates pentaethylene glycol spacer phosphoramidite (Glen Research, Sterling, Va.). [0066]
  • FIG. 10A shows the saturation binding of radiolabeled hKGF on the surface of the PC-3 cells. TB (total binding) is the binding observed in the absence of competing unlabeled hKGF, whereas NSB (nonspecific binding) is the binding observed in the presence of 100 fold molar excess of unlabeled hKGF. SB (specific binding) demonstrates the specific binding, and this curve was derived by subtracting the NSB curve from the TB curve. FIG. 10B is the Scatchard analysis of the data points shown in [0067] 10A for the SB curve.
  • FIG. 11 shows the shift of the electrophoretic mobility due to plasma membrane extracts from PC-3 cells. In lanes 1-8, the membrane extracts were reacted with various concentrations of radiolabeled hKGF as shown under each lane. In addition to the radiolabeled hKGF (as shown under each lane) for lanes 9-12 a 100 fold molar excess was included of unlabeled hKGF. C1 and C2 represent two observed complexes due to the presence of hKGF binding moieties in the PC-3 plasma membrane extracts. [0068]
  • FIGS. [0069] 12A-D show the proposed alignment of 2′F and 2′NH2 ligands. Lower case, italicized sequence residues indicate the constant region of the template. In the consensus sequences, capital and lower case letters are used for residues found in greater than or equal to 80% and 60% of the members of each family respectively. Kd and Ki values are also shown next to the designation of each ligand. The Ki values shown here were calculated using the formula Ki=IC50/(1+(C/Kd)), where IC50 is the measured half maximal inhibitory concentration of each ligand in the PC-3 cell assay as described in Example 16; C is the concentration of 125I-KGF; and Kd is the equilibrium dissociation constant of KGF for its receptor, (about 150 pM). The ligands marked with stars show biphasic binding curves.
  • FIGS. 12A and 12B show the proposed alignment of 2′F ligands. The majority of 2′F ligands can be folded into pseudoknot structures. Two classes are proposed as shown. The summary structure for each class is also shown. Bases participating in stem 1 (S1) are underlined with single lines while bases of stem 2 (S2) are underlined with double lines. Spaces were introduced for alignment of the various elements of the pseudoknots. [0070]
  • FIGS. 12C and 12D show the proposed folding of 2′NH[0071] 2 ligands. These ligands are assigned into two classes. As shown in the summary structures, class 1 and class 2 ligands can form a stem-loop and dumbbell structure, respectively. Spaces were introduced to allow sequence alignment. Residues participating in stems are underlined. In the summary structures, periods (.) indicate a variable number of residues. Ligands 2N and 54N are circular permutations of the same dumbbell structure. For alignment of the corresponding loops these ligands are wrapped around two lines.
  • FIG. 13 shows the minimal sequence requirement for binding of [0072] ligand 6F and 14F to hKGF. The predicted folding of each ligand is shown. Constant regions of the ligands are shown in lower case. Conserved sequences are underlined. Circles and triangles mark the 3′ ends of active and inactive truncates respectively.
    • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • This application describes high-affinity nucleic acid ligands to TGFβ, PDGF, and hKGF identified through the method known as SELEX. SELEX is described in U.S. application Ser. No. 07/536,428, entitled “Systematic Evolution of Ligands by EXponential Enrichment,” now abandoned, U.S. application Ser. No. 07/714,131, filed Jun. 10, 1991, entitled “Nucleic Acid Ligands,” now U.S. Pat. No. 5,475,096, and U.S. application Ser. No. 07/931,473, filed Aug. 17, 1992, entitled “Methods for Identifying Nucleic Acid Ligands,” now U.S. Pat. No. 5,270,163, (see also WO 91/19813). These applications, each specifically incorporated herein by reference, are collectively called the SELEX Patent Applications. [0073]
  • In its most basic form, the SELEX process may be defined by the following series of steps: [0074]
  • 1) A candidate mixture of nucleic acids of differing sequence is prepared. The candidate mixture generally includes regions of fixed sequences (i.e., each of the members of the candidate mixture contains the same sequences in the same location) and regions of randomized sequences. The fixed sequence regions are selected either: (a) to assist in the amplification steps described below, (b) to mimic a sequence known to bind to the target, or (c) to enhance the concentration of a given structural arrangement of the nucleic acids in the candidate mixture. The randomized sequences can be totally randomized (i.e., the probability of finding a base at any position being one in four) or only partially randomized (e.g., the probability of finding a base at any location can be selected at any level between 0 and 100 percent). [0075]
  • 2) The candidate mixture is contacted with the selected target under conditions favorable for binding between the target and members of the candidate mixture. Under these circumstances, the interaction between the target and the nucleic acids of the candidate mixture can be considered as forming nucleic acid-target pairs between the target and those nucleic acids having the strongest affinity for the target. [0076]
  • 3) The nucleic acids with the highest affinity for the target are partitioned from those nucleic acids with lesser affinity to the target. Because only an extremely small number of sequences (and possibly only one molecule of nucleic acid) corresponding to the highest affinity nucleic acids exist in the candidate mixture, it is generally desirable to set the partitioning criteria so that a significant amount of the nucleic acids in the candidate mixture (approximately 5-50%) are retained during partitioning. [0077]
  • 4) Those nucleic acids selected during partitioning as having the relatively higher affinity to the target are then amplified to create a new candidate mixture that is enriched in nucleic acids having a relatively higher affinity for the target. [0078]
  • 5) By repeating the partitioning and amplifying steps above, the newly formed candidate mixture contains fewer and fewer weakly binding sequences, and the average degree of affinity of the nucleic acids to the target will generally increase. Taken to its extreme, the SELEX process will yield a candidate mixture containing one or a small number of unique nucleic acids representing those nucleic acids from the original candidate mixture having the highest affinity to the target molecule. [0079]
  • The SELEX Patent Applications describe and elaborate on this process in great detail. Included are targets that can be used in the process; methods for partitioning nucleic acids within a candidate mixture; and methods for amplifying partitioned nucleic acids to generate enriched candidate mixture. The SELEX Patent Applications also describe ligands obtained to a number of target species, including both protein targets where the protein is and is not a nucleic acid binding protein. [0080]
  • The nucleic acid ligands described herein can be complexed with a lipophilic compound (e.g., cholesterol) or attached to or encapsulated in a complex comprised of lipophilic components (e.g., a liposome). The complexed nucleic acid ligands can enhance the cellular uptake of the nucleic acid ligands by a cell for delivery of the nucleic acid ligands to an intracellular target. U.S. application Ser. No. 08/434,465, filed May 4, 1995, entitled “Nucleic Acid Ligand Complexes,” now U.S. Pat. No. 6,011,020, which is incorporated in its entirety herein, describes a method for preparing a therapeutic or diagnostic complex comprised of a nucleic acid ligand and a lipophilic compound or a non-immunogenic, high molecular weight compound. [0081]
  • The methods described herein and the nucleic acid ligands identified by such methods are useful for both therapeutic and diagnostic purposes. Therapeutic uses include the treatment or prevention of diseases or medical conditions in human patients. Diagnostic utilization may include both in vivo or in vitro diagnostic applications. The SELEX method generally, and the specific adaptations of the SELEX method taught and claimed herein specifically, are particularly suited for diagnostic applications. SELEX identifies nucleic acid ligands that are able to bind targets with high affinity and with surprising specificity. These characteristics are, of course, the desired properties one skilled in the art would seek in a diagnostic ligand. [0082]
  • The nucleic acid ligands of the present invention may be routinely adapted for diagnostic purposes according to any number of techniques employed by those skilled in the art. Diagnostic agents need only be able to allow the user to identify the presence of a given target at a particular locale or concentration. Simply the ability to form binding pairs with the target may be sufficient to trigger a positive signal for diagnostic purposes. Those skilled in the art would also be able to adapt any nucleic acid ligand by procedures known in the art to incorporate a labeling tag in order to track the presence of such ligand. Such a tag could be used in a number of diagnostic procedures. The nucleic acid ligands described herein may specifically be used for identification of the TGFβ, PDGF, and hKGF proteins. [0083]
  • SELEX provides high affinity ligands of a target molecule. This represents a singular achievement that is unprecedented in the field of nucleic acids research. The present invention applies the SELEX procedure to the specific targets of TGFβ, PDGF, and hKGF. In the Example section below, the experimental parameters used to isolate and identify the nucleic acid ligands to TGFβ, PDGF, and hKGF are described. [0084]
  • In order to produce nucleic acids desirable for use as a pharmaceutical, it is preferred that the nucleic acid ligand (1) binds to the target in a manner capable of achieving the desired effect on the target; (2) be as small as possible to obtain the desired effect; (3) be as stable as possible; and (4) be a specific ligand to the chosen target. In most situations, it is preferred that the nucleic acid ligand have the highest possible affinity to the target. [0085]
  • In co-pending and commonly assigned U.S. application Ser. No. 07/964,624, filed Oct. 21, 1992 ('624), now U.S. Pat. No. 5,496,938, methods are described for obtaining improved nucleic acid ligands after SELEX has been performed. The '624 application, entitled “Nucleic Acid Ligands to HIV-RT and HIV-1 Rev,” is specifically incorporated herein by reference. Further included in this patent are methods for determining the three-dimensional structures of nucleic acid ligands. Such methods include mathematical modeling and structure modifications of the SELEX-derived ligands, such as chemical modification and nucleotide substitution. [0086]
  • In the present invention, SELEX experiments were performed in order to identify RNA and DNA ligands with specific high affinity for TGFβ1 from degenerate libraries containing 40 or 60 random positions (40N or 60N) (Tables 1 and 5). This invention includes the specific RNA ligands to TGFβ1 shown in Table 3 (SEQ ID NOS:12-42), identified by the methods described in Examples 1 and 2. This invention further includes RNA ligands to TGFβ which inhibit TGFβ1 function, presumably by inhibiting the interaction of TGFβ1 with its receptor. This invention includes the specific ssDNA ligands to TGFβ1 shown in Table 6 (SEQ ID NOS:55-89) identified by the methods described in Examples 5 and 6. [0087]
  • In the present invention, two SELEX experiments were also performed in order to identify ssDNA and RNA with specific high affinity for PDGF from degenerate libraries containing 40 and 50 random positions (40N and 50N), respectively (Tables 7 and 12). This invention includes the specific ssDNA and RNA ligands to PDGF shown in Tables 8, 9 and 13 and FIGS. 3, 4, and [0088] 9 (SEQ ID NOS:93-124, 128-176), identified by the methods described in Examples 7 and 15.
  • In the present invention, a SELEX experiment was also performed in search of RNA ligands with specific high affinity for hKGF from degenerate libraries containing 40 random positions (40N) (Table 14). This invention includes the specific RNA ligands to hKGF shown in Tables 16 and 23 and FIG. 12 (SEQ ID NOS:189-262, 268-304), identified by the methods described in Examples 16 and 17. This invention further includes RNA ligands to hKGF which inhibit the interaction of hKGF with its receptor. [0089]
  • The scope of the ligands covered by this invention extends to all nucleic acid ligands of TGFβ, PDGF, and hKGF, modified and unmodified, preferably those identified according to the SELEX procedure. More specifically, this invention includes nucleic acid sequences that are substantially homologous to the ligands shown in Tables 3, 6, 8, 9, 13, 16, and 23 and FIGS. 3, 4, [0090] 9 and 12 (SEQ ID NOS:12-42, 55-89, 93-124, 128-176, 189-262, 268-304). By substantially homologous it is meant a degree of primary sequence homology in excess of 70%, most preferably in excess of 80%. A review of the sequence homologies of the nucleic acid ligands shown in Tables 3 and 6 (SEQ ID NOS.:12-42, 55-89) for TGFβ, Tables 8 and 13 (SEQ ID NOS:93-124, 128-170) for PDGF, and Tables 16 and 23 (SEQ ID NOS:189-262, 272-304) for hKGF shows that sequences with little or no primary homology may have substantially the same ability to bind a given target. For these reasons, this invention also includes nucleic acid ligands that have substantially the same structure and ability to bind TGFβ, PDGF, and hKGF as the nucleic acid ligands shown in Tables 3, 6, 8, 9, 13, 16, and 23 and FIGS. 3, 4, 9 and 12 (SEQ ID NOS:12-42, 55-89, 93-124, 128-176, 189-262, 268-304). Substantially the same structure for PDGF includes all nucleic acid ligands having the common structural elements shown in FIG. 3 that lead to the affinity to PDGF. Substantially the same ability to bind TGFβ, PDGF, or hKGF means that the affinity is within one or two orders of magnitude of the affinity of the ligands described herein. It is well within the skill of those of ordinary skill in the art to determine whether a given sequence—substantially homologous to those specifically described herein—has substantially the same ability to bind TGFβ, PDGF, or hKGF.
  • This invention also includes the ligands as described above, wherein certain chemical modifications are made in order to increase the in vivo stability of the ligand or to enhance or mediate the delivery of the ligand. Examples of such modifications include chemical substitutions at the sugar and/or phosphate and/or base positions of a given nucleic acid sequence. See, e.g., U.S. application Ser. No. 08/117,991, filed Sep. 9, 1993, entitled “High Affinity Nucleic Acid Ligands Containing Modified Nucleotides,” now abandoned (see U.S. Pat. No. 5,660,985), which is specifically incorporated herein by reference. Other modifications are known to one of ordinary skill in the art. Such modifications may be made post-SELEX (modification of previously identified modified or unmodified ligands) or by incorporation into the SELEX process. [0091]
  • Example 20 describes post-SELEX procedure modification of a nucleic acid ligand to basic fibroblast growth factor (bFGF). The nucleic acid ligand was modified by the addition of phosphorothioate caps and substitution of several ribopurines with 2′-deoxy-2′-O-methylpurines. [0092]
  • As described above, because of their ability to selectively bind TGFβ, PDGF, and hKGF, the nucleic acid ligands to TGFβ, PDGF, and hKGF described herein are useful as pharmaceuticals. This invention, therefore, also includes a method for treating TGF-β-mediated pathological conditions by administration of a nucleic acid ligand capable of binding to TGFβ, a method for treating PDGF-mediated pathological conditions by administration of a nucleic acid ligand capable of binding to PDGF, and a method for treating hKGF-mediated pathological conditions by administration of a nucleic acid ligand capable of binding to hKGF. [0093]
  • Therapeutic compositions of the nucleic acid ligands may be administered parenterally by injection, although other effective administration forms, such as intraarticular injection, inhalant mists, orally active formulations, transdermal iontophoresis or suppositories, are also envisioned. One preferred carrier is physiological saline solution, but it is contemplated that other pharmaceutically acceptable carriers may also be used. In one preferred embodiment, it is envisioned that the carrier and the ligand constitute a physiologically-compatible, slow release formulation. The primary solvent in such a carrier may be either aqueous or non-aqueous in nature. In addition, the carrier may contain other pharmacologically-acceptable excipients for modifying or maintaining the pH, osmolarity, viscosity, clarity, color, sterility, stability, rate of dissolution, or odor of the formulation. Similarly, the carrier may contain still other pharmacologically-acceptable excipients for modifying or maintaining the stability, rate of dissolution, release, or absorption of the ligand. Such excipients are those substances usually and customarily employed to formulate dosages for parental administration in either unit dose or multi-dose form. [0094]
  • Once the therapeutic composition has been formulated, it may be stored in sterile vials as a solution, suspension, gel, emulsion, solid, or dehydrated or lyophilized powder. Such formulations may be stored either in a ready to use form or requiring reconstitution immediately prior to administration. The manner of administering formulations containing nucleic acid ligands for systemic delivery may be via subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, intranasal or vaginal or rectal suppository. [0095]
  • The following examples are provided to explain and illustrate the present invention and are not intended to be limiting of the invention. Examples 1-4 describe initial experiments to identify RNA with specific high affinity for TGFβ1. Example 1 describes the various materials and experimental procedures used in Examples 2-4. Example 2 describes a representative method for identifying RNA ligands by the SELEX method which bind TGFβ1. Example 3 describes the affinities the ligands have for TGFβ1 and demonstrates that the ligands are capable of inhibiting the function of TGFβ1, presumably by inhibiting the interaction of TGFβ1 with its receptor. Example 4 describes which regions of the ligands are believed to be necessary for TGFβ1 binding and inhibition of TGFβ1 receptor binding. Example 5 describes another representative method for identifying RNA and DNA ligands by the SELEX method which bind TGFβ1. Example 6 reports on the binding analysis, bioassay, and sequences of a ssDNA SELEX library. Example 7 describes the various materials and experimental procedures used in evolving ssDNA ligands to PDGF described in Examples 8-13. Example 8 describes the ssDNA ligands to PDGF and the predicted secondary structure of selected nucleic acid ligands. Example 9 describes the minimal sequence necessary for high affinity binding. Example 10 describes the kinetic stability of PDGF-Nucleic Acid Ligand complexes. Example 11 describes the thermal melting properties for selected ligands. Example 12 describes photo-crosslinking of nucleic acid ligands and PDGF. Example 13 describes the inhibition by DNA ligands of PDGF isoforms on cultured cells and inhibition of the mitogenic effects of PDGF in cells by DNA ligands. Example 14 describes the modification of nucleic acid ligands to PDGF with modified nucleotides. Example 15 describes the experimental procedures used in evolving RNA ligands to PDGF and shows the ligand sequences. Example 16 describes the various materials and experimental procedures used in evolving nucleic acid ligands to hKGF described in Examples 17-19. Example 17 describes the RNA ligands to hKGF, the affinities the ligands have for hKGF, and the specificity of the RNA ligands to hKGF. Example 18 describes inhibition of hKGF binding to cell surface receptors. Example 19 reports on the inhibition of mitogenic activity of hKGF by a selected ligand. Example 20 describes the modification of nucleic acid ligands to bFGF with 2′-deoxy-2′-O-methylpurines. [0096]
    • EXAMPLES Example 1 Experimental Procedures
  • This example provides the general procedures followed and incorporated in Examples 2-4. [0097]
  • A. Materials. [0098]
  • Human recombinant TGFβ1 used in this SELEX procedure was acquired from Genentech. Human recombinant TGFβ1 can also be purchased from R&D systems, Minneapolis, Minn., USA. [0099]
  • Biotinylated TGFβ1 was prepared by reacting TGFβ1 at 3.6 μM with an 11 fold molar excess of sulfo-NHS-biotin (Pierce, Rockford, Ill., USA) in 50 mM NaHCO[0100] 3 for 3 hr in an ice bath. The reaction was acidified with 0.036 volumes of 10% acetic acid and applied to a 40 mg Vydac (The Separations Group, Hesperia, Calif., USA) reverse phase column made in a siliconized pipet tip to separate unreacted biotin from biotinylated TGFβ1. The column was prewashed with 200 μl ethanol followed by 200 μl 1% acetic acid, the biotinylation reaction was applied, free biotin was washed through with 200 μl of 50 mM sodium acetate pH 5.5, followed by 200 μl of 20% acetonitrile and finally eluted with 200 μl of 60% acetonitrile. The sample was lyophilized and resuspended in 50 mM sodium acetate pH 5.0 at 40 μM and stored at 4° C. The TGFβ1 was spiked with 100,000 cpm iodinated TGFβ1 in order to follow recovery and to assess the success of the biotinylation reaction by measuring the fraction of the radioactivity that would bind to streptavidin coated agarose beads (Pierce) before and after biotinylation. An aliquot of the TGFβ1 before and after biotinylation was subjected to analytical reverse phase chromatography. The biotinylated TGFβ1 substantially ran as a single peak which was retarded with respect to the unbiotinylated TGFβ. A small amount (5%) of unreacted TGFβ1 could be detected. The efficiency of binding of the iodinated, biotinylated TGFβ1 to streptavidin (SA) agarose beads (30 μl) was 30% under the binding conditions used for SELEX partitioning.
  • Iodinated TGFβ1 was prepared by the lactoperoxidase method (50 mM sodium phosphate pH 7.3, 0.16% glucose) with BioRad Enzymo beads (BioRad, Richmond, Calif., USA) and the bound iodine separated from the free iodine by gel filtration on G25 Sephadex in 50 mM sodium acetate 0.01% Tween. [0101]
  • The mink lung cell line expressing the luciferase reporter gene under the control of [0102] PAI 1 promoter (Abe et al. (1994) Anal. Biochem. 216:276-284) was a gift from Dr. Dan Rifkin (Department of Cell Biology, New York Medical Center, New York, N.Y. 10016). Luciferase was assayed by reagents purchased from Analytical Luminescence Laboratory, San Diego, Calif., USA.
  • 2′-NH[0103] 2 modified CTP and UTP were prepared according to the method of Pieken et al. (1991) Science 253:314-317. DNA oligonucleotides were synthesized using standard procedures either at NeXstar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (Boulder, Colo., USA) or by Operon Technologies (Alameda, Calif., USA). All other reagents and chemicals were purchased from standard commercial sources and sources have been indicated.
  • B. SELEX Procedure [0104]
  • SELEX ligands that bind to TGFβ1 were derived essentially as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,270,163 (see also, Tuerk and Gold (1990) Science 249:505-510). To generate the starting pool of PCR template, PCR product from twenty separate PCR reactions each containing 16.1 pmol of unpurified, single stranded DNA (at least a total of 2×10[0105] 12 to 2×1013 different molecules) were pooled before the first transcription. PCR conditions were 50 mM KCl, 10 mM Tris-HCl, pH 9, 0.1% Triton-X100, 1.5 mM MgCl2, 0.2 mM of each dATP, dCTP, dGTP, and dTTP, 2 μM each primer and 0.075 units/μl of Taq DNA polymerase, 100 μl per reaction in a siliconized microfuge tube. All PCR cycles took advantage of hot start using Ampliwax (Perk and Elmer, Norwalk, Conn., USA). Duration of the initial PCR was 10 cycles; a PCR cycle was 94° C.-1′, 52° C.-1′, 72° C.-2′. An initial denaturation was 94° C. for 4′ and the final extension at 72° C. for 5′. PCR reactions were combined, phenol/ chloroform extracted, and isopropanol precipitated (2.0 M ammonium acetate, 50% isopropanol) to remove primers.
  • Transcription reactions contained 200 nM DNA, 0.9 mM GTP, 0.9 [0106] mM 2′-NH2-UTP, 0.9 mM 2′-NH2-CTP, 0.5 mM ATP, 87 mM Tris-HCl pH 8.0, 17 mM MgCl2, 4.4 mM spermidine, 22 mM DTT, 100 μg/ml acetylated BSA (Promega, Madison, Wis., USA) and 4 units/μl T7 RNA polymerase. (2′-F-UTP and 2′-F-CTP (United States Biochemical, Cleveland, Ohio, USA) were used at 3.0 mM, whereas UTP and CTP were used at 0.9 mM each). Transcription reactions were incubated overnight at 28° C. (at least 10 hours). After transcription the template was digested by addition of 2 μl RQ1 Dnase (Promega) for 15′ at 28° C., and then extracted with phenol/CHCl3, followed by three ethanol precipitations from ammonium acetate (3.9 M ammonium acetate, 72% ethanol).
  • The RNA molecules were incubated with TGFβ1 bound to SA agarose beads as described below in Krebs-Ringer solution (KR) (120 mM NaCl, 4.8 mM KCl, 10 mM Na phosphate buffer pH 7.4, 1.2 mM MgSO[0107] 4, 2.6 mM CaCl2) modified to include 20 mM Na-Hepes pH 7.5 and 0.2% Triton X100 (Pierce). This buffer is referred to as KRHT.
  • TGFβ1-RNA complexes were separated from unbound RNA by washing the beads. Recovery of the selected 2′-NH[0108] 2 or F pyrimidine modified RNA from the agarose beads required guanidine thiocyanate extraction (5M GnSCN, 10 mM Tris-HCl, 0.1 mM EDTA, pH 7.0, 0.1 M beta mercaptoethanol) or from Seradyne SA coated beads by 2% SDS (0.1 M Tris-HCl pH 7.5, 50 mM NaCl, 1 mM Na2EDTA, 2% SDS, 1.5 mM DTT). Regular 2′-OH RNA was easily recovered under less harsh conditions with the same buffer used for the Seradyne beads containing only 0.2% SDS. After extraction and precipitation to purify and concentrate the RNA, the sample was reverse transcribed with a cloned MMLV RT with the RNase H sequence deleted. The reaction contained less than or equal to 16 nM RNA, 10 μM 3′ primer, 50 mM Tris-HCL pH 8.3, 75 mM KCl, 5 mM MgCl2, 10 mM DTT, 0.5 mM dNTP's. Prior to addition of buffer the RNA and the primer were boiled together. After addition of buffer and salts the reaction was annealed for 10 min at 28° C. before addition of 600 units of Superscript reverse transcriptase (Bethesda Research Labs, Gaithersburg, Md., USA) and synthesis at 50° C. for 1 hour.
  • PCR amplification of this cDNA (<1 pmol) resulted in approximately 250 pmol double-stranded DNA, of this, 40 pmols was transcribed and used to initiate the next round of SELEX. [0109]
  • C. Partitioning Method for SELEX. [0110]
  • 2.5 pmols biotinylated TGFβ1 were bound to 30 μl SA agarose beads (Pierce) in 200 μl KRHT. The mixture was incubated on a rotator at 37° C. for 15 to 30 minutes. The beads were washed three times by centrifugation and resuspension in 200 μl cold KRHT to remove unbound TGFβ1, and resuspended in a final volume of 500 μl KRHT. RNA containing 2′-NH[0111] 2 pyrimidines was heated at 70° C. for three minutes (RNAs containing 2′-OH or 2′-F pyrimidines were heated at 95° C.) and diluted into KRHT containing TGFβ1 bound to SA beads. The final concentration of RNA is 1 μM and the TGFβ1 was 5 nM. Binding occurs with rotation at 37° C. for 30 minutes. Beads were washed by centrifugation and resuspension three times with 200 μl binding buffer to remove unbound RNA. RNA was eluted from the beads as described above.
  • D. Binding Assays. [0112]
  • Two binding assays for ligands to TGFβ1 gave equivalent results wherever tested. In the SA bead assay the biotinylated TGFβ1 was serially diluted in KRHT in polypropylene tubes (Linbro, ICN, Irvine, Calif., USA) and bound to the beads as described above. After unbound TGFβ1 was washed away, trace quantities of [0113] 32P-labeled RNA(<0.1 1 nM) were added to each tube and vortexed to mix. After static incubation at 37° C. for 30 minutes, the unbound RNA was removed by washing three times with 200 μl of KRHT.
  • In the nitrocellulose filter binding assay, TGFβ1 was serially diluted in KRH containing 0.1% defatted BSA (Fluka radioimmunoassay grade, Fluka, Hauppauge, N.Y., USA) as carrier instead of Triton X-100. Incubation with RNA tracer was as above. Samples were pipetted with a multiwell pipettor onto a multiwell manifold holding a sheet of wet BioRad 0.45 micron nitrocellulose, aspirated, and washed three times with 200 μl KRH (containing no BSA). The filters were air dried and counted in a liquid scintillation counter (Beckmann Instruments, Palo Alto, Calif.) [0114]
  • The equation used to fit the binding of ligands to TGFβ1 describes the binding of a ligand to a receptor (in this case TGFβ1) that follows the laws of mass action and for which there is a single binding site: Y=Bmax*X/(Kd+X): where Y is the fraction of the ligand bound, B[0115] max is the maximum fraction of the ligand bound, X is the concentration of TGFβ1 and Kd is the dissociation constant of TGFβ1 and the ligand. Data points were fit by nonlinear regression using the computer program Graphpad Prism (Graphpad Software, San Diego, Calif.). The algorithm minimized the sum of the squares of the actual distance of the points from the curve. Convergence was reached when two consecutive iterations changed the sum-of-squares by less than 0.01%.
  • E. Cloning and Sequencing. [0116]
  • SELEX experiments are described in Table 2. Primers for [0117] SELEX experiments 1 and 2 shown in Table 1 contain recognition sites for the restriction endonucleases SacI (5′ primer T7SacBam; SEQ ID NO:7) and XbaI (3′ primer 3XH; SEQ ID NO:9). PCR products from SELEX experiments 1 and 2 were cloned directionally into SacI/XbaI digested pGem 9zf (Promega). 5′ primer T7SB2N (SEQ ID NO:8) and 3′ primer 3XH (SEQ ID NO:9) (Table 1) were used for SELEX experiments 3-9. PCR products from SELEX experiments 3-9 were cloned directionally into the BamHI/XbaI site of a modified pGem9zf :BamHI cloning vector. The BamH1 site was engineered into pGem9zf in the following way. A clone isolated from library 2 (lib2-6-2) that did not bind to TGFβ1 (sequence not shown) was digested with BamH1 and XbaI. The sequence flanking the cloning site of the modified pGem9zf vector is shown in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS:10-11).
  • After digestion of the plasmid with restriction endonuclease and dephosphorylation with CIP (calf intestinal phosphatase), vectors were gel purified. Inserts were ligated and recombinant plasmids were transformed into [0118] E. coli strain DH10B (Bethesda Research Labs). Plasmid DNA was prepared by alkaline lysis, mini prep procedure. Twenty-two clones representing 9 unique sequences were sequenced at random from libraries 1 and 2. 50 clones were sequenced from libraries 3-9 using a single dideoxy G reaction (called G track). The sequencing ladders were compared and organized for similarities. Selected clones from each family were chosen for complete sequence analysis. TGFβ1 binding assays were performed on transcripts representing different G sequences in each library. Out of a total of 140 binding assays, 27 ligands bound with a Kd less than 10 nM, and 21 of these were sequenced. Clones were sequenced with the Sequenase sequencing kit (United States Biochemical Corporation, Cleveland, Ohio).
  • F. Ligand Truncation. [0119]
  • Truncation experiments were carried out to determine the minimal sequence necessary for high affinity binding of the RNA ligands to TGFβ1. For 3′ boundary determination, RNA ligands were 5′ end-labeled with γ-[0120] 32P-ATP using T4 polynucleotide kinase. 5′ boundaries were established with 3′ end-labeled ligands using α-32P-pCp and T4 RNA ligase. After partial alkaline hydrolysis, radiolabeled RNA ligands were incubated with TGFβ1 at concentrations ranging from 1 nM to 50 nM and protein-bound RNA was separated by nitrocellulose partitioning. RNA truncates were analyzed on a high-resolution denaturing polyacrylamide gel. A ladder of radioactively labeled ligands terminating with G-residues was generated by partial RNase T1 digestion and was used as markers.
  • G. Inhibition of TGFβ1 Function. [0121]
  • TGFβ1 signal transduction begins with binding to a cell surface receptor and results in the induction of transcription of a variety of genes. One of these genes is Pail. The TGFβ1 assay utilizes the mink lung epithelial cell (MLEC) carrying the luciferase reporter gene fused to the Pail promoter. The MLEC has TGFβ1 receptors on its cell surface. Thus one can measure the response of the cells to TGFβ1 and the effective concentration of TGFβ1 in the culture media by measuring the luciferase enzyme activity after a period of induction. [0122]
  • Mink lung epithelial cells (MLEC) carrying the Pail/luc construct were maintained in DME containing 10% fetal bovine serum and 400 μg/ml G418. MLEC-Pail/luc cells were plated at 3.2×10[0123] 4 cells per well in a 96 well Falcon plate, in 100 μl of DME+10% fetal bovine serum overnight. Media was made from autoclaved water. The cells were washed three times (1100 μl) in serum free DME plus Solution A (1:1). Solution A is 30 mM Hepes pH 7.6, 10 mM glucose, 3.0 mM KCl, 131 mM NaCl, 1.0 mM disodium phosphate. Samples (100 μl) were added in DME containing 20 mM Hepes pH 7.5, and 0.1% BSA (Fluka, radioimmunoassay grade). All samples were in triplicate. After six hours at 37° C. in a 5% CO2 incubator the media was removed and cells were washed three times (100 μl each) in cold PBS. Lysis buffer (75 μl) (Analytical Luminescence Laboratory) was added and the plates incubated on ice for 20 min. The plates were sealed and frozen at −80° C. until assayed. Samples (25 μl) were assayed for luciferase activity with the Enhanced Luciferase Assay Kit from Analytical Luminescence Laboratory (San Diego, Calif., USA) according to the manufacturer's instructions using the Berthold Microlumat LB96P luminometer. Luminescence is reproducibly a function of TGFβ1 concentration added to the media.
  • Ligands tested for inhibition of TGFβ1 activity were tested at a minimum of five concentrations. The ligands were serially diluted in DME, 20 mM Hepes pH 7.5, 0.1% Fluka BSA in polypropylene tubes and an equal volume of media containing 12 pM TGFβ1 was added to each tube, vortexed and transferred to the cells without further incubation. From the TGFβ1 standard curve included on every plate the effective concentration of TGFβ1 in the presence of the inhibitory ligands was determined by the reduction in luminescence measured. Some ligands were tested at both 3 pM and 6 pM TGFβ1 with the same results. To determine the IC[0124] 50 (the concentration of SELEX ligand necessary to reduce the TGFβ1 activity 50%), the five values obtained for each ligand were plotted and the value at 50% inhibition was determined graphically using Graphpad Prism assuming a hyperbolic fit of the data and using non-linear regression.
    • Example 2 RNA Ligands to TGFβ1
  • A. SELEX Experiments [0125]
  • In order to generate RNA ligands to TGFβ1, nine SELEX experiments, as summarized in Table 2, were performed using the methods described in Example 1. As shown in Table 1, the RNA pools differ in the number of random bases present in the central portion of the molecules: 40 nucleotides in the 40N6 (SEQ ID NO:2) SELEX and 64 nucleotides in the 64N6 and lib2-6-1RN6 (SEQ ID NOS:1, 3) SELEX experiment. Since the goal was to select RNA ligands that not only bound to TGFβ1 but also blocked receptor binding, the large random region (64N) was chosen. In two experiments, a shorter random region (40N) was also included. Ligands to TGFβ1 were very rare with 40N and were qualitatively the same as the 64N6 ligands selected. [0126]
  • The sequences of clones from the SELEX experiments are shown in Table 3 (SEQ ID NOS:12-42). The pyrimidines used in the various SELEX experiments differed at the 2′ position of the sugar (Table 2). In the first two SELEX experiments, ligands were evolved as 2′-OH pyrimidines. Ligands were post-SELEX modified with 2′-NH[0127] 2 or 2′-F-substituted pyrimidines to see if they retained TGFβ1 binding. Since the 2′ substitutions rendered the ligands resistant to RNase A they were also tested in the cell culture assay for inhibition of TGFβ1 activity. One such ligand lib2-6-1 (Group D, Table 3; SEQ ID NO:35) when substituted with 2′-NH2-UTP and 2′-F-CTP was shown to inhibit TGFβ1 receptor mediated activity. To select more ligands, six more independent SELEX experiments (lib3-7 and lib9) were performed using the 2′-F and 2′-NH2-substituted pyrimidines during the evolution process. In experiment lib8 the biologically active clone lib2-6-1 (SEQ ID NO:35) was randomized and subjected to re-selection to see if the binding and inhibition behavior of the clone could be improved. Lib8 was evolved as a 2′-OH pyrimidine RNA. In some cases, post-SELEX modification of TGFβ1 ligands derived from experiments 3-9 were performed, e.g., to determine if a ligand evolved with 2′-F pyrimidine substitutions would also bind with 2′-NH2 substitutions.
  • Each starting pool for a SELEX experiment contained 3×10[0128] 14 RNA molecules (500 pmol). The affinity of the starting RNA for TGFβ1 was estimated to be greater than 50 mM. After 4 rounds of SELEX, the affinities of the evolving pools had improved to approximately 10 nM and did not shift significantly in subsequent rounds. RNA was bulk sequenced and found to be non-random and cloned.
  • Lib1 took 20 rounds to evolve since optimum concentrations of TGFβ1 were not used until [0129] round 15 and libraries 5, 6 and 7 took longer to evolve because optimum conditions for recovery of bound ligands during the partitioning step in SELEX were not introduced until round 8. Optimum TGFβ1 concentrations and partitioning conditions are described in Example 1.
  • B. RNA Sequenes [0130]
  • Many clones in a SELEX library are identical or similar in sequence. The libraries were screened by G track and only representatives of each G track type were tested in a binding assay. The binding assay was five points (16.5 nM, 5.5 nM, 1.8 nM, 0.6 nM, and 0.2 nM) and could detect only those SELEX clones with a Kd less than or equal to 10 nM. RNA ligands that bound well (Kd<10 nM) in the binding assay were sequenced. The sequences were inspected by eye and analyzed using computer programs which perform alignments and fold nucleic acid sequences to predict regions of secondary structure. Ligands were classified into five groups (A, B, C, D, and orphans) by sequence homology. Each group has characteristic allowable 2′ substitutions. [0131]
  • 58 clones were identified by G track from 7 separate SELEX experiments to belong to group A ligands (Table 3; SEQ ID NOS:12-42). 15 clones were sequenced; 13 were similar but not identical, whereas 3 clones, lib3-13 (SEQ ID NO:12), lib5-6 and lib5-13, were identical. Group A ligands were recovered from seven of the eight SELEX libraries which included libraries evolved as 2′-NH[0132] 2, 2′-OH or 2′-F-substituted pyrimidines as well as a library evolved as 2′-F-UTP, 2′-NH2-CTP. Post SELEX modification indicates that 2′-NH2-UTP, 2′-F-CTP does not disrupt binding of lib8-9 to TGFβ1, thus the structure of Group A ligands appears to not require a specific 2′ moiety on the pyrimidine sugar in order to maintain binding.
  • Group B ligands bind both as 2′-NH[0133] 2 and 2′-F pyrimidine substituted RNA. 28 Group B clones were detected by G track analysis from 3 libraries. Two of the libraries were evolved as 2′-NH2 and one as 2′-F library. Four clones were sequenced, two were identical (lib5-47 and lib4-12; SEQ ID NO:28). An internal deletion can occur in group B, as in lib 3-44. The 40N orphan, lib3-42 was placed in Group B on the basis of secondary structure. The internal deletion in lib3-44, the binding affinity, the bioactivity and boundary experiments all support the placement of lib3-42 in this group.
  • Group C ligands bind as 2′-OH or 2′-F ligands as expected, since members of this group were evolved as 2′-OH ligands in [0134] lib 1 and as 2′-F pyrimidine substituted ligands in lib 6. Lib1-20-3 (SEQ ID NO:32) was post SELEX modified and as 2′-F derivative. Lib1-20-3 did not bind with 2′-NH2 pyrimidines incorporated.
  • Group D ligand, lib2-6-1 (SEQ ID NO:35), was isolated after 2′-OH SELEX but was post SELEX modified and binds well as a 2′-NH[0135] 2-UTP and 2′-F-CTP pyrimidine derivative. Lib2-6-1 does not bind well to TGFβ1 with 2′- N 2, 2′-F or 2° F.-UTP, 2′-NH2-CTP-substituted pyrimidines. Variants of Group D were only reselected in two other SELEX experiments, lib8, a 2′-OH library, and lib 9, a 2′-NH2-UTP, 2′-F CTP library, supporting the observation that there is specificity for the 2′ pyrimidine position in this ligand.
  • The group labeled orphans are not homologous to each other and no variant sequences for these ligands have been determined. G track indicates that eight 40N clones similar to lib3-45 were isolated from two libraries. Two of the eight were sequenced and are identical. Lib3-45 (SEQ ID NO:39) binds whether it contains 2′-NH[0136] 2 or 2′-F substituted pyrimidines or the 2′-F-UTP, 2′-NH2-CTP combination. Lib1-20-5 (SEQ ID NO:40) isolated as a 2′-OH ligand binds as a 2′-F, whereas lib1-20-12 (SEQ ID NO:41) and lib2-6-8 (SEQ ID NO:42) bind well only as 2′-OH pyrimidines and will not tolerate 2′-NH2 or 2′-F post SELEX modifications.
  • As it was unusual that similar sequences were obtained from different SELEX experiments containing different modifications, another set of SELEX experiments was performed in search of RNA and ssDNA ligands to TGFβ1 as described in examples 5 and 6 infra. [0137]
    • Example 3 Inhibition of TGFβ1 Receptor Binding
  • The Kds and B[0138] max values reported in Table 4 for Group A ligands are for the 2′-NH2 substituted version of the ligand unless otherwise noted. Bmax for the Group A ligands was 0.38±0.12 (n=14) which is in agreement with the measured retention of TGFβ1 on the nitrocellulose filters. The Kd's for Group A ligands were all similar, 2.2±1.1 nM (n=14). Where measured nitrocellulose and SA agarose bead binding assays gave equivalent results.
  • The IC[0139] 50's in Table 4 for Group A ligands were all tested with the 2′-NH2 pyrimidine substituted ligands except where indicated. 2′-NH2 ligands were used in the tissue culture bio-assay since they exhibited the greatest stability under the conditions of the bio-assay. Five out of ten Group A ligands tested inhibited TGFβ1 receptor activity. IC50 values for the inhibitors were typically 25 fold above the Kd for TGFβ1. The data are reproducible; the Kd for ligand lib3-13 was 0.83±0.11 nM (n=3) and the IC50 for lib3-13 (SEQ ID NO:12) was 25±14 nM (n=4). RNA concentrations in the bioassays are all estimates based on an assumed extinction coefficient and 100% purity of the ligand. The RNA concentrations may, therefore, be overestimated during the bio-assay which in turn would overestimate the IC50.
  • Another five Group A ligands did not inhibit TGFβ receptor binding activity. One obvious difference between the non-bioactive ligands, lib2-6-4 (SEQ ID NO:20), lib5-48 (SEQ ID NO:19), and lib6-23 (SEQ ID NO:21), and the bioactive ligands is the substitution at nucleotide 72. Lib7-21 (SEQ ID NO:23) and lib7-43 (SEQ ID NO:24) were tested as 2′-F-UTP, 2′-NH[0140] 2-CTP ligands for bio-activity. These ligands were not bio-active despite their high affinity to TGFβ. In conclusion, binding and bioactivity are separable functions of the TGFβ Group A ligands.
  • Group B ligands have different binding properties than Group A ligands (Table 4). Both the Kd (0.63±0.5 nM, n=4) and B[0141] max (0.14±0.04, n=4) are lower for Group B ligands. One Group B inhibitor, lib4-12 (SEQ ID NO:28), actually appears to stimulate TGFβ1 activity in the tissue culture bio-assay at low concentrations. The basis of this mixed agonist/antagonist behavior has not been determined. The best inhibitor in this group, lib3-42 (SEQ ID NO:30) has an IC50 of 22 nM and had no agonist behavior over the concentration ranges tested.
  • Group C ligands were tested as 2′-F derivatives and were not bio-active. Neither was the 2′-F orphan lib1-20-5 (SEQ ID NO:40). The 2′-NH[0142] 2, 40N orphan, lib3-45 is an example of another ligand with high affinity for TGFβ1 and no ability to inhibit TGFβ1 receptor binding.
  • Group D ligands were tested in the bio-assay as 2′-NH[0143] 2-UTP, 2′-F-CTP derivatives. Both lib2-6-1 (SEQ ID NO:35) and the truncated version lib2-6-1-81 (SEQ ID NO:36) can inhibit TGFβ1 receptor binding; however, a single mutation from a C to a G at position 53 decreases bio-activity in clone lib8-23. Similarly a 2 base pair deletion in clone lib6-30 (SEQ ID NO:34) at positions corresponding to nucleotides 67 and 68 in lib2-6-1 (SEQ ID NO:35) increases binding by 10 fold but eliminates bio-activity.
  • Lib2-6-1 (SEQ ID NO:35) was shown to be fully effective only against TGFβ1 and not TGFβ2 and TGFβ3. Lib2-6-1 (SEQ ID NO:35) was biologically active in the presence of 10% horse serum in the cell culture medium in addition to the 0.1% BSA. Thus the ligand demonstrates specificity towards TGFβ1 which is not interfered with by the presence of the horse serum in this assay. The biggest indication that the inhibition of TGFβ1 receptor binding is a specific phenomenon is the fact that not all TGFβ1 ligands block receptor binding, but the ones that do, do so reproducibly. There are no examples of ligands that do not bind to TGFβ1 blocking TGFβ1 receptor binding activity. [0144]
  • In summary, RNA ligands that can block TGFβ1 receptor binding are a subset of ligands. Binding is necessary but not sufficient for bio-activity. Roughly 50% of the high affinity ligands tested were inhibitors. Of the inhibitors, 30% were good inhibitors (IC[0145] 50<25 nM).
    • Example 4 Boundary Analysis
  • Truncation experiments were done on a number of TGFβ1 ligands to determine the nucleotides essential for binding. Group A ligands, lib3-13 (SEQ ID NO:12) and lib8-9 (SEQ ID NO:16), were truncated with consistent results. The fragment lib3-13-79 binds to TGFβ1, thus none of the [0146] nucleotides 3′ to nucleotide 79 in lib3-13 are essential for binding. Similarly when all nucleotides 5′ to nucleotide 38 are deleted the remaining fragment, lib3-13-(38-123) can still bind to TGFβ1. The 5′ boundary is in agreement with the sequence lib6-23 (SEQ ID NO:21), which has a deletion corresponding to nucleotides 19-36 of lib3-13 (SEQ ID NO:25), and still binds to TGFβ1. Thus, all high affinity binding determinants for Group A clones may lie wholly within the random region and may correspond to a 42 nucleotide fragment, lib3-13-(38-79). Many Group A ligands contain deletions or substitutions within the predicted essential binding domain, in the region corresponding to lib3-13-(72-81). The deletion and substitution in lib4-32 have no effect on its 3′ boundary which corresponds to lib3-13 nucleotide 80. Thus, the 3′ boundary is probably correct and the alterations in nucleotide sequence 72-81 are ones that do not significantly alter the nucleic acid structure required for binding. Mutations in this region, most notably nucleotide 72 may, however, modify the ability of the ligand to block TGFβ1 receptor binding as noted earlier.
  • Boundary analysis of the 3′ end of Group B ligand, lib4-12 (SEQ ID NO:28), predicts that nothing beyond nucleotide 72 is required for TGFβ1 binding. When the 5′ boundary of lib4-12 was determined, all but the first three nucleotides were required for binding, indicating that the 5′ constant region is an essential part of the ligand at least when the boundary of the full length ligand was determined. Assuming that ligand lib3-44 (SEQ ID NO:29) has a similar binding determinant as lib4-12 (SEQ ID NO:28), we can also conclude that nucleotides 37-46 of lib4-12 are not required for binding since these are deleted in lib3-44 and lib3-42 (SEQ ID NO:30). [0147]
  • The 3′ constant region is not necessary for binding in Group C and D ligands. Both ligand types bind without the 3′ nucleotides in the constant region. Lib1-20-3-82, an 82 nucleotide truncated version of lib1-20-3 (SEQ ID NO:32), binds as well as the full length lib1-20-3. Likewise binding and bioactivity of lib2-6-1 is unaffected by the 3′ truncation found in lib2-6-1-81 (SEQ ID NO:36). [0148]
    • Example 5 Experimental Procedures
  • In the preferred embodiment, a second set of SELEX experiments was performed in search of RNA and DNA ligands with specific high affinity for TGFβ1 from degenerate libraries containing 40 random positions (40N). This Example provides the general procedures followed and incorporated in Example 6. [0149]
  • A. Materials. [0150]
  • M-MLV superscript reverse transcriptase was purchased from Gibco BRL (Gaithersburg, Md.). T7 RNA polymerase was purified according to standard procedures at NeXstar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (Boulder, Colo.). Taq DNA polymerase (Amplitaq) was from Perkin Elmer/Cetus (Richmond, Calif.). T4 polynucleotide kinase, DNA polymerase (Klenow fragment), and alkaline phosphatase were purchased from New England Biolabs, Inc. (Beverly, Mass.). The 2′-amino substituted nucleotide triphosphates amino-UTP and amino-CTP were synthesized according to standard procedures at NeXstar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (Boulder, Colo.). Other reagents used in this work were of the highest quality obtainable. [0151]
  • B. Nucleic Acids. [0152]
  • RNAs were synthesized by in vitro transcription using double-stranded DNA oligonucleotides and T7 RNA polymerase. DNA oligonucleotides (Table 5) were purchased from Operon, Inc. (Alameda, CA) and purified by 6% preparative polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis. PCR amplification was performed in 50 mM KCl, 10 mM Tris-HCl (pH 8.6), 2.5 mM MgCl[0153] 2, 170 mg/mL BSA, and dNTPs (present at 1 mM each). Taq DNA polymerase was used at 100 units per 0.1 mL reaction, and the 5′- and 3′-primers were present at 1 mM. Transcription was performed in 40 mM NaCl, 10 mM dithiothreitol, 50 mM Tris-acetate (pH 8.0), 8 mM magnesium acetate, 2 mM spermidine, and 2 mM NTP. T7 RNA polymerase was present at 1 unit/mL. The reaction was incubated at 28 degrees for 16 hours and then treated with 20 units of DNAse I for an additional 10 min at 37 degrees. The reaction was stopped by the addition of one half volume of loading buffer (93% formamide, 10 mM EDTA, pH 8.0) and heated to 95 degrees for 3 min prior to electrophoresis on a 6% polyacrylamide/8 M urea denaturing gel. The RNA transcript was visualized by UV shadowing and was excised from the gel and eluted into TE buffer (10 mM Tris-acetate pH 8.0, 2 mM EDTA). The RNA transcript was ethanol precipitated, dried under vacuum, and redissolved in distilled H2O. The concentration of RNA as well as single-stranded DNA was quantified by measuring the A260 and assuming that 1 A260 unit equaled 40 mg/mL and 33 mg/mL, respectively.
  • C. Evolution of High-Affinity Ligands. [0154]
  • SELEX ligands that bind to TGFβ1 were derived essentially as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,270,163 (see also Tuerk and Gold (1990) Science 249:505-510) using the oligonucleotides illustrated in Table 5 (SEQ ID NOS:43-54). The DNA templates contained a 40-nucleotide (40N) variable sequence generated by mixed-nucleotide DNA synthesis, as well as 5′- and 3′-fixed sequences, necessary for PCR amplification of the template. The 5′-fixed sequence of oligonucleotides 40N7 (SEQ ID NO:43) and 40N8 (SEQ ID NO:49) also contained a T7 RNA polymerase promoter. RNA for the first round of RNA SELEX was transcribed from double-stranded DNA templates generated by primer extension on single-stranded DNA templates 40N7 and 40N8 with the Klenow fragment of DNA polymerase I. RNA SELEX consisted of up to 15 rounds of RNA synthesis, binding to target, partitioning of bound and unbound RNA by nitrocellulose filtration, cDNA synthesis, and PCR amplification to regenerate the double-stranded DNA template. Binding to the target by the RNA pool was performed in binding buffer A (120 mM NaCl, 2.5 mM KCl, 0.12 mM MgSO[0155] 4, 40 mM HEPES, 20 mM NaH2PO4/Na2HPO4 pH 7.4, 0.01% HSA) at 37 degrees for at least 10 min prior to filtration. In contrast, the first round of single-stranded DNA SELEX was performed by using the synthetically synthesized oligonucleotides 40D7 and 40D8 directly. SELEX consisted of 25 rounds of binding to target, partitioning of bound and unbound single-stranded DNA by nitrocellulose filtration, PCR amplification to generate a double-stranded DNA population, and preparative polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis to purify single-stranded DNA for the next round of SELEX. Binding of the target to the single-stranded DNA pool was performed in binding buffer B (150 mM NaCl, 10 mM Tris-acetate pH 7.5, 0.001% BSA) at 37 degrees for at least 15 min prior to filtration. Radiolabeling of RNA as well as DNA repertoires was performed by incubation of 5 picomoles nucleic acid, 2 units of T4 polynucleotide kinase, and 6 mL [γ32P] ATP (800 Ci/mmol) in a volume of 10 mL at 37 degrees for 30 min. The concentration of nucleic acid at each round of the SELEX experiment varied between 1500 nM and 1 nM while the concentration of the target TGF-β1 varied between 150 nM and 0.03 nM.
  • D. Cloning and Sequencing of Ligands. [0156]
  • Cloning of the nucleic acid repertoire was performed as described by Tuerk and Gold (1990) Science 249:505-510 using double-stranded DNA that was generated from the RNA repertoire by PCR amplification. PCR-amplified DNA was digested with the restriction enzymes SphI and HindIII and ligated into compatible sites within pGEM. Ligated plasmids were transformed into [0157] E. coli and plated onto LB agar containing 5-bromo-4-chloro-3-indolyl β-D-galactoside, isopropyl thiogalactoside, and 100 mg/mL ampicillin. Colonies not expressing β-galactosidase were analyzed. Sequencing of DNA was performed as described by Tuerk and Gold (1990) using the dideoxynucleotide procedure of Sanger et al. (1977) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 74:5463-5467. Plasmids were isolated from E. coli by the alkaline lysis miniprep procedure (Manitatis et al. (1982) in Molecular Cloning: A laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y.). DNA was incubated in 50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 8.3), 60 mM NaCl, 6 mM magnesium acetate, and 1 mM DTT with 0.4 mM dNTP and 0.2 mM dideoxy-NTP for 20 min at 48 degrees. DNA polymerase was present at 4 units per reaction. The reactions were stopped by the addition of 10 mL of loading buffer and heated to 95 degrees for 3 min prior to gel electrophoresis on a 6% polyacrylamine/8 M urea denaturing gel. G-track sequencing was performed as described and provided a convenient method to quickly screen the cloned library for ligands of different sequence. Briefly, the G-track sequencing reaction contained 50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 8.3), 60 mM NaCl, 6 mM magnesium acetate, and 1 mM DTT with 0.4 mM dNTP, 0.2 mM dideoxy-GTP, and 4 units of DNA polymerase. The reaction was performed at 48 degrees for 20 min and was stopped by the addition of 10 uL of loading buffer and heated to 95 degrees for 3 min prior to gel electrophoresis on a 6% polyacrylamide/8 M urea denaturing gel.
    • Example 6 Binding Analysis, Bioassay Results, and Sequences of a ssDNA Library.
  • Binding analysis of the 40D7 DNA library for TGF-[0158] B 1 is shown in FIG. 1. Binding data obtained from round 19 (triangles) and round 0 (circles) are shown. The experiment was performed by incubating nucleic acid (less than 1 nM) and the indicated concentration of TGF-b1 in Binding Buffer (150 mM NaCl, 10 mM Tris-acetate pH 8.2, 0.001% BSA) for 15 minutes at 37 degrees in a volume of 0.1 mL. Samples were filtered through nitrocellulose and were immediately followed by 3 mL of TE Buffer (10 mM Tris-acetate pH 8.0, 0.1 mM EDTA). The percentage of radiolabel bound was calculated from the amount of radiolabel retained on the nitrocellulose filter and the total radiolabel added to the binding reaction. The results show that the apparent Kd of the 40D7 library is 1 nM, whereas the starting pool has an apparent Kd of 30 nM. Thus, the 40D7 library shows an increase of about three fold in binding.
  • A PAI-luciferase assay to detect TGF-β1 activity in the presence of the nucleic acid libraries generated in Example 5 was performed as described in Abe et al. (1994) [0159] Analytical Biochem. 216:276-284. Mink lung epithelial cells containing the PAI-luciferase reporter gene were incubated with TGF-β1 (10 pM) and oligonucleotides from the DNA libraries or anti-TGF-β antibody (60 μg/mL). The mink lung epithelial cells were incubated for 18 hours and oligonucleotides were pre-incubated with TGF-β1 before the assay and readded after 8 hours. Addition of oligonucleotides alone (100 nM) to the cell culture did not affect the assay (data not shown). The identity of the oligonucleotide libraries as well as their effect on luciferase activity is indicated in FIG. 2. The ssDNA library 40N7 completely inhibited the activity of TGF-β1, while the control (an equal concentration of randomized nucleic acid) showed a small stimulation of TGF-β1 activity.
  • Based on the results of the binding analysis and PAI-luciferase assay, DNA ligands from the 40N7 library were sequenced as described in Example 5. The sequences are shown in Table 6 (SEQ ID NOS:55-89). As the DNA 40N7 library showed inhibition in the PAI-luciferase bioassay, it is reasonable to suggest that the individual clones from the library are TGFβ1 binders. [0160]
    • Example 7 Experimental Procedures
  • This Example provides the general procedures followed and incorporated in Examples 8-15 for the evolution of nucleic acid ligands to PDGF. [0161]
  • A. Materials. [0162]
  • Recombinant human PDGF-AA (Mr=29,000), PDGF-AB (Mr=27,000) and PDGF-BB (Mr=25,000) were purchased from R&D Systems (Minneapolis, Minn.) in lyophilized form, free from carrier protein. All three isoforms were produced in [0163] E. coli from synthetic genes based on the sequences for the long form of the mature human PDGF A-chain (Betsholtz et al.,(1986) Nature 320: 695-699) and the naturally occurring mature form of human PDGF B-chain (Johnsson et al., (1984) EMBO J. 3: 921-928). Randomized DNA libraries, PCR primers and DNA ligands and 5′-iodo-2′-deoxyuridine-substituted DNA ligands were synthesized by NeXstar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (Boulder, Colo.) or by Operon Technologies (Alameda, Calif.) using the standard solid phase phosphoramidite method (Sinha et al., (1984) Nucleic Acids Res. 12:4539-4557).
  • B. Single Stranded DNA (ssDNA) Selex [0164]
  • Essential features of the SELEX procedure have been described in detail in the SELEX Patent Applications (see also, Tuerk and Gold, [0165] Science 249:505 (1990); Jellinek et al., Biochemistry 33:10450 (1994); Jellinek et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 90:11227 (1993)), which are incorporated by reference herein. The initial ssDNA library containing a contiguous randomized region of forty nucleotides, flanked by primer annealing regions (Table 7; SEQ ID NO:90) of invariant sequence, was synthesized by the solid phase phosphoramidite method using equal molar mixture of the four phosphoramidites to generate the randomized positions. The ssDNA library was purified by electrophoresis on an 8% polyacrylamide/7 M urea gel. The band that corresponds to the full-length DNA was visualized under UV light, excised from the gel, eluted by the crush and soak method, ethanol precipitated and pelleted by centrifugation. The pellet was dried under vacuum and resuspended in phosphate buffered saline supplemented with 1 mM MgCl2 (PBSM=10.1 mM Na2HPO4, 1.8 mM KH2PO4, 137 mM NaCl and 2.7 mM KCl, 1 mM MgCl2, pH 7.4) buffer. Prior to incubation with the protein, the ssDNA was heated at 90° C. for 2 minutes in PBSM and cooled on ice. The first selection was initiated by incubating approximately 500 pmol (3×1014 molecules) of 5′ 32P end-labeled random ssDNA with PDGF-AB in binding buffer (PBSM containing 0.01% human serum albumin (HSA)). The mixture was incubated at 4° C. overnight, followed by a brief (15 min) incubation at 37° C. The DNA bound to PDGF-AB was separated from unbound DNA by electrophoresis on an 8% polyacrylamide gel (1:30 bis-acrylamide:acrylamide) at 4° C. and at 5 V/cm with 89 mM Tris-borate (pH 8.3) containing 2 mM EDTA as the running buffer. The band that corresponds to the PDGF-ssDNA complex, which runs with about half the electrophoretic mobility of the free ssDNA, was visualized by autoradiography, excised from the gel and eluted by the crush and soak method. In subsequent affinity selections, the ssDNA was incubated with PDGF-AB for 15 minutes at 37° C. in binding buffer and the PDGF-bound ssDNA was separated from the unbound DNA by nitrocellulose filtration, as previously described (Green, et al., (1995) Chemistry and Biology 2, 683-695). All affinity-selected ssDNA pools were amplified by PCR in which the DNA was subjected to 12-20 rounds of thermal cycling (30 s at 93° C., 10 s at 52° C., 60 s at 72° C.) in 10 mM Tris-Cl (pH 8.4) containing 50 mM KCl, 7.5 mM MgCl2, 0.05 mg/ml bovine serum albumin, 1 mM deoxynucleoside triphosphates, 5 μM primers (Table 7) and 0.1 units/μl Taq polymerase. The 5′ PCR primer was 5′ end-labeled with polynucleotide kinase and [γ-32P]ATP and the 3′ PCR primer was biotinylated at the 5′ end using biotin phosphoramidite (Glen Research, Sterling, Va.). Following PCR amplification, streptavidin (Pierce, Rockford, Ill.) was added to the unpurified PCR reaction mixture at a 10-fold molar excess over the biotinylated primer and incubated for 15 min at room temperature. The dsDNA was denatured by adding an equal volume of stop solution (90% formamide, 1% sodium dodecyl sulfate, 0.025% bromophenol blue and xylene cyanol) and incubating for 20 min at room temperature. The radiolabeled strand was separated from the streptavidin-bound biotinylated strand by electrophoresis on 12% polyacrylamide/7M urea gels. The faster migrating radiolabeled (non-biotinylated) ssDNA strand was cut out of the gel and recovered as described above. The amount of ssDNA was estimated from the absorbance at 260 nm using the extinction coefficient of 33 μg/ml/absorbance unit (Sambrook et al., (1989) Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2 Ed. 3 vols., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor).
  • C. Cloning and Sequencing. [0166]
  • The amplified affinity-enriched pool from [0167] SELEX round 12 was purified on a 12% polyacrylamide gel and cloned between HindIII and PstI sites in JM109 strain of E. coli (Sambrook, et al., (1989) Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2 Ed. 3 vols., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor). Individual clones were used to prepare plasmids by alkaline lysis. Plasmids were sequenced at the insert region using the forward sequencing primer and Sequenase 2.0 (Amersham, Arlington Heights, Ill.) according to the manufacturer's protocol.
  • D. Determination of the Apparent Equilibrium Dissociation Constants and the Dissociation Rate Constants. [0168]
  • The binding of ssDNA ligands at low concentrations to varying concentrations of PDGF was determined by the nitrocellulose filter binding method as described (Green et al., (1995) [0169] Chemistry and Biology 2:683-695). The concentrations of PDGF stock solutions (in PBS) were determined from the absorbance readings at 280 nm using the following e280 values calculated from the amino acid sequences (Gill, S.C. and von Hippel, P. H. (1989) Anal. Biochem. 182:319-326): 19,500 M−1cm−1 for PDGF-AA, 15,700 M−1cm−1 for PDGF-AB and 11,800 M−1cm−1 for PDGF-BB. ssDNA for all binding experiments were purified by electrophoresis on 8% (>80 nucleotides) or 12% (<40 nucleotides) polyacrylamide/7 M urea gels. All ssDNA ligands were heated at 90° C. in binding buffer at high dilution (1 μM) for 2 min and cooled on ice prior to further dilution into the protein solution. The binding mixtures were typically incubated for 15 min at 37° C. before partitioning on nitrocellulose filters.
  • The binding of DNA ligands (L) to PDGF-AA (P) is adequately described with the bimolecular binding model for which the fraction of bound DNA at equilibrium (q) is given by eq. 1, [0170]
  • q=(f/2[L] t){[P] t +[L] t +K d−[([P] t +[L] t +K d)2−4[P] t [L] t]1/2}  (1)
  • where [P][0171] t and [R]t are total protein and total DNA concentrations, Kd is the equilibrium dissociation constant and f is the efficiency of retention of protein-DNA complexes on nitrocellulose filters (Irvine et al., (1991) J. Mol. Biol. 222:739-761; Jellinek et al., (1993) Proc. Nat'l. Acad. Sci. USA 90:11227-11231).
  • The binding of DNA ligands to PDGF-AB and PDGF-BB is biphasic and can be described by a model in which the DNA ligand is composed of two non-interconverting components (L[0172] 1 and L2) that bind to the protein with different affinities, described by corresponding dissociation constants, Kd1 and Kd2 (Jellinek et al., (1993) Proc. Nat'l. Acad. Sci. USA 90:11227-11231). In this case, the explicit solution for the fraction of bound DNA (q) is given by eq. 2, q = f ( χ 1 K d1 1 + K d1 [ P ] + χ 2 K d2 1 + K d2 [ P ] ) [ P ] with [ P ] = [ P ] t 1 + χ 1 K d1 [ L ] t 1 + K d1 [ P ] + χ 2 K d2 [ L ] t 1 + K d2 [ P ] ( 2 )
    Figure US20030180744A1-20030925-M00001
  • where χ[0173] 1 and χ2(=1−χ1) are the mole fractions of L1 and L2. The Kd values for the binding of DNA ligands to PDGF were calculated by fitting the data points to eq. 1 (for PDGF-AA) or eq. 2 (for PDGF-AB and PDGF-BB) using the non-linear least squares method.
  • The dissociation rate constants (k[0174] off) were determined by measuring the amount of 32 P 5′-end labeled minimal ligands (0.17 nM) bound to PDGF-AB (1 nM) as a function of time following the addition of 500-fold excess of unlabeled ligands, using nitrocellulose filter binding as the partitioning method. The koff values were determined by fitting the data points to the first-order rate equation (eq. 3)
  • (q−q ∞)/(q o−q∞)=exp(−k off t)  (3)
  • where q, q[0175] o and q∞ represent the fractions of DNA bound to PDGF-AB at any time (t), t=0 and t=∞, respectively.
  • E. Minimal Ligand Determinations. [0176]
  • To generate a population of 5′ end-labeled DNA ligands serially truncated from the 3′ end, a primer complementary to the 3′ invariant sequence region of a DNA ligand template (truncated primer 5N2, Table 7; SEQ ID NO:92) was radiolabeled at the 5′ end with [γ-[0177] 32P]-ATP and T4 polynucleotide kinase, annealed to the template and extended with Sequenase (Amersham, Arlington Heights, Ill.) and a mixture of all four dNTPs and ddNTPs. Following incubation in binding buffer for 15 min at 37° C., the fragments from this population that retain high affinity binding to PDGF-AB were separated from those with weaker affinity by nitrocellulose filter partitioning. Electrophoretic resolution of the fragments on 8% polyacrylamide/7 M urea gels, before and after affinity selection, allows determination of the 3′ boundary. To generate a population of 3′ end-labeled DNA ligands serially truncated from the 5′ end, the DNA ligands were radiolabeled at the 3′ end with [α-32P]-cordycepin-5′-triphosphate (New England Nuclear, Boston, Mass.) and T4 RNA ligase (Promega, Madison, Wis.), phosphorylated at the 5′ end with ATP and T4 polynucleotide kinase, and partially digested with lambda exonuclease (Gibco BRL, Gaithersburg, Md.). Partial digestion of 10 pmols of 3′-labeled ligand was done in 100 μL volume with 7 mM glycine-KOH (pH 9.4), 2.5 mM MgCl2, 1 μg/ml BSA, 15 μg tRNA, and 4 units of lambda exonuclease for 15 min at 37°. The 5′ boundary was determined in an analogous manner to that described for the 3′ boundary.
  • F. Melting Temperature (T[0178] m) Measurements.
  • Melting profiles for the minimal DNA ligands were obtained on a Cary Model 1E spectrophotometer. Oligonucleotides (320-400 nM) were heated to 95° C. in PBS, PBSM or PBS with 1 mM EDTA and cooled to room temperature prior to the melting profile determination. Melting profiles were generated by heating the samples at the rate of 1° C./min from 15-95° C. and recording the absorbance every 0.1° C. The first derivative of the data points was calculated using the plotting program KaleidaGraph (Synergy Software, Reading, Pa.). The first derivative values were smoothed using a 55 point smoothing function by averaging each point with 27 data points on each side. The peak of the smoothed first derivative curves was used to estimate the T[0179] m values.
  • G. Crosslinking of 5-iodo-2′-deoxyuridine-substituted DNA Ligands to PDGF-AB. [0180]
  • DNA ligands containing single or multiple substitutions of 5′-iodo-2′deoxyuridine for thymidine were synthesized using the solid phase phosphoramidite method. To test for the ability to crosslink, trace amounts of 5′[0181] 32P end-labeled ligands were incubated with PDGF-AB (100 nM) in binding buffer at 37° C. for 15 min prior to irradiation. The binding mixture was transferred to a 1 cm path length cuvette thermostated at 37° C. and irradiated at 308 nm for 25-400 s at 20 Hz using a XeCl charged Lumonics Model EX748 excimer laser. The cuvette was positioned 24 cm beyond the focal point of a convergent lens, with the energy at the focal point measuring 175 mjoules/pulse. Following irradiation, aliquots were mixed with an equal volume of formamide loading buffer containing 0.1% SDS and incubated at 95° for 5 min prior to resolution of the crosslinked PDGF/ligand complex from the free ligand on 8% polyacrylamide/7 M urea gels.
  • To identify the protein site of crosslinking for [0182] ligand 20t-I4, binding and irradiation were done on a larger scale. PDGF-AB and 5′ 32P end-labeled ligand, each at 1 μM in PBSM, were incubated and irradiated (300 s) as described above in two 1 ml reaction vessels. The reaction mixtures were combined, ethanol precipitated and resuspended in 0.3 ml of Tris-HCl buffer (100 mM, pH 8.5). The PDGF-AB/ligand crosslinked complex was digested with 0.17 μg/μl of modified trypsin (Boehringer Mannheim) for 20 hours at 37° C. The digest mixture was extracted with phenol/chloroform, chloroform and then ethanol precipitated. The pellet was resuspended in water and an equal volume of formamide loading buffer with 5% (v/v) β-mercaptoethanol (no SDS), incubated at 95° C. for 5 min, and resolved on a 40 cm 8% polyacrylamide/7 M urea gel. The crosslinked tryptic-peptide/ligand that migrated as two closely spaced bands about 1.5 cm above the free ligand band was excised from the gel and eluted by the crush and soak method and ethanol precipitated. The dried crosslinked peptide (about 160 pmoles based on the specific activity) was sequenced by Edman degradation (Midwest Analytical, Inc., St. Louis, Mo.).
  • H. Receptor Binding Assay. [0183]
  • The binding of [0184] 125I-PDGF-AA and 125I-PDGF-BB to porcine aortic endothelial (PAE) cells transfected with PDGF α- or β-receptors were performed as described (Heldin et al., (1988) EMBO J. 7:1387-1394). Different concentrations of DNA ligands were added to the cell culture (1.5 cm2) in 0.2 ml of phosphate buffered saline supplemented with 1 mg bovine serum albumin per ml together with 125I-PDGF-AA (2 ng, 100,000 cpm) or 125I-PDGF-BB (2 ng, 100,000 cpm). After incubation at 4° C. for 90 min, the cell cultures were washed and cell associated radioactivity determined in a γ-counter (Heldin et al., (1988) EMBO J. 7:1387-1394).
  • I. [[0185] 3H] Thymidine Incorporation Assay.
  • The incorporation of [[0186] 3H]thymidine into PAE cells expressing PDGF β-receptor in response to 20 ng/ml of PDGF-BB or 10% fetal calf serum and in the presence of different concentrations of DNA ligands was performed as described (Mori et al., (1991) J. Biol. Chem. 266:21158-21164). After incubation for 24 h at 37° C., 3H-radioactivity incorporated into DNA was determined using a 13-counter.
    • Example 8 ssDNA Ligands of PDGF
  • High affinity DNA ligands to PDGF AB were identified by the SELEX process from a library of ≈3×10[0187] 14 molecules (500 pmol) of single stranded DNA randomized at forty contiguous positions (Table 7; SEQ ID NO:90). The PDGF-bound DNA was separated from unbound DNA by polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis in the first round and by nitrocellulose filter binding in the subsequent rounds. After 12 rounds of SELEX, the affinity-enriched pool bound to PDGF-AB with an apparent dissociation constant (Kd) of ≈50 pM (data not shown). This represented an improvement in affinity of ≈700-fold compared to the initial randomized DNA library. This affinity-enriched pool was used to generate a cloning library from which 39 isolates were sequenced. Thirty-two of these ligands were found to have unique sequences (Table 8; SEQ ID NOS:93-124). Ligands that were subjected to the minimal sequence determination are marked with an asterisk (*) next to the clone number. The clone numbers that were found to retain high affinity binding as minimal ligands are italicized. All ligands shown in Table 8 were screened for their ability to bind to PDGF AB using the nitrocellulose filter binding method. To identify the best ligands from this group, we determined their relative affinities for PDGF-AB by measuring the fraction of 5′ 32P end-labeled ligands bound to PDGF-AB over a range of protein concentrations. For the ligands that bound to PDGF-AB with high affinity, the affinity toward PDGF-BB and PDGF-AA was also examined: in all cases, the affinity of ligands for PDGF-AB and PDGF-BB was comparable while the affinity for PDGF-AA was considerably lower (data not shown).
  • Twenty-one of the thirty-two unique ligands can be grouped into a sequence family shown in Table 9. The sequences of the initially randomized region (uppercase letters) are aligned according to the consensus three-way helix junction motif. Nucleotides in the sequence-invariant region (lowercase letters) are only shown where they participate in the predicted secondary structure. Several ligands were “disconnected” (equality symbol) in order to show their relatedness to the consensus motif through circular permutation. The nucleotides predicted to participate in base pairing are indicated with underline inverted arrows, with the arrow heads pointing toward the helix junction. The sequences are divided into two groups, A and B, based on the first single stranded nucleotide (from the 5′ end) at the helix junction (A or G, between helices II and III). Mismatches in the helical regions are shown with dots under the corresponding letters (G-T and T-G base pairs were allowed). In places where single nucleotide bulges occur, the mismatched nucleotide is shown above the rest of the sequence between its neighbors. [0188]
  • This classification is based in part on sequence homology among these ligands, but in greater part on the basis of a shared secondary structure motif: a three-way helix junction with a three nucleotide loop at the branch point (FIG. 3). These ligands were subdivided into two groups; for ligands in group A, the loop at the branch point has an invariant sequence AGC and in group B, that sequence is G(T/G)(C/T). The proposed consensus secondary structure motif is supported by base-pairing covariation at non-conserved nucleotides in the helices (Table 10). Since the three-way junctions are encoded in continuous DNA strands, two of the helices end in loops at the distal end from the junction. These loops are highly variable, both in length and in sequence. Furthermore, through circular permutation of the consensus motif, the loops occur in all three helices, although they are most frequent in helices II and III. Together these observations suggest that the regions distal from the helix junction are not important for high affinity binding to PDGF-AB. The highly conserved nucleotides are indeed found near the helix junction (Table 9, FIG. 3). [0189]
    • Example 9 Boundary Analysis
  • The minimal sequence necessary for high affinity binding was determined for the six best ligands to PDGF-AB. In general, the information about the 3′ and 5′ minimal sequence boundaries can be obtained by partially fragmenting the nucleic acid ligand and then selecting for the fragments that retain high affinity for the target. With RNA ligands, the fragments can be conveniently generated by mild alkaline hydrolysis (Tuerk et al., (1990) [0190] J. Mol. Biol. 213:749-761; Jellinek et al., (1994) Biochemistry 33:10450-10456; Jellinek et al., (1995) Biochemistry 34:11363-11372; Green et al., (1995) J. Mol. Biol. 247:60-68). Since DNA is more resistant to base, an alternative method of generating fragments is needed for DNA. To determine the 3′ boundary, a population of ligand fragments serially truncated at the 3′ end was generated by extending the 5′ end-labeled primer annealed to the 3′ invariant sequence of a DNA ligand using the dideoxy sequencing method. This population was affinity-selected by nitrocellulose filtration and the shortest fragments (truncated from the 3′ end) that retain high affinity binding for PDGF-AB were identified by polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis. The 5′ boundary was determined in an analogous manner except that a population of 3′ end-labeled ligand fragments serially truncated at the 5′ end was generated by limited digestion with lambda exonuclease. The minimal ligand is then defined as the sequence between the two boundaries. It is important to keep in mind that, while the information derived from these experiments is useful, the suggested boundaries are by no means absolute since the boundaries are examined one terminus at a time. The untruncated (radiolabeled) termini can augment, reduce or have no effect on binding (Jellinek et al., (1994) Biochemistry 33:10450-10456).
  • Of the six minimal ligands for which the boundaries were determined experimentally, two (20t (SEQ ID NO:172) and 41t (SEQ ID NO:174); truncated versions of [0191] ligands 20 and 41) bound with affinities comparable (within a factor of 2) to their full-length analogs and four had considerably lower affinities. The two minimal ligands that retained high affinity binding to PDGF, 20t and 41t, contain the predicted three-way helix junction secondary structure motif (FIG. 4). The sequence of the third minimal ligand that binds to PDGF-AB with high affinity, 36t (SEQ ID NO:173), was deduced from the knowledge of the consensus motif (FIG. 4). In subsequent experiments, we found that the single-stranded region at the 5′ end of ligand 20t is not important for high affinity binding. Furthermore, the trinucleotide loops on helices II and III in ligand 36t (GCA and CCA) can be replaced with pentaethylene glycol spacers (infra). These experiments provide further support for the importance of the helix junction region in high affinity binding to PDGF-AB.
  • The binding of [0192] minimal ligands 20t, 36t, and 41t to varying concentrations of PDGF-AA, PDGF-AB and PDGF-BB is shown in FIGS. 5A, 5B and 5C. In agreement with the binding properties of their full length analogs, the minimal ligands bind to PDGF-AB and PDGF-BB with substantially higher affinity than to PDGF AA (FIGS. 5A, 5B and 5C, Table 11). In fact, their affinity for PDGF-AA is comparable to that of random DNA (data not shown). The binding to PDGF-AA is adequately described with a monophasic binding equation while the binding to PDGF-AB and PDGF-BB is notably biphasic. In previous SELEX experiments, biphasic binding has been found to be a consequence of the existence of separable nucleic acid species that bind to their target protein with different affinities (Jellinek et al., (1995) Biochemistry 34:11363-11372, and unpublished results). The identity of the high and the low affinity fractions is at present not known. Since these DNA ligands described here were synthesized chemically, it is possible that the fraction that binds to PDGF-AB and PDGF-BB with lower affinity represents chemically imperfect DNA. Alternatively, the high and the low affinity species may represent stable conformational isomers that bind to the PDGF B-chain with different affinities. In any event, the higher affinity binding component is the most populated ligand species in all cases (FIG. 5). For comparison, a 39-mer DNA ligand that binds to human thrombin with a Kd of 0.5 nM (ligand T39 (SEQ ID NO.:177): 5′-CAGTCCGTGGTAGGGCAGGTTGGGGTGACTTCGTGGAA[3′T], where [3′T] represents a 3′-3′ linked thymidine nucleotide added to reduce 3′-exonuclease degradation) and has a predicted stem-loop structure, binds to PDGF-AB with a Kd of 0.23 μM (data not shown).
    • Example 10 Kinetic Stability of PDGF-Nucleic Acid Ligand Complexes
  • In order to evaluate the kinetic stability of the PDGF-AB/DNA complexes, the dissociation rates were determined at 37° C. for the complexes of [0193] minimal ligands 20t, 36t and 41t (SEQ ID NOS:172-174) with PDGF-AB by measuring the amount of radiolabeled ligands (0.17 nM) bound to PDGF-AB (1 nM) as a function of time following the addition of a large excess of unlabeled ligands (FIG. 6). At these protein and DNA ligand concentrations, only the high affinity fraction of the DNA ligands binds to PDGF-AB. The following values for the dissociation rate constants were obtained by fitting the data points shown in FIG. 6 to the first-order rate equation: 4.5±0.2×10−3 s−1 (t1/2=2.6 min) for ligand 20t, 3.0±0.2×10−3 s−1 (t1/2=3.8 min) for ligand 36t, and 1.7±0.1×10−3 s−1 (t1/2=6.7 min) for ligand 41t. The association rates calculated for the dissociation constants and dissociation rate constants (kon=koff/Kd) are 3.1×107 M−1s−1 for 20t, 3.1×107 M−1s−1 for 36t and 1.2×107 M−1s−1 for 41t.
    • Example 11 Thermal Melting Properties
  • In order to examine the ability of [0194] minimal ligands 20t, 36t and 41t to assume folded structures, their melting temperatures (Tm's) were determined from the UV absorbance vs. temperature profiles in PBSM or PBSE buffers. At the oligonucleotide concentrations used in these experiments (320-440 nM), only the monomeric species were observed as single bands on non-denaturing polyacrylamide gels (data not shown). Ligands 20t and 41t underwent thermal melting that is well described by a two-state (folded and unfolded) model with linearly sloping baselines (Petersheim and Turner (1983) Biochem. 22:256-263) with Tm values in PBSM buffer of 43.8±0.4° C. and 49.2±0.5° C., respectively. In PBSE buffer, similar Tm values were obtained: 44.8±0.5° C. for ligand 20t and 48.0±0.5° C. for ligand 41t. Ligand 36t exhibited a more complex thermal melting profile in which two distinct transitions were observed. In this case, the data were well described by a three-state model in which the fully folded and the unfolded states are connected through a partially unfolded intermediate results. Using this model, we obtained two Tm values for ligand 36t: 47.0±0.9° C. and 67.1±3.8° C. in PBSM buffer and 44.2±1.7° C. and 64.3±4.1° C. in PBSE buffer.
    • Example 12 Photo-Crosslinking of Nucleic Acid Ligands and PDGF
  • In order to determine the sites on the DNA ligands and PDGF that are in close contact, a series of photo-crosslinking experiments were performed with 5′-iodo-2′-deoxyuridine (IdU)-substituted [0195] DNA ligands 20t, 36t and 41t (SEQ ID NOS:172-174). Upon monochromatic excitation at 308 nm, 5-iodo- and 5-bromo-substituted pyrimidine nucleotides populate a reactive triplet state following intersystem crossing from the initial n to π* transition. The excited triplet state species then reacts with electron rich amino acid residues (such as Trp, Tyr and H is) that are in its close proximity to yield a covalent crosslink. This method has been used extensively in studies of nucleic acid-protein interactions since it allows irradiation with >300 nm light which minimizes photodamage (Willis et al., (1994) Nucleic Acids Res. 22:4947-4952; Stump, W. T., and Hall, K. B. (1995) RNA 1:55-63; Willis et al, (1993) Science 262:1255-1257; Jensen et al., (1995) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., U.S.A. 92:12220-12224). Analogs of ligands 20t, 36t and 41t were synthesized in which all thymidine residues were replaced with IdU residues using the solid phase phosphoramidite method. The affinity of these IdU-substituted ligands for PDGF-AB was somewhat enhanced compared to the unsubstituted ligands and based on the appearance of bands with slower electrophoretic mobility on 8% polyacrilamide/7 M urea gels, all three 5′ end-labeled IdU-substituted ligands crosslinked to PDGF-AB upon irradiation at 308 nm (data not shown). The highest crosslinking efficiency was observed with IdU-substituted ligand 20t. To identify the specific IdU position(s) responsible for the observed crosslinking, seven singly or multiply IdU-substituted analogs of 20t were tested for their ability to photo-crosslink to PDGF-AB: ligands 20t-I1 through 20t-I7 (5′-TGGGAGGGCGCGT1T1CT1T1CGT2GGT3T4ACT5T6T6T6AGT7CCCG-3′ (SEQ ID NOS:178-184) where the numbers indicate IdU substitutions at indicated thymidine nucleotides for the seven ligands). Of these seven ligands, efficient crosslinking to PDGF-AB was observed only with ligand 20t-I4. The photo-reactive IdU position corresponds to the 3′ proximal thymidine in the loop at the helix junction (FIG. 4).
  • To identify the crosslinked amino acid residue(s) on PDGF-AB, a mixture of 5′ end-labeled 20t-I4 and PDGF-AB was incubated for 15 min at 37° C. followed by irradiation at 308 nm. The reaction mixture was then digested with modified trypsin and the crosslinked fragments resolved on an 8% polyacrylamide/7 M urea gel. Edman degradation of the peptide fragment recovered from the band that migrated closest to the free DNA band revealed the amino acid sequence KKPIXKK (SEQ ID NO:185), where X indicates a modified amino acid that could not be identified with the 20 derivatized amino acid standards. This peptide sequence, where X is phenylalanine, corresponds to amino acids 80-86 in the PDGF-B chain (Johnsson et al., (1984) [0196] EMBO J. 3:921-928) which in the crystal structure of PDGF-BB comprises a part of solvent-exposed loop III (Oefner et al., (1992) EMBO J. 11:3921-3926). In the PDGF A-chain, this peptide sequence does not occur (Betsholtz et al., (1986) Nature 320:695-699). Together, these data establish a point contact between a specific thymidine residue in ligand 20t and phenylalanine 84 of the PDGF B-chain.
    • Example 13 Inhibition of PDGF by Nucleic Acid Ligands
  • In order to determine whether the DNA ligands to PDGF were able to inhibit the effects of PDGF isoforms on cultured cells, the effects on binding of [0197] 125I-labeled PDGF isoforms to PDGF α- and β-receptors stably expressed in porcine aortic endothelial (PAE) cells by transfection was determined. Ligands 20t, 36t and 41t (SEQ ID NOS:172-174) all efficiently inhibited the binding of 125I-PDGF-BB to PDGF α-receptors (FIG. 7) or PDGF β-receptors (data not shown), with half maximal effects around 1 nM of DNA ligand. DNA ligand T39, directed against thrombin and included as a control, showed no effect. None of the ligands was able to inhibit the binding of 125I-PDGF-AA to the PDGF α-receptor (FIG. 7), consistent with the observed specificity of ligands 20t, 36t and 41t for PDGF-BB and PDGF-AB.
  • The ability of the DNA ligands to inhibit the mitogenic effects of PDGF-BB on PAE cells expressing PDGF 1-receptors was investigated. As shown in FIG. 8, the stimulatory effect of PDGF-BB on [[0198] 3H]thymidine incorporation was neutralized by ligands 20t, 36t and 41t. Ligand 36t exhibited half maximal inhibition at the concentration of 2.5 nM; ligands 41t was slightly more efficient and 20t slightly less efficient. The control ligand T39 had no effect. Moreover, none of the ligands inhibited the stimulatory effects of fetal calf serum on [3H]thymidine incorporation in these cells, showing that the inhibitory effects are specific for PDGF.
    • Example 14 Post-Selex Process Nucleotide Substitutions
  • The stability of nucleic acids to nucleases is an important consideration in efforts to develop nucleic acid-based therapeutics. Experiments have shown that many, and in some cases most of the nucleotides in SELEX-derived ligands can be substituted with modified nucleotides that resist nuclease digestion, without compromising high affinity binding (Green et al., (1995) [0199] Chemistry and Biology 2:683-695; Green et al., (1995) J. Mol. Biol. 247:60-68). Experiments of this type with the DNA ligands reported here suggest that substitutions with modified nucleotides are tolerated at many positions (FIG. 9; SEQ ID NOS:175-176). Specifically, we have examined the substitution of 2′-O-methyl-2′-deoxy- and 2′-fluoro-2′-deoxyribonucleotides for 2′-deoxyribonucleotides in ligand 36t, by examining the PDGF-AB binding properties of singly or multiply substituted ligand 36t. The substitution pattern indicated in FIG. 9 is compatible with high affinity binding to PDGF-AB. Furthermore, this ligand tolerates the substitution of pentaethylene glycol spacers (Glen Research, Sterling, Va.) for the trinucleotide loops at the ends of helices II and III (FIG. 9). These DNA ligands therefore represent lead compounds for a novel class of high affinity, specific antagonists of PDGF-AB and PDGF-BB.
    • Example 15 Experimental Procedure for Evolving 2′-FLUORO-2′-DEOXYPYRIMIDINE RNA Ligands to PDGF and RNA Sequences Obtained
  • A. 2′-FLUORO-2′-DEOXYPYRIMIDINE RNA SELEX [0200]
  • SELEX with 2′-fluoro-2′-deoxypyrimidine RNA targeting PDGF AB was done essentially as described previously (vide supra, and Jellinek et al., (1993, 1994) supra) using the primer template set as shown in Table 12 (SEQ ID NOS:125-127). Briefly, the 2′-fluoro-2′-deoxypyrimidine RNA for affinity selections was prepared by in vitro transcription from synthetic DNA templates using T7 RNA polymerase (Milligan et al., [0201] Nucl. Acids Res. 15:8783 (1987)). The conditions for in vitro transcription described in detail previously (Jellinek et al., (1994) supra) were used, except that higher concentration (3 mM) of the 2′-fluoro-2′-deoxypyrimidine nucleoside triphosphates (2′-F-UTP and 2′-F-CTP) was used compared to ATP and GTP (1 mM). Affinity selections were done by incubating PDGF AB with 2′-fluoro-2′-deoxypyrimidine RNA for at least 15 min at 37° C. in PBS containing 0.01% human serum albumin. Partitioning of free RNA from protein-bound RNA was done by nitrocellulose filtration as described (Jellinek et al., (1993, 1994) supra). Reverse transcription of the affinity-selected RNA and amplification by PCR were done as described previously (Jellinek et al., (1994) supra). Nineteen rounds of SELEX were performed, typically selecting between 1-12% of the input RNA. For the first eight rounds of selection, suramin (3-15 μM) was included in the selection buffer to increase the selection pressure. The affinity-enriched pool (round 19) was cloned and sequenced as described (Schneider et al., (1992) supra). Forty-six unique sequences have been identified, and the sequences are shown in Table 13 (SEQ ID NOS:128-170). The unique-sequence ligands were screened for their ability to bind PDGF AB with high affinity. While random 2′-fluoropyrimidine RNA (Table 12) bound to PDGF with a dissociation constant (Kd) of 35±7 nM, many of the affinity-selected ligands bound to PDGF AB with ≈100-fold higher affinities. Among the unique ligands, clones 9 (Kd=91±16 pM), 11 (Kd=120±21 pM), 16 (Kd=116±34 pM), 23 (Kd=173±38 pM), 25 (Kd=80±22 pM), 37 (Kd=97±29 pM), 38 (Kd=74±39 pM), and 40 (Kd=91±32 pM) exhibited the highest affinity for PDGF AB (binding of all of these ligands to PDGF AB is biphasic and the Kd for the higher affinity binding component is given).
    • Example 16 Experimental Procedures
  • This Example provides the general procedures followed and incorporated in Examples 17-19 for the evolution of nucleic acid ligands to hKGF. [0202]
  • A. Materials and Methods [0203]
  • Recombinant human Keratinocyte Growth Factor (hKGF) and human Epidermal Growth Factor (hEGF) were purchased from Upstate Biotechnology Inc.(Lake Placid, N.Y.). haFGF, hbFGF, PDGF-AB, TGFβ1, and anti-KGF neutralizing monoclonal antibody were purchased from R&D Systems (Minneapolis, Minn.). Recombinant rat KGF was purchased from QED Advanced Research Technologies (San Diego, Calif.). Human thrombin was purchased from Enzyme Research Laboratories (South Bend, Ind.). T4 DNA ligase, HpaII methylase, and restriction enzymes were purchased from New England Biolabs (Beverly, Mass.). pCR-Script Amp SK(+) cloning kit was purchased from Stratagene (La Jolla, Calif.). AMV reverse transcriptase was purchased from Life Sciences (St. Petersburg, Fla.). Taq DNA polymerase was purchased from Perkin Elmer (Foster City, Calif.). Ultrapure nucleotide triphosphates were purchased from Pharmacia (Piscataway, N.J.). α-[0204] 32P-ATP, γ-32P-ATP, and 5′-32P-cytidine 3′, 5′-bis (phosphate) (5′-32P-pCp) were from DuPont NEN Research Products (Boston, Mass.). 125I-labeled KGF was prepared as described before (Bottaro et al., (1990) J.Biol.Chem. 265:12767-12770). PC-3 prostatic carcinoma cells were obtained from ATCC (catalog number CRL1435). Balb/MK cells and NIH3T3 transfected cells with the human KGF receptor (NIH3T3/KGFR) were a generous gift from S. Aaronson, Mt. Sinai Medical Center, NY, and have been described elsewhere (Miki et al., (1992) Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.USA 89:246-250; Miki et al., (1991) Science 251:72-75; Weissman et al., (1983) Cell 32;599-606). T7 RNA polymerase, 2′NH2- and 2′F-modified CTP and UTP were from NeXstar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (Boulder, Colo.). DNA oligonucleotides were obtained from Operon Technologies, Inc. (Alameda, Calif.). Nitrocellulose/cellulose acetate mixed matrix, 0.45 μm, HA filters were from Millipore (Bedford, Mass.). Calcium and magnesium containing Dulbeco's Phosphate Buffered Saline (DPBS) was purchased from Life Technologies (Gaithersburg, Md.). Chemicals were at least reagent grade and purchased from commercial sources.
  • B. SELEX [0205]
  • The SELEX procedure has been described in detail in U.S. Pat. No. 5,270,163 (see also Tuerk and Gold (1990) Science 249:505-510). A single-stranded DNA (ssDNA) pool was used to generate the double-stranded (dsDNA) template for generating the initial random sequence RNA pool by transcription. The DNA template contained 40 random nucleotides, flanked by 5′ and 3′ constant regions for primer annealing sites for PCR and cDNA synthesis (Table 14; SEQ ID NOS:186-188). The 5′ primer contains the T7 promotor sequence for in vitro transcriptions. The template was PCR amplified following an initial denaturation at 93° C. for 3.5 minutes through 15 cycles of 30 second denaturation at 93° C., 1 minute annealing at 60° C., and 1 minute elongation at 72° C., in 50 mM KCl, 10 mM Tris-HCl, [0206] pH 9, 0.1% Triton X-100, 3 mM MgCl2, 0.5 mM of each dATP, dCTP, dGTP, and dTTP, 0.1 units/μl Taq DNA polymerase, and 2.5 nM each of 3G7 and 5G7 primers (Table 14; SEQ ID NOS.187-188). SELEX experiments for hKGF were initiated with a random sequence pool of RNA in which all pyrimidines were 2′-NH2-modified or 2′-F-modified. Transcription reactions were done with about 5 μM DNA template, 5 units/μl T7 RNA polymerase, 40 mM Tris-HCl (pH 8), 12 mM MgCl2, 5 mM DTT, 1 mM spermidine, 0.002% Triton X-100, 4% PEG 8000, 2-4 mM each 2′OH ATP, 2′OH GTP, 2′NH2 or 2° F. CTP, 2′NH2 or 2′F UTP, and 0.25 μM α32P 2′OH ATP (800 Ci/mmole). The full length transcripts were gel-purified prior to use. To prepare binding reactions, the RNA molecules were incubated with recombinant hKGF in Dulbecco's Phosphate-Buffered Saline (DPBS) with calcium and magnesium (Life Technologies, Gaithersburg, Md., Cat. No 21300-025) containing 0.01% human serum albumin. Following incubation at room temperature (ranging from 10 minutes to 10 hours) the protein-RNA complexes were partitioned from unbound RNA by filtering through nitrocellulose. Nitrocellulose filter bound RNA was recovered by phenol/urea extraction. The partitioned RNA was reverse transcribed into cDNA by AMV reverse transcriptase at 48° C. for 60 min in 50 mM Tris-HCl pH 8.3, 60 mM NaCl, 6 mM Mg(OAc)2, 10 mM DTT, 50 pmol DNA 3′ primer (Table 14), 0.4 mM each of dATP, dCTP, dGTP, and dTTP, and 1 unit/μl AMV RT. The cDNA was PCR amplified and used to initiate the next SELEX cycle.
  • C. Nitrocellulose Filter Partitioning [0207]
  • In order to partition the protein-RNA complexes, the binding reactions were filtered through nitrocellulose/cellulose acetated mixed matrix, 0.45 μm pore size (filter disks, Millipore, Co., Bedford, Mass.). For filtration, the filters were placed onto a vacuum manifold and wetted by aspirating 5 ml of DPBS. The binding reactions were aspirated through the filters, and following a 5 ml wash, the filters were counted in a scintillation counter (Beckmann). Higher wash volumes with DPBS or 0.5 M urea were used as a means to increase selection stringency as shown in Table 15. Gel purified, internally α-[0208] 32P-ATP labeled transcripts were incubated with various concentrations of hKGF in DPBS at 37° C. for 10 minutes. Oligonucleotide protein mixtures were filtered through prewetted 0.45 μm pore size HA filters, followed by a 5 ml wash with DPBS. The radioactivity retained on the filter was counted and corrected for background binding in the absence of protein. Nonlinear least square method was used to fit the data into monophasic or biphasic binding curves and to obtain the equilibrium dissociation constant Kd (Jellinek et al., (1993) Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci. USA 90:11227-11231) using the software package Kaleidagraph (Synergy Software, Reading, Pa.). Biphasic binding can be described as the binding of two affinity species that are not in equilibrium.
  • D. Cloning and Sequencing [0209]
  • The RNA recovered from the [0210] round 8 filters was reverse transcribed and PCR amplified. Following column purification with QIA-quick spin columns (Qiagen, Inc., Chatsworth, Calif.) and ethanol precipitation, the amplified DNA was methylated with HpaII methylase (New England Biolabs, Beverly, Mass.). The methylated DNA was cloned into the SrfI restriction site of pCR-Script Direct SK(+) plasmid using the pCR-Script Amp SK(+) cloning kit (Stratagene Cloning Systems, La Jolla, Calif.). About 80 clones were sequenced with Sequenase sequencing kit (United States Biochemical Corporation, Cleveland, Ohio). Sequence analysis and secondary structure prediction was done by using previously described computer software (Feng and Doolittle (1987) J. Mol. Evol. 25:351-360; Jaeger et al., (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:7706-7710; Jaeger et al., (1990) Methods Enzymol. 183:281-306; Zucker (1989) Science 244:48-52).
  • E. Determination of Minimal Sequences Necessary for Binding [0211]
  • Oligonucleotide ligands end labeled at the 5′ end with γ-[0212] 32P-ATP using T4 polynucleotide kinase, or at the 3′ end with 5′-32P-pCp and T4 RNA ligase, were used to establish 3′ and 5′ boundaries respectively (Fitzwater et al., (1996) Methods Enzymol. 267:275-301). After partial alkaline hydrolysis, the radiolabeled oligonucleotide was incubated with 0.1, 0.6, and 3.0 nM hKGF, and the protein bound oligonucleotide was isolated by nitrocellulose filtration. The nitrocellulose retained oligonucleotide truncates were analyzed on a high resolution denaturing polyacrylamide gel. An alkaline hydrolysis ladder and a ladder of radioactively labeled ligands terminated with G-residues, generated by partial RNase T1 digestion, were used as markers to map the 3′ and 5′ boundaries.
  • F. Thermal Denaturation Profiles [0213]
  • Oligonucleotide melting profiles were obtained with a Cary Model 1E spectrophotometer. Oligonucleotides were heated to 95° C. in PBS (Sambrook et al., (1989) [0214] Molecular Cloning; A Laboratory Manual 2nd Ed., Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y.) or 10 mM phosphate buffer and cooled to room temperature before recording the melting profile. The melting profiles generated show the change in absorbance at 260 nm as a function of temperature. During recording, the samples were heated at a rate of 1° C. min−1 from 20-95° C.
    • Example 17 RNA Ligands to hKGF
  • A. SELEX [0215]
  • To generate RNA ligands for hKGF, two parallel SELEX experiments were initiated, one with 2′-NH[0216] 2 and the other 2′-F pyrimidine modified RNA molecules randomized at 40 contiguous positions. The SELEX conditions and results for each round are summarized in Table 15. The starting pool contained 5×1014 (500 pmoles) and 2.5×1014 (250 pmoles) 2′-NH2 and 2′-F pyrimidine modified RNA molecules, respectively, and bound to hKGF with an approximate KD of 30 nM. After 8 rounds of SELEX, the evolved pools bound with a KD of 0.6 nM. No further improvement in the KD was observed in the subsequent two rounds. The RNA pools from the 8th round were reverse transcribed, PCR amplified and cloned as described.
  • B. RNA Sequences [0217]
  • In the 2′-NH[0218] 2 SELEX, 29 out of 31 clones were unique. In the 2′-F SELEX all 43 clones sequenced were unique. A unique sequence is defined as one that differs from all others by three or more nucleotides. Table 16 lists the sequences (SEQ ID NOS:189-262) of all of the clones sequenced in standard single letter code (Cornish-Bowden, (1985) Nucleic Acid Res 13:3021-3030). Computer assisted global and local alignment did not reveal any extensive homologies among the clones, and no obvious families were apparent. The 2′-NH2 clones are in general purine rich while the 2′-F clones are pyrimidine rich. When the alignment parameters were relaxed, the Feng/Doolittle algorithm grouped the 2′-NH2 clones in one family and the 2′-F clones in another. Visual inspection of the sequences suggested two and three possible families for the 2′-NH2 and the 2′-F ligands, respectively. Using conserved predicted secondary structure, 38 2′F ligands could be assigned into two classes (FIGS. 12A and 12B). Similarly, 15 2′NH2 ligands could be assigned into two classes (FIGS. 12C and 12D). The two proposed classes for the 2′F ligands can be folded into pseudoknot structures (Wyatt et al., (1993) The RNA World 465-496; ten Dam, E. (1992) Biochemistry 31:1665-1676). These structures are very related and in fact they could be circular permutations of a common structure. Loop 3 (L3) of class 1 pseudoknots presents the conserved sequence 5′RRYuy while loop 1 (L1) of class 2 ligands presents the sequence 5′AaYY. Both of these sequences contain the consensus 5′RRYY. Some of the 2′F ligands contain two to three copies of the RRYY sequence (FIGS. 12A and 12B). Another feature of these structures is the unequal distribution of purines and pyrimidines in stem 1 (S1). One strand of that stem contains almost exclusively purines while the other strand contains pyrimidines.
  • [0219] Class 1 of the 2′NH2 ligands includes 8 members that can be folded into stem-loop structures with internal symmetric or asymmetric loops. The stem contains three consecutive GC base pairs. The terminal loops are long and present the conserved sequence 5′GGAA(N)1-14YAA(N)1-7RCRR (SEQ ID NO:263). Both sides of the internal asymmetric loops of the class 1 ligands contain the sequence 5′AA. Class 2 includes 7 ligands that can be folded into dumbbells with variable sized loops. One loop contains the conserved sequence 5′YGAY while the other loop contains the conserved sequence 5′GGAA(N)0-4YGA (SEQ ID NO:264). Clones 2N and 54N are circular permutations of the remaining 5 clones.
  • C. Affinities [0220]
  • The dissociation constants of the hKGF ligands were determined by nitrocellulose filter binding and are listed in Table 17. Eight out of 41 2′-F ligands bound biphasically. The remaining of the 2′-F and all the 2′-NH[0221] 2 ligands bound monophasically. Under protein excess, biphasic binding suggests that the ligand exists as two affinity species (presumably isoconformers) that are not in equilibrium. The best 2′-F-modified ligand, K14F, binds biphasically with the high and low affinity dissociation constant at about 0.3-3pM and 2-10 nM respectively. There is some observed variability in the KD determinations for the various clones and the random RNA. Despite the experimental variability in the KD determinations, the high affinity species of K14F have a 1,000-5,000 fold better affinity than the random RNA. Among the monophasic 2′-F-modified ligands, K38F had the best KD of about 0.3 nM. The best 2′-NH2-modified ligands bound with a KD of 0.4 nM which represent about 75 fold improvement over the random RNA.
  • D. Determination of Minimal Sequences Necessary for Binding [0222]
  • Two 2′F ligands (6F and 14F) (SEQ ID NOS:223 and 231) were studied further to determine the minimal sequences necessary for binding. Sequence boundaries were determined by allowing an alkaline hydrolysis ladder, labeled at the 3′ or 5′ end, to bind to hKGF. The partial fragments were affinity purified by nitrocellulose filtration and analyzed on high resolution denaturing gels. Boundaries were clearly observed only at the 3′ ends for both ligands (FIG. 13) and are in agreement with the [0223] class 1 proposed folding as shown in FIGS. 12A and 12B. Truncated templates were then used to confirm the boundaries (FIG. 13). Three truncates were tested for 6F because a run of 7 consecutive pyrimidines did not allow the precise mapping of the boundary. From these three truncates, one lost its KGF binding activity as shown in FIG. 13. A single 14F truncate, designated 14F3′T, was tested. This truncate was two bases longer than the observed boundary in order to extend stem 2 (S2) of the proposed pseudoknot structure. The 14F3′T truncated ligand retained binding activity with affinity similar to the full length ligand. Like the full length ligand, 14F3′T bound KGF biphasically where the high affinity species represented about 20% of the molecules and showed Kd values of about 0.3-3 pM. These high affinity species when partially separated from the low affinity species on the basis of differential affinity to KGF, exhibited binding curves with mid points at 0.3-3 pM and maximum plateaus of about 70% (data not shown). FIG. 13 shows the predicted folding of the shortest active truncates for 6F and 14F which are 53 and 49 bases long respectively. Both proposed pseudoknot structures contain relatively long stems. The two proposed stems of 6F are separated by a single base forming a non-H-type pseudoknot. The proposed 6F structure resembles the solution structure of a similar pseudoknot motif from a frame-shifting element found in the MMTV RNA (Shen et al., (1995) J.Mol.Biol. 247:963-978). The two stems (S1 and S2) of 14F could be drawn as two coaxially stacked helices of 16 base pairs total length (H-type pseudoknot). A Similar pseudoknot structure has been proposed before, based on NMR data (Du et al., (1996) Biochemistry 35:4187-4198). Given the short length of L1, it is possible that ligand 14F forms a non-H-type pseudoknot where the last GU base pair of S1 is not formed allowing a more flexible helical region and a longer L1. Temperature melting curves of 14F and 14F3′T suggest a remarkable thermostability for this ligand (data not shown). These melting curves appear to be concentration independent and biphasic in 150 mM salt. Biphasic melting curves have been observed before with tRNA (Hilbers et al., (1976) Biochemistry 15:1874-1882), and have been attributed to the tertiary folding of the RNA molecule. Multiphasic temperature transitions have also been proposed for RNA pseudoknots (Du et al., (1996) Biochemistry 35:4187-4198). The biphasic curves observed include a low Tm at about 55° C. and a high Tm of greater than 85-90° C. In 10 mM salt the low Tm of 14F is not observed while the high Tm is shifted down to 75-78° C. The melting profile for 14F appears to be flatter than 14F3′T even though the Tm values are the same. The data suggest that the observed thermostability is attributable to just the minimal 49-mer.
  • In an effort to identify shorter KGF ligands that retained binding, the binding activity of various deletions of the shortest truncate of [0224] ligand 14F, namely 14F3′T were tested. Deletions were tested in all the structural elements of the proposed pseudoknot structure. The results are summarized in Table 23 (SEQ ID NOS:272-304). RNA transcripts containing 2′F pyrimidines and 2′OH purines were obtained by in vitro transcription using synthetic DNA templates. The activity of each ligand is shown by scoring for both the high (H) and low (L) affinity component of the 14F3′T binding curve with +(active) or −(not active). Truncates T35 and T36 represent two complementary halves of 14F3′T molecule and were additionally tested as an equimolar mixture. The structural elements of the proposed pseudoknot structure are separated by (1) and are indicated by symbols S1 (stem 1), S2 (stem 2), L1 (loop 1) and L3 (loop 3). The proposed pseudoknot structure for 14F3′T is a non-H-type pseudoknot and lacks L2 (loop 2). The complementary sequences forming S1 (S1 and S1′) and S2 (S2 and S2′) are marked by single and double underlines respectfully. In the tabulated sequences, deleted bases were replaced with periods (.). Any deletion attempt in the stems S1 and S2 of the proposed pseudoknot structure resulted in loss of both the high (H) and low (L) affinity component of the binding curve as observed with the 14F3′T ligand. Deletions in loop 3 (L3), however, were tolerated as long as one copy of the RRYY box remained intact. The shortest ligand that retained activity is T22 which is a 43-mer. In trying to obtain shorter ligands by truncating L3 further a mutant version of T22 (designated T22mu) was used where the last GC base pair of S1 was eliminated by a G to U mutation at position 6. The reasoning for this mutation was to enhance the flexibility of the double stranded region of this ligand by allowing an unpaired base between S1 and S2. Although this mutation did not affect the binding of T22 it did not allow further active truncations in L3.
  • E. Specificity of RNA Ligands to hKGF [0225]
  • The specificity of the K14F ligand was tested by determining its K[0226] D against rat hKGF, and the heparin binding human growth factors, aFGF, bFGF, and PDGF (Table 18). The results suggest that the K14F binds all tested targets like random RNA, except hKGF, and it can discriminate between hKGF and other similar proteins by a factor of 400-40,000.
  • The specificity of ligand 14F3′T was tested by determining its K[0227] d against a variety of heparin binding proteins. The results summarized in Table 22 show that ligand 14F3′T can discriminate KGF from all other heparin binding proteins tested by a factor of 1.2×104-3×1010. Ligand 14F3′T binds only to KGF with high affinity while it binds all other heparin binding proteins tested like random RNA. Binding of 14F3′T to the rat KGF, which is 91% identical to human KGF, is with about a 5-10 fold reduced affinity. Similar specificity was observed during the inhibition of the KGF induced DNA synthesis of Balb/MK cells. Ligand 14F3′T inhibits rat KGF induced DNA synthesis with a K, of 1.8 nM which is 20-50 fold higher than the K, observed with the human KGF. Ligand 14F3′T inhibits the DNA synthesis of Balb/MK cells only if it is the result of KGF but not EGF stimulation (data not shown).
    • Example 18 Inhibition of hKGF Binding to Cell Surface Receptors
  • A. Receptor Binding Assay [0228]
  • To test the ability of the hKGF ligands to competitively inhibit the binding of hKGF to its cell surface receptor, two cell lines were used. The first cell line, PC-3, is an isolate from a grade IV prostatic adenocarcinoma (ATCC CRL 1435). The second cell line is designated as NIH3T3/FGFR-2 and is a recombinant NIH/3T3 cell line carrying the human hKGF receptor at about 0.5-1×10[0229] 6 high affinity KGF binding sites per cell (Miki et al., (1992) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:246-250).
  • PC-3 cells were plated in 24-well plates at about 10[0230] 5 cells per well. Following growth for 48-36 hours, the cells were serum starved for 24 hours, washed two times with 500 μl of cold DPBS, and then incubated with 500 μl binding buffer (BB1; DPBS, 0.5 mM MgCl2, 0.2% BSA. 0.02% sodium azide) containing various concentrations of 125I-labeled KGF ranging from 0 to 0.8 nM. Following 3-3.5 hour incubation at 4° C., the binding mixes were aspirated and the well-adhered cells were washed two times with 1 ml BB1 and once with 1 ml BB1 supplemented with 0.5M NaCl. The remaining bound labeled hKGF was solubilized in 600 μl 0.5% SDS/0.1M NaOH and counted in a gamma counter (Beckmann). Nonspecific binding was determined in the presence of 100 fold molar excess of unlabeled hKGF. For competition assays, the labeled hKGF was kept constant at 0.3 μM, and varying concentrations of competitor molecules were included in the binding reactions ranging from 0-1,000 nM. Binding curves were fitted to the equation:
  • [Bound Tracer]=([Total Tracer]*[Receptor])/(K D+[Total Tracer])
  • where [Total Tracer] and [Bound Tracer] were fixed and the K[0231] D and [Receptor] were determined by regression analysis using the software Kaleidagraph (Synergy Software, Reading, Pa.).
  • NIH3T3/KGFR-2 cells were plated in 24-well plates at about 10[0232] 5 cells per well. Following growth overnight, the cells were serum starved for 1-5 hours, washed two times with 500 μl binding buffer (BB2: serum-free MEM growth medium, 0.1% BSA, 25 mM HEPES, pH 7.4), and then incubated with 250 μl BB2 containing 1 μg/ml heparin (from bovine lung, SIGMA, St. Louis, Mo.), 125I-labeled hKGF at 0.03 nM, and varying concentrations of competitor molecules (300 nM-0 nM). Following 1 hour incubation at room temperature, the binding mixes were aspirated, and the wells were washed two times with 250 μl cold DPBS and once with 250 μl cold DPBS supplemented with 0.5M NaCl. The bound labeled hKGF was solubilized in 500 μl 0.5% SDS and counted in a scintillation counter (Beckmann).
  • The inhibition constants (Ki) of the RNA ligands were determined by a nonlinear regression analysis of the data. [0233]
  • In search of KGF receptors on the surface of PC-3 cells, different concentrations of [0234] 125I-hKGF were used, ranging from 0.002 to 0.8 nM, in the presence and absence of 100 fold molar excess of unlabeled hKGF, and saturation binding of the tracer on the surface of PC-3 cells was observed. FIG. 10 shows the plot of the concentration of bound tracer as a function of the total concentration of tracer as well as the Scatchard analysis of the same data. Analysis of the data suggested that there are about 5,000 specific hKGF binding sites per cell with a KD of 100-200 pM. This KD is in good agreement with the reported KD for hKGF of 200 pM (Miki et al., (1992) Proc natl Acad Sci USA 89:246-250).
  • PC-3 plasma membrane extracts were found to alter the electrophoretic mobility (gel shift) of radiolabeled hKGF upon native gel electrophoresis (FIG. 11). For electrophoretic mobility shift gels, about 3×10[0235] 7 PC-3 cells were gently spun and washed with PBS and then lysed by mixing with equal volume of lysis buffer containing 40 mM Hepes, pH 7.4, 150 mM NaCl, 20% glycerol, 2% triton X-100, 0.1% sodium azide, 3 mM MgCl2, 3 mM EGTA, 2 μM aprotinin, 2 μM leupeptin, 2 mM PMSF, and 400 μM sodium orthovanadate. Following 15 min incubation on ice the extract was spun at 11,000 g at 4° C. for 30 min to remove debris and nuclei and the supernatant was aliquoted and stored at −70° C. For gel analysis, 25 μl binding reactions were set in DPBS, 0.01% HSA, 2 mM MgCl2, containing 3 μl of a 10 fold diluted PC-3 membrane extract in 0.01% HSA, and various concentrations of 125I-labeled hKGF. Following a 10 min incubation at room temperature, 6× loading dye was added to achieve 1× concentration, and the samples were loaded onto a 5% or 10% native TBE polyacrylamide gel. The gel was prerun at room temperature at 100 Volts. Following loading, the gel was run at 200 Volts for 5 min and then at 100 Volts for 30-60 min at room temperature. The radioactive bands were then visualized by autoradiography. The gel shift of radiolabeled hKGF is not observed in the presence of 100 fold molar excess of unlabeled hKGF (FIG. 11), demonstrating a specific interaction between a component found in the PC-3 membrane extracts and hKGF. The estimated KD from the gel shift experiment is about 8 nM.
  • In agreement with the competition experiments reported in the literature (Miki et al., [0236] Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 89:246-250), gel shift competition curves using unlabeled hKGF and bFGF as well as an unrelated small basic protein namely lysozyme were obtained. Table 21 lists the IC50 values obtained in this experiment. In agreement with previous reports, the data presented in Table 21 show that bFGF competes about 20 fold worse than hKGF for binding with the hKGF receptor present in the PC-3 plasma membrane extracts. The interaction observed by the gel shift appears to be a specific interaction for FGF and it is not due to a charge-charge interaction, as lysozyme, another small positively charged molecule, competes for the PC-3 membrane extract:hKGF complex with about 100 fold worse affinity than hKGF alone.
  • IC50 values for various RNA ligands obtained with the PC-3 assay are shown in Table 19. A subset of these ligands was tested on the NIH3T3/FGFR-2. Competitive inhibition constants (Ki) were determined from full competition curves and are summarized in Table 20. In determining the Ki values, it was assumed that 3T3 cells have 500,000 binding sites per cell and PC-3 cells have 5,000 binding sites per cell. [0237]
  • The data show that several hKGF ligands can competitively inhibit binding of hKGF to its cell surface receptors. Some of these ligands, such as K14F, have potent competitive activities with Ki's in the low nM range. [0238]
  • This work not only demonstrates that nucleic acid competitors for hKGF were obtained, but also identifies a new assay for screening hKGF competitors including small molecules, antibodies, and peptides. This new assay includes the use of the prostate carcinoma cell line, PC-3. [0239]
  • The two cell lines, PC3 and NIH3T3/FGFR-2, give slightly different results (see Table 20). KGF binding to PC-3 cells is more sensitive to inhibition by several ligands and by heparin. Random RNA, however, does not effectively compete for KGF binding on the PC-3 cells. KGF binding to NIH3T3/FGFR-2 is resistant to inhibition by some RNA ligands and heparin. This is because the NIH3T3/KGFR assay is more stringent since it is done in the presence of 1 μg/ml heparin. The random oligonucleotide competition curve with the NIH3T3/FGFR-2 is completely flat with K[0240] t>10−4 M. Ligands 6F and 14F show the best inhibitory activity with K, values of 100-200 pM and 2-8 nM in the PC-3 and NIH3T3/FGFR-2 assay respectively. Only two 2′NH2 ligands, 14N and 29N, show good activity with the PC-3 cells (K, value of 1.4 nM). From these two ligands, only 14N retains its inhibitory activity in the NIH3T3/FGFR-2 assay showing a K, value of 100 nM. The observed inhibition of the KGF mitogenic activity by these ligands is not due to a nonspecific affect in the proliferative ability of the cell lines because these ligands have no antiproliferative activity on cells induced by EGF instead of KGF (data not shown).
  • This work not only demonstrates that nucleic acid competitors for hKGF were obtained, but also identifies a new assay for screening hKGF competitors including small molecules, antibodies, and peptides. This new assay includes the use of the prostate carcinoma cell line, PC-3. [0241]
    • Example 19 Inhibition of the Mitogenic Activity of KGF
  • One of the biological effects of KGF is the stimulation of proliferation of epithelial cells (Rubin et al., (1989) [0242] Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 86:802-806). This proliferative effect of KGF can be measured by the stimulation of 3H-thymidine incorporation in responding cells after exposure to KGF. Three such cell lines have been described before (Rubin et al., (1989) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 86:802-806). Two cell lines were used to test the anti-mitogenic activity of various ligands. One is 4MBr-5 (ATCC #CCL208), a monkey epithelial, low passage, cell line (Caputo et al., (1979) In Vitro 15:222-223) while the second is Balb/MK, a transformed rat keratinocyte cell line (Weissman and Aaronson (1983) Cell 32:599-606). 4-MBr5 cells grown in F12K containing 30 ng/ml, hEGF, and 10% FCS, were trypsinized and resuspended in M199 containing 10 mM HEPES, pH 7.4, and 10% FCS at 1.4×105 cells/ml. A 96-well microtiter plate was seeded with 100 μl of cell suspension and KGF was added at 10 ng/ml (0.5 nM), as well as K14F ligand at various concentrations ranging from 0-1000 nM. Each incubation reaction was set in at least triplicates. Following 24 h incubation at 37° C., 3H-thymidine was added at 1 μCi/well along with unlabeled thymidine at 10 nM. The cells were incubated for additional 24 h, the supernatant was aspirated, and the remaining cells were harvested by lysis in 20 μl of 0.2 N NaOH. The extent of 3H-thymidine incorporation was determined by TCA precipitation and filtration through GFC filter disks (Whattman, Hillsboro, Oreg.).
  • Balb/MK cells grown in Low Ca[0243] ++ EMEM with 10% FCS (dialyzed and heat inactivated) and 5 ng/ml rhEGF were trypsinized and resuspended in Low Ca++ EMEM with 1% FCS (dialyzed and heat inactivated) and 0.5 ng/ml rhEGF and plated on 96 well fibronectin coated culture plates at 4-6×104 cells per well in 100 μl total volume. Following overnight growth, the medium was replaced with Low Ca++ EMEM without FCS or rhEGF and serum starved for about 30 hrs. Human recombinant KGF or EGF was then added at 16 and 49 pM respectively, along with various concentrations of competitors ranging from 0-1000 nM. Following over-night incubation, 3H-thymidine was added at 0.2 μCi/well and incubation continued for an additional 7-8 hrs. The extent of 3H-thymidine incorporation was determined by TCA precipitation and filtration through GFC filter disks.
  • The inhibition constants (K[0244] i) of the oligonucleotide ligands were determined by a nonlinear regression analysis of the data as described before (Gill et al., (1991) J.Mol.Biol. 220:307-324).
  • The two assays give slightly different results. The 4 MBr-5 assay was performed in the presence of fetal calf serum, while the Balb/MK was done following serum starvation. The Balb/MK assay is more sensitive and a prototypic assay for the KGF induced mitogenic activity. Similar to the results obtained with the PC-3 cells, the 4 MBr-5 assay showed a good activity for [0245] ligand 14F (Ki value of 9.8 nM but incomplete inhibition). In the same assay, the random oligonucleotides showed Ki values of >1 μM while a monoclonal neutralizing antibody showed a Ki value of 2.9 nM. It appears that ligand 14F is as good or even better than the monoclonal neutralizing antibody. The competition curves for the neutralizing monoclonal antibody and ligand 14N plateau at about 20-40%, suggesting that these antagonists do not completely abolish the KGF mitogenic activity. In contrast to the monoclonal antibody, ligand 14F completely blocks the KGF mitogenic activity on the 4 MBr-5 cells. In the Balb/MK assay, 14N showed Ki values of about 10 nM (incomplete inhibition) while the random oligonucleotide showed Ki values of about 300 nM. The Ki values for 6F and 14F are 830 and 92 pM, respectively. Similar to the 4 MBr-5 assay, ligand 14F appears to be as good if not better than the monoclonal neutralizing antibody which shows a Ki value of 980 pM. The best inhibitory activity was observed with 14F3′T with a Ki value of 34 pM.
    • Example 20
  • Nucleic acid ligands that bind to basic fibroblast growth factor (bFGF) have been derived by the SELEX method as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,459,015 (see also U.S. Pat. No. 5,270,163 and Tuerk and Gold (1990) [0246] Science 249:505-510). A 2′NH2-modified nucleic acid ligand designated 21A having the sequence 5′-GGGAGACAAGAAUAACGCUCAAGUAGACUAAUGUGUGGAAGACAGCGG GUGGUUCGACAGGAGGCUCACAACAGGC (SEQ ID NO:265) was examined by deletion analysis for the minimal sequence information required for high affinity binding to bFGF. This analysis led to truncated ligand 21A-t (GGUGUGUGGAAGACAGCGGGUGGuuc (SEQ ID NO:266) where the underlined G's are guanines added to improve efficiency of transcription and lowercase letters are from the constant region.
  • In order to increase the stability of ligand 21A-t against degradation by nucleases, short phosphorothioate caps were added to the 5′ and the 3′ ends. In addition, nine ribopurine positions were identified that can be substituted with 2′-deoxy-2′-O-methylpurines without a loss in binding affinity for bFGF, using the method described in Green et al., [0247] Chem.Biol. 2:683-695, resulting in the ligand designated as NX-286 (5′-TsTsTsTs mGmGaU rGaUrG aUrGrG mArArG mAaCrA rGaCmG mGmGaU mGmGaU aUaC TsTsTsTsT-3′ (SEQ ID NO:267), where s represents phosphorothioate internucleoside linkage, aU and aC are 2′-deoxy-2′-aminouridine and 2′-deoxy-2′-aminocytidine residues, respectively, mA and mG are 2′-deoxy-2′-O-methyladenosine and guanosine residues, respecitvely, rA and rG are adenosine and guanosine residues and T is 2′-deoxythymidine). The modified nucleic acid ligand had a Kd of 0.4 nM as measured by electrophoretic mobility shift assay.
    TABLE 1
    Nucleic Acid Sequences Used in SELEX Experiments
    described in Examples 1-4
    SEQ ID NO.
    Starting RNAs:
    64N6 transcript:
    5′GGGGGAGAACGCGGAUCC [-64N-] AAGCUUCGCUCUAGAUCUCCCUUUAGU 1
    GAGGGUUA 3′
    40N6 transcript:
    5′GGGGGAGAACGCGGAUCC [-40N-] AAGCUUCGCUCUAGAUCUCCCUUUAGU 2
    GAGGGUUA 3′
    randomized lib2-6-1 transcript*:
    5′GGGGGAGAACGCGGAUCC[ugucuccaccgccgauacugggguuccuggggccccuccauggag 3
    gaggggggugguucggaga]AAGCUUCGCUCUAGAUCUCCCUUUAGUGAGGGUUA 3′
    Starting DNA templates:
    Z-54 (64N60):
    5′GGGAGAACGCGGATCC [-64N-] AAGCTTCGCTCTAGA3′ 4
    Z-55 (40N6):
    5′GGGAGAACGCGGATCC [-40N-] AAGCTTCGCTCTAGA3′ 5
    D-123(randomized lib2-6-1)*:
    5′GGGGGAGAACGCGGATCC[tgtctccaccgccgatactggggttcctggggcccctccatggaggaggg 6
    gggtggttcggaga]AAGCTTCGCTCTAG 3′
    PCR and cloning primers:
    T7SacBam:
    5′TAATACGACTCACTATAGGGGGAGTCTGCGGATCC3′ 7
                          SacI      BamH1
    T7SB2N:
    5′TAATACGACTCACTATAGGGGGAGAACGCGGATCC3′ 8
                                   BamH1
    3XH:
    5′TAACCCTCACTAAAGGGAGATCTAGAGCGAAGCTT3′ 9
                          XbaI       HindIII
    BamH1 cloning site engineered into pGem9zf to clone SELEX experiments 3-9.
    GATTTAGGTGACACTATAGAATATGCATCACTAGTAAGCTTTGCTCTAGA 10
          SP6 promoter                            XbaI
    GGATCCCGGAGCTCCCTATAGTGAGTCGTATTA
    11
    BamH1            T7 promoter
  • [0248]
    TABLE 2
    RNA SELEX Experiments described
    in Examples 1-4: template, pyrimidine nucleotides,
    and round cloned.
    SELEX 2′substitued 2′substituted Round
    exp template* UTP CTP cloned
    lib1 64N6 OH OH 20
    lib2 64N6 OH OH 6
    lib3 40N6 + 64N6 F F 4
    lib4 40N6 + 64N6 NH2 NH2 5
    lib5 64N6 NH2 NH2 13
    lib6 64N6 F F 13
    lib7 64N6 F NH 2 14
    lib8 D-123 OH OH 6
    lib9 64N6 NH2 F 5
  • [0249]
    TABLE 3
    TGFb Binding ligands
    SEQ ID
    lone 5′CONSTANT VARIABLE 3′CONSTANT NO.
    Group A gggggagaacgcggaucc [40 or 64N] aagcuucgcucuagaucucccuuuagugaggguua 2 or 1
    lib3
    13 GAGCAAUCCCAGGCGCAUAGCUUCCGAGUAGACAGGAGGGAGGGGUGGAUGUGGCGUCUACUCGGUGUCGUG 12
     3 GAGCAACCCCAGGCGCAUAGCUUCCGAGUAGACAGGAGGGAGGGGUGGAUGUGGCGUCUACUCGGUGUCGUG 13
     4 GAGCAACCCCAGGCGCAUAGCUUCCGAGUAGACAGGCGGGAGGGGUGGAUGUGGCGUCUACUCGGAGUCGUG 14
    lib4
    32 G GCAACCCCAGGCGCAUAGCUUCCGAGUAGACAGGCGGGAGGGGUGGAUGUGGCGUC ACGAGG 15
    lib8
     9 GCAAUCCCAGGCGCAUAGCUUCCGAGUAGACAGGAGGGAGGGGUGGAUGUGGCGUCUACUCGGCGUCGUG 16
    lib5
     5 GAGCAAUCCCAGGCGCAUAGCUUCCGAGUAGACAGGAGGGAGGGGUGGAUGUGGCGUCU CGAGG 17
     7 GAGCAAGCCCUGGC  AUAGCUUCCGAGUAGACAGGAGGGAGGGGUGGAUGUGGCGUCUACUCGGUGUCGUG 18
    48 G GCAAUCCCAGGCGCAUAGCUUCCGAGUAGACAGGAGGGAGGGGUGGAUGUGGUGU ACGAGG 19
    lib2
    6-4 GAGCAAUCCCAGGCGCAUAGCUUCCGAGUAGACAGGAGGGAGGGGUGGAUGUGGUGUCU CGAG 20
    lib6
    23 A AGCUUC GAGUAGACAGGAGGGAGGGGUGGAUGUGGAGUCU CGAG 21
     4 GAGCAAUCCUAA  GCAUAGCUUC GAGUAGACAGGAGGGAGGGGUGGAUGUGGCGUCU CGAG 22
    lib7
    21 GAGCAAUCCCGGGCGCAUAGCUUCCGAGGAGACAGGCGGGAGGGGUGGAUGUGGCGUCU CGAG 23
    43 GAGCAAUCCCAGGCGCAUAGCUUCCGAGUAGACAGGCGGGAGGGGUGGAUGUGGCGUCU CGAG 24
    clone 5′CONSTANT VARIABLE 3′CONSTANT
    gggggagaacgcggaucc [40 or 64N] aagcuucgcucuagaucucccuuuagugaggguua 2 or 1
    Group B.
    lib4-12 UGAGAAGGACGUCGGGGUCAACGGGGUGAGGUGCAGCAGAAAGGGCCGGCACCACAUGACGUAA 28
    lib3-44 UGAGAAGGACGUCGGGGU         GAGGUGCAGCAGAAAGGGCCGGCACCACAUGACGUAA 29
    lib3-42 GGUGGGAAA GUCGGAUU          AUGUGU GUAGAUUU GU  GUGCGA 30
    Group C.
    lib1-20-3** UGCUAGACCGAGGAUGCAAAGGGACAUGCAUUAGGGAAACCUAUGUAUAAGAACGCGGUCGCAG 32
    lib1-20-3H** UGCUAGACCGAGGAUGCAAAGGGACAUGCAUUAGGGAAACCUAUGUAUAAGAACGCGGUCGCAGA 33
    lib6-30** UGCUAGACCGAGGAUGCAAAGGGACAUGCAUUAGGGAAACCUAU UAUAAGAACGCGGUCGCAG 34
    Group D.
    lib2-6-1* UGUCUCCACCGCCGAUACUGGGGUUCCUGGGGCCCCUCCAUGCAGGAGGGGGGUGGUUCGGAGA 35
    lib2-6-1-81* UGUCUCCACCGCCGAUACUGGGGUUCCUGGGGCCCCUCCAUGCAGGAGGGGGGUGGUUCGGAG 36
    lib8-23* UGUCUCCACCGCCGAUACUGGGGUUCCUGGGGCCGCUCCAUGCAGGAGGGGGGUGGUUCGGAGA 37
    lib9-10* UGUCUCCACCGCCGAUACUGGGGUUCCUGGGGCCCCUCCAUGCAGGAGGGGUGGUUCGGAGA 38
    ORPHANS.
    clone#
    lib3-45 GGAAGUCUGGUCUUUGGGGAGUCCGCAUGGCCCUGGCGA 39
    lib1-20-5** AAGAAUGUUCGGCCGCACGAGGUGACAGUGGUGCGGAUACGGACCGAUUGGGUUUGCC 40
    lib1-20-12*** GGUCACCCGGGCAUAUAACAAUGCCGACACUGGGGUACCUGGGACGGGUGGGACUGGACGGAAG 41
    lib2-6-8*** AUAACCGGCUGCAUGGGAGGGACAUCCUGGGAAAGGACGGGUCGAGAUGACCUGAGCAGUUCCGGC 42
    Group A Boundary Experiments
    lib3-13 boundaries 5′ GCUUCCGAGUAGACAGGAGGGAGGGGUGGAUGUGGCGUCUAC 3′ 25
    lib8-9 boundaries 5′ CUUCCGAGUAGACAGGAGGGAGGGGUGGAUGUGGCGUCUACUC 3′ 26
    lib4-32 boundary GGCAACCCCAGGCGCAUAGCUUCCGAGUAGACAGGCGGGAGGGGUGGAUGUGGCGUCACG 3′ 27
    Group B Boundary Experiments
    lib4-12 boundaries 5′ UGAGAAGGACGUCGGGGUCAACGGGGUGAGGUGCAGCAGAAAGGGCCGGCACCA 3′ 31
  • [0250]
    TABLE 4
    Dissociation and Inhibition Constants
    Group Ligand Bmax Kd IC50
    A lib3-13 0.60 0.9 nM 9.7 nM
    0.38 0.7 nM 42 nM
    0.55 0.9 nM 18 nM
    32 nM
    lib3-3 0.44 1.7 nM NT
    lib4-32 0.50 0.8 nM 20 nM
    157 nM
    lib5-5 0.37 2.4 nM 49 nM
    lib5-7 0.33 3.4 nM 17 nM
    lib8-9 0.4 1.7 nM 210 nM
    lib8-9* 0.35 2.8 nM 124 nM
    lib5-48 0.32 3.8 nM not inhibitory
    lib2-6-4 0.20 3.1 nM not inhibitory
    lib6-23 0.35 3.4 nM not inhibitory
    lib7-21**** 0.18 2.4 nM not inhibitory
    lib7-43**** 0.33 3.3 nM not inhibitory
    B lib4-12 0.15 0.4 nM 109 nM
    0.08 0.2 nM 108 nM
    69 nM
    lib3-44 0.18 1.3 nM 119 nM
    lib3-42 0.16 0.6 nM 22 nM
    C lib1-20-3** 0.67 30 nM not inhibitory
    lib1-20-3-82** 0.46 6.1 nM not inhibitory
    lib6-30** 0.35 8.8 nM not inhibitory
    D lib2-6-1* 0.40 14.3 nM 103 nM
    112 nM
    lib2-6-1-81* 0.39 10.7 nM 298 nM
    201 nM
    lib8-23* 0.48 6.6 nM not inhibitory
    lib9-10* 0.24 1.1 nM not inhibitory
    Orphans lib3-45 0.08 1.9 nM not inhibitory
    lib1-20-5** 0.42 46 nM not inhibitory
    lib1-20-12*** 0.34 3.1 nM NT
    lib1-6-8*** 0.12 4.7 nM NT
    Controls lib5-9 nonbinder not inhibitory
    random 64N6 nonbinder not inhibitory
  • [0251]
    TABLE 5
    DNA oligonucleotides used in Examples 5 and 6a
    SEQ ID
    Description Sequence NO.
    40N7 Template for RNA SELEX TCGGGCGAGTCGTCTG[40N]CCGCATCGTCCTCCC 43
    5N7 5′-primer for PCR TAATACGACTCACTATAGGGAGGACGATGCGG 44
    3N7 3′-primer for PCR TCGGGCGAGTCGTCTG 45
    40D7 Starting material for DNA SELEX GGGAGGACGATGCGG[40N]CAGACGACTCGCCCGA 46
    5D7 5′-primer for PCR GGGAGGACGATGCGG 47
    3D7 3′-primer for PCR (biotin)3TCGGGCGAGTCGTCTG 48
    40N8 Template for RNA SELEX GCCTGTTGTGAGCCTCCTGTCGAA[40N]TTGAGCGTTTATTCTTGTCTCCC 49
    5N8 5′-primer for PCR TAATACGACTCACTATAGGGAGACAAGAATAAACGCTCAA 50
    3N8 3′-primer for PCR GCCTGTTGTGAGCCTCCTGTCGAA 51
    40D8 Starting material for DNA SELEX GGGAGACAAGAATAAACGCTCAA[40N]TTCGACAGGAGGCTCACAACAGGC 52
    5D8 5′-primer for PCR GGGAGACAAGAATAAACGCTCAA 53
    3D8 3′-primer for PCR (biotin)3GCCTGTTGTGAGCCTCCTGTCGAA 54
  • [0252]
    TABLE 6
    TGFB1 40N7 DNA Selex Sequence of
    fifty randomly chosen clones.
    SEQ ID
    NO.
    5′ GGGAGGACGATGCGG . . . 40N . . . CAGACGACTCGCCCGA 3′ 46
    Group A
    20 (11 clones) CCAGGGGGGGTATGGGGGTGGTGCTACTTACTTGCGTCTT 55
     4 CCAGGGGGGGTATGGGGGTAGTGCTACTTACTTGCGTCTT 56
     5 CCAGGGGGGGTATGGGGGTAGTACTACTTACTTACGTCTT 57
     8 CCAGGGGGGGTATGGGGGTATACTACTTACTTACGTCTT 58
    13 CCAGGGGGGGTATGGGGGTAATACTACTTACTTACATCTT 59
    16 CCAGGGGGGGTATGGGGGTAATACTACTTACTTACGTCTT 60
    40 CCAGGGGGGGTATGGGGGTGGTGTTACTTACTTGCGTCTT 61
    48 CCAGGGGGGGTATGGGGGTGGTGCTTCTTACTTGCGTCTT 62
    Group B
    18 CCAGGGGGGGTATGGGGGTGGTGTACTTTTTCCTGCGTCTTC 63
    19 CCAGGGGGGGTATGGGGGTGGTTCGTTTTTCTTTGCGGCTT 64
    32 CCAGGGGGGGTGTGGGGGTGGTGTACTTTTTCTTGTCTTC 65
    46 CCAGGGGGGGTATGGGGGTGGTTTGGTATGTTGCGTCCGT 66
    Group C
    12 (3 clones) CCGGGGTGGGTATGGGGGTAATACTACTTACTTACGTCTT 67
     1 CCGGGGGTGGGTAGGGGGGTAGTGCTACTTACTTACGTCTT 68
     3 CCAGGGTCGGTGTGGGGGTAGTACTACTTACTTGCGTCTT 69
    10 CCAGGGTGGGTATGGGGGTAGTGCTACTTACTTGCGTCTT 70
    23 CCGGGGTGGGTATGGGGGTGGTGCTACTTACTTGCGTCTT 71
    34 CCTGGGTGGGTATGGGGGTGGTGCTACTTACTTGCGTCTT 72
    Group D
     2 CCACGGGTGGGTGTGGGGTAGTGTGTCTCACTTTACATCAC 73
     6 CCCGGGGTGGGTGTGGGGTAGTGTATTATATTTACAGCCT 74
    25 &38 CCAGGGTCGGTGTGGGGTGGTGTACTTTTTCCTGTCCTTC 75
     7 CCAGGGTCGGTATGGGGTAGTGTACTTTTTAATGATCTTC 76
     9 CCCGGGGGAGAGCGGTGGGTAGTGTTCTATAGTATTCGTGT 77
    11 CCAGGGGGGGTATGTTTTTAATACTACTTACTTACGTCTT 78
    17 CCAGGGAGGGTATGGGGGTGGTGTTTCTAGTTTTGCGGCGT 79
    21 CCAGGGTGGGCATGGGGGTGGTGTGGATTAATTCTTCGTCC 80
    24 CCAGGGTCGGTGTGGGGTGGTGTTTTTATTTACTCGTCGC 81
    28 &30 GGGGCGGCTTGGAAGAGGTTGCCGGTTGGAGTATTCGAGC 82
    29 CCAGGTGTGGGGTGGTTTGGGTTTTCTTTCGTCGCC 83
    31 CCAGGGTGGGTATGGGGGTTTAATTAATTCTTCGTCCCA 84
    35 GGGGCGGCTTGGAAGAGGTTGCCGGTTGGAGTATTCGAGC 85
    36 CCCGGGGTGGGTGTGGGGTGGTGTGAATTAATTCTTCGTCC 86
    41 CCCGGGGTGGGTGTGGGGTGGTGTATTATATTTGCGGCCT 87
    44 &45 CCAGGGTCGGTGTGGGTGGTGTACTTTTTCCTGTCCTTC 88
    50 GGGGCGGCTTGGAAGAGGTTGCCGGTTGGAGTATTCGAGC 89
  • [0253]
    TABLE 7
    Starting DNA and PCR primers for the ssDNA SELEX experiment
    SEQ ID
    NO.
    Starting ssDNA:
    5′-ATCCGCCTGATTAGCGATACT[-40N-]ACTTGAGCAAAATCACCTGCAGGGG-3′ 90
    PCR Primer 3N2*:
    5′-BBBCCCCTGCAGGTGATTTTGCTCAAGT-3′ 91
    PCR Primer 5N2**:
    5′-CCGAAGCTTAATACGACTCACTATAGGGATCCGCCTGATTAGCGATACT-3′ 92
  • [0254]
    TABLE 8
    Unique Sequences of the ssDNA high affinity ligands to PDGF
    SEQ ID
    NO
    5′-ATCCGCCTGATTAGCGATACT [40N] ACTTGAGCAAAATCACCTGCAGGGG-3′ 90
    *14 AGGCTTGACAAAGGGCACCATGGCTTAGTGGTCCTAGT 93
    *41 CAGGGCACTGCAAGCAATTGTGGTCCCAATGGGCTGAGT 94
      6 CCAGGCAGTCATGGTCATTGTTTACAGTCGTGGAGTAGGT 95
     23 AGGTGATCCCTGCAAAGGCAGGATAACGTCCTGAGCATC 96
      2 ATGTGATCCCTGCAGAGGGAGGANACGTCTGAGCATC 97
     34 CACGTGATCCCATAAGGGCTGCGCAAAATAGCAGAGCATC 98
      8 GGTGGACTAGAGGGCAGCAAACGATCCTTGGTTAGCGTCC 99
      1 GGTGCGACGAGGCTTACACAAACGTACACGTTTCCCCGC 100
      5 TGTCGGAGCAGGGGCGTACGAAAACTTTACAGTTCCCCCG 101
    *40 AGTGGAACAGGGCACGGAGAGTCAAACTTTGGTTTCCCCC 102
     47 GTGGGTAGGGATCGGTGGATGCCTCGTCACTTCTAGTCCC 103
     18 GGGCGCCCTAAACAAAGGGTGGTCACTTCTAGTCCCAGGA 104
     30 TCCGGGCTCGGGATTCGTGGTCACTTTCAGTCCCGGATATA 105
    *20 ATGGGAGGGCGCGTTCTTCGTGGTTACTTTTAGTCCCG 106
     35 ACGGGAGGGCACGTTCTTCGTGGTTACTTTTAGTCCCG 107
     13 GCTCGTAGGGGGCGATTCTTTCGCCGTTACTTCCAGTCCT 108
     16 GAGGCATGTTAACATGAGCATCGTCTCACGATCCTCAGCC 109
    *36 CCACAGGCTACGGCACGTAGAGCATCACCATGATCCTGTG 110
     50 GCGGGCATGGCACATGAGCATCTCTGATCCCGCAATCCTC 111
      4 ACCGGGCTACTTCGTAGAGCATCTCTGATCCCGGTGCTCG 112
     44 AAAGGGCGAACGTAGGTCGAGGCATCCATTGGATCCCTTC 113
     24 ACGGGCTCTGTCACTGTGGCACTAGCAATAGTCCCGTCGC 114
      7 GGGCAGACCTTCTGGACGAGCATCACCTATGTGATCCCG 115
    *26 AGAGGGGAAGTAGGCTGCCTGACTCGAGAGAGTCCTCCCG 116
     19 AGGGGTGCGAAACACATAATCCTCGCGGATTCCCATCGCT 117
     48 GGGGGGGCAATGGCGGTACCTCTGGTCCCCTAAATAC 118
     46 GCGGCTCAAAGTCCTGCTACCCGCAGCACATCTGTGGTC 119
     25 TTGGGCGTGAATGTCCACGGGTACCTCCGGTCCCAAAGAG 120
     31 TCCGCGCAAGTCCCTGGTAAAGGGCAGCCCTAACTGGTC 121
     12 CAAGTTCCCCACAAGACTGGGGCTGTTCAAACCGCTAGTA 122
     15 CAAGTAGGGCGCGACACACGTCCGGGCACCTAAGGTCCCA 123
    *38 AAAGTCGTGCAGGGTCCCCTGGAAGCATCTCCGATCCCAG 124
  • [0255]
    TABLE 9
    Figure US20030180744A1-20030925-C00001
    Figure US20030180744A1-20030925-C00002
  • [0256]
    TABLE 10
    Frequency of base pairs in the helical
    regions of the consensus motif
    shown in FIG. 3
    Base pairb
    Positiona AT TA GC CG TG GT other
    I-1 0 0 21 0 0 0 0
    I-2 0 0 21 0 0 0 0
    I-3 5 0 16 0 0 0 0
    I-4 3 5 1 4 1 0 7
    I-5 2 3 3 4 0 0 9
    II-1 0 1 2 17 0 0 1
    II-2 5 5 5 1 0 4 1
    II-3 3 4 7 6 0 0 1
    II-4 3 0 8 5 0 0 4
    III-1 21 0 0 0 0 0 0
    III-2 0 10 0 11 0 0 0
    III-3 0 7 0 13 1 0 0
  • [0257]
    TABLE 11
    Affinities of the minimal DNA ligands to
    PDGF AA, PDGF AB and PDGF BB
    Kd, nM
    Ligand PDGF AAa PDGF ABb PDGF BBb
    20t 47 ± 4 0.147 ± 0.011 0.127 ± 0.031
    36t 72 ± 12 0.094 ± 0.011 0.093 ± 0.009
    41t 49 ± 8 0.138 ± 0.009 0.129 ± 0.011
  • [0258]
    TABLE 12
    Starting RNA and PCR primers for the 2′-fluoropyrimidine
    RNA SELEX experiment
    SEQ ID
    Starting
    2′-fluoropyrimidine RNA: NO
    Starting RNA:
    5′-GGGAGACAAGAAUAACGCUCAA[-50 N-]UUCGACAGGAGGCUCACAACAGGC-3′ 125
    PCR Primer 1.
    5′-TAATACGACTCACTATAGGGAGACAAGAATAACGCTCAA-3′ 126
    PCR Primer 2:
    5′-GCCTGTTGTGAGCCTCCTGTCGAA-3′ 127
  • [0259]
    TABLE 13
    Sequences of the 2′-fluoropyrimidine RNA high affinity ligands to
    PDGF AB.
    SEQ ID
    NO.
    1 CGGUGGCAUUUCUUCACUUCCUUCUCGCUUUCUCGCGUUGGGCNCGA 128
    2 CCAACCUUCUGUCGGCGUUGCUUUUUGGACGGCACUCAGGCUCCA 129
    3 UCGAUCGGUUGUGUGCCGGACAGCCUUAACCAGGGCUGGGACCGAGGCC 130
    4 CUGAGUAGGGGAGGAAGUUGAAUCAGUUGUGGCGCCUCUCAUUCGC 131
    5 CAGCACUUUCGCUUUUCAUCAUUUUUUCUUUCCACUGUUGGGCGCGGAA 132
    6 UCAGUGCUGGCGUCAUGUCUCGAUGGGGAUUUUUCUUCAGCACUUUGCCA 133
    7 UCUACUUUCCAUUUCUCUUUUCUUCUCACGAGCGGGUUUCCAGUGAACCA 134
    8 CGAUAGUGACUACGAUGACGAAGGCCGCGGGUUGGAUGCCCGCAUUGA 135
    10 GUCGAUACUGGCGACUUGCUCCAUUGGCCGAUUAACGAUUCGGUCAG 136
    13 GUGCAAACUUAACCCGGGAACCGCGCGUUUCGAUCGACUUUCCUUUCCA 137
    15 AUUCCGCGUUCCGAUUAAUCCUGUGCUCGGAAAUCGGUAGCCAUAGUGCA 138
    16 CGAACGAGGAGGGAGUGGCAAGGGAUGGUUGGAUAGGCUCUACGCUCA 139
    17 GCGAAACUGGCGACUUGCUCCAUUGGCCGAUAUAACGAUUCGGUUCAU 140
    18 CGAACGAGGAGGGAGUCGCAAGGGAUGGUUGGAUAGGCUCUACGCUCAA 141
    19 CGAGAAGUGACUACGAUGACGAAGGCCGCGGGUUGAAUCCCUCAUUGA 142
    20 AAGCAACGAGACCUGACGCCUGAUGUGACUGUGCUUGCACCCGAUUCUG 143
    21 GUGAUUCUCAUUCUCAAUGCUUUCUCACAACUUUUUCCACUUCAGCGUGA 144
    22 AAGCAACGAGACUCGACGCCUGAUGUGACUGUGCUUGCACCCGAUUCU 145
    23 UCGAUCGGUUGUGUGCCGGACAGCUUUGACCAUGAGCUGGGACCGAGGCC 146
    24 NGACGNGUGGACCUGACUAAUCGACUGAUCAAAGAUCCCGCCCAGAUGGG 147
    26 CACUGCGACUUGCAGAAGCCUUGUGUGGCGGUACCCCCUUUGGCCUCG 148
    27 GGUGGCAUUUCUUCAUUUUCCUUCUCGCUUUCUCCGCCGUUGGGCGCG 149
    29 CCUGAGUAGGGGGGAAAGUUGAAUCAGUUGUGGCGCUCUACUCAUUCGCC 150
    30 GUCGAAACUGGCGACUUGCUCCAUUGGCCGAUAUAACGAUUCGGUUCA 151
    31 GCGAUACUGGCGACUUGCUCCAUUGGCCGAUAUAACGAUUCGGCUCAG 152
    32 ACGUGGGGCACAGGACCGAGAGUCCCUCCGGCAAUAGCCGCUACCCCACC 153
    33 CACAGCCUNANAGGGGGGAAGUUGAAUCAGUUGUGGCGCUCUACUCAUUCGC 154
    34 ANGGGNUAUGGUGACUUGCUCCAUUGGCCGAUAUAACGAUUCGGUCAG 155
    35 CCUGCGUAGGGNGGGAAGUUGAAUCAGUUGUGGCGCUCUACUCAUUCGCC 156
    39 CGAACGAGGAGGGAGUGGCAAGGGAUGGUUGGAUAGGCUCUACGCUCA 157
    41 GUGCAAACUUAACCCGGGAACCGCGCGUUUCGAUUCGCUUUCCNUAUUCCA 158
    42 CGAACGAGGAGGGAGUGGCAAGGGACGGUNNAUAGGCUCUACGCUCA 159
    43 UCGGUGUGGCUCAGAAACUGACACGCGUGAGCUUCGCACACAUCUGC 160
    44 UAUCGCUUUUCAUCAAUUCCACUUUUUCACUCUNUAACUUGGGCGUGCA 161
    45 GUGCAAACUUAACCCGGGAACCGCGCGUUUCGAUCCUGCAUCCUUUUUCC 162
    46 UCGNUCGGUUGUGUGCCGGCAGCUUUGUCCAGCGUUGGGCCGAGGCC 163
    47 AGUACCCAUCUCAUCUUUUCCUUUCCUUUCUUCAAGGCACAUUGAGGGU 164
    49 CCUGAGUAGGGGGGGAAGUUGAACCAGUUGUGGCNGCCUACUCAUUCNCCA 165
    51 CCNNCCUNCUGUCGGCGCUUGUCUUUUUGGACGGGCAACCCAGGGCUC 166
    52 CCAACCUNCUGUCGGCGCUUGUCUUUUUGGACGAGCAACUCAAGGCUCGU 167
    53 CCAGCGCAGAUCCCGGGCUGAAGUGACUGCCGGCAACGGCCGCUCCA 168
    54 UUCCCGUAACAACUUUUCAUUUUCACUUUUCAUCCAACCAGUGAGCAGCA 169
    55 UAUCGCUUUCAUCAAAUUCCACUCCUUCACUUCUUUAACUUGGGCGUGCA 170
  • [0260]
    TABLE 14
    Starting RNAs:
    40N7:
    5′GGGAGGACGAUGCGG[-40N-]CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 3′ (SEQ ID NO: 186)
    SELEX PCR Primers:
    5G7:
    5′ TAATACGACTCACTATA GGGAGGACGATGCGG 3′ (SEQ ID NO: 187)
    T7 Promoter
    3G7:
    5′TCGGGCGAGTCGTCTG 3′ (SEQ ID NO: 188)
  • [0261]
    TABLE 15
    Conditions and progress of the SELEX against hKGF
    net % Signal/ B-Washc U-Washd
    [RNA], M [KGF], M bound noise PFa Spinb (ml) (ml) SPKDe, M KDf, nM
    Round
     1 1.00E-06 3.00E-07 4.4 11.8 4 5.61E-06 30.0
     2 4.00E-06 3.00E-07 1.5 4.2 5 1.58E-05
     3 1.00E-06 1.00E-07 5.9 20.6 5 8.52E-07
     4 1.00E-06 1.00E-07 14.3 12.8 + 8 3.21E-06 17.0
     5 3.00E-07 1.00E-08 2.5 4.5 + 8 7.64E-08
     6 3.70E-08 3.70E-09 0.7 2.6 + + 15 15 3.73E-07
     7 4.10E-09 4.10E-10 1.1 8.2 + + 20 20 2.46E-08 0.7
     8 4.60E-10 4.60E-11 1.5 8.8 + + 25 25 2.04E-09 0.3
     9 5.10E-11 5.10E-12 0.7 5.9 + + 25 25 8.76E-10
    10 1.70E-11 1.70E-12 0.3 2.1 + + 25 25 4.12E-10
    2′F
    SELEX
     1 1.00E-06 3.00E-07 2.9 11.0 4 3.39E-06 30.0
     2 4.00E-06 3.00E-07 2.2 9.9 5 9.28E-06
     3 3.00E-06 3.00E-07 5.7 5.7 5 2.15E-06
     4 2.50E-06 3.00E-07 3.9 11.7 + 8 4.98E-06 15.0
     5 6.70E-07 3.00E-08 2.3 5.8 + 8 3.64E-06
     6 1.20E-08 1.23E-09 0.3 1.8 + + 15 15 1.59E-07
     7 1.40E-09 1.40E-10 1.1 11.2 + + 20 20 6.86E-09 0.6
     8 1.50E-10 1.50E-11 0.4 4.8 + + 25 25 5.36E-10 0.3
     9 1.70E-11 1.70E-12 0.2 3.1 + + 25 25 5.67E-10
    10 1.70E-11 1.70E-12 0.3 3.0 + + 25 25 1.42E-10
  • [0262]
    TABLE 16
    Sequences of 2′-NH2 and 2′-F KGF ligands
    Clone 5′ constant random 3′ constant SEQ ID NO:
    2′-NH2 ligands:
     1N GGGAGGACGAUGCGG GAAGGGACGAUAAAGAGGAAUCGAACAACAAGUGGCUGGC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 189
     2N GGGAGGACGAUGCGG GCGGGAAGGUCCGAAGACCGGCGAAAGGAACGAGAUUGCC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 190
     4N GGGAGGACGAUGCGG GUGGUGAAGAGGUACCGGAAUUGCUAAAGAUACCACGGCC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 191
     6N GGGAGGACGAUGCGG GCAGGGAGCAAUGAACUCAAGUCAAGCCGGUGCACGUGGG CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 192
    10N GGGAGGACGAUGCGG UAGCUGCUGUCAUGCAAGACACUAGAAGAUUAAGAUGGGG CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 193
    11N GGGAGGACGAUGCGG GGGCCGGAUUUGAACCGACGACUUCGGGUUAUGAGCCCGACGU CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 194
    14N GGGAGGACGAUGCGG UCCAGGGAUUGAAGUGUCGGGGUAGGAACAUAAAGGCGGC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 195
    16N GGGAGGACGAUGCGG AAGUUCUAACAAGUUAGUGGAAGGUUCCACUUGAAUGUA CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 196
    22N GGGAGGACGAUGCGG AUGGAGCUGAAAU CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 197
    24N GGGAGGACGAUGCGG GUGGGAAGAUGAGCCGGUCGGCAGUAAUGUGACACUGCGG CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 198
    25N GGGAGGACGAUGCGG GAGGGAAUGAGGAAACAACUAGCAGAUAACCGAGCUGGC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 199
    27N GGGAGGACGAUGCGG AUGGAGCUGAAAU CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 200
    28N GGGAGGACGAUGCGG UUGCUCUACAAUGACGCGGUGACUCCGCAGUUCUUGGACA CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 201
    29N GGGAGGACGAUGCGG GAGGGGAGAAGAAUGCAGGAAACAGCGAAAUGCGUGUGGC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 202
    34N GGGAGGACGAUGCGG GCGGGAAGAGCUAAUGGAAGUGGAAUCAGUCACAGUGCGG CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 203
    35N GGGAGGACGAUGCGG GCUUAGGGAAAUGGUUCUGAGGUGGU CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 204
    36N GGGAGGACGAUGCGG GAAGGGAACAGGAUAAGACAAGUCGAACAAAGCCGAGGUG CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 205
    37N GGGAGGACGAUGCGG AUGGAGCUGAAAU CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 206
    42N GGGAGGACGAUGCGG GGAGACGUAGACGGGAACAUAGAACGAACAUCAACGCGGC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 207
    43N GGGAGGACGAUGCGG GAAGUGGAUAGAACAGUCAGAAAUGUAAGCGUGAGGUG CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 208
    47N GGGAGGACGAUGCGG GAAGGGUAGGAAGGUCAAGAGGAAACAGCGCUUCGGGGUG CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 209
    48N GGGAGGACGAUGCGG GGCAAAGGAAGUUGGAAUCGGGACUAAGUAGUGUGUGGC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 210
    54N GGGAGGACGAUGCGG AGAACCAACAGAGCCCCCUGGUGGUGGGGGAAGGAUUCU CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 211
    55N GGGAGGACGAUGCGG ACACACAAGUGAAGGUCAGACGCGAAUUACGUGGGUGGG CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 212
    57N GGGAGGACGAUGCGG UCGUGGGGUGGGUGGGGGCAGCGUUGGAAUAAGUAACUGGUAACGGCUGGC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 213
    59N GGGAGGACGAUGCGG GGUGGGUGGUUACCUGUAAUUAUAUUGAUUCUGGCUUUAG CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 214
    60N GGGAGGACGAUGCGG CCCCUUAGCUCAGUGGUUAGAG CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 215
    65N GGGAGGACGAUGCGG UAACGUGGAAUAGGGUUAAACAGCUGGAAAUAACGUAGGUGGC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 216
    69N GGGAGGACGAUGCGG GUAGGGAGUAGGACAGACAUAACAGUGCAACCAUCGUGGC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 217
    71N GGGAGGACGAUGCGG AAACGGCGUGGCAAAAGUGAGGGGGUAGGAUGUACCAUGGGU CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 218
    72N GGGAGGACGAUGCGG GAGGGGAAAAUGAGACCGACAGAUUGACGGAAGUACUGGG CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 219
    2′-F ligands:
     2F GGGAGGACGAUGCGG GCAUUCGUCAAUACCUUGUUUUAUUCCUUUUCUAGCGGCC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 220
     3F GGGAGGACGAUGCGG AUCGUAAUCGCCACUACUACUUUCCGAACCCGCACGUGGC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 221
     5F GGGAGGACGAUGCGG CGUCCCGAGUCACGCUGUCCUGAUAACCUUCUCUGUGCC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 222
     6F GGGAGGACGAUGCGG GAUCCUUUGUGGGCUCUUGUUGACCCCCUCGUUGUCCCCCC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 223
     7F GGGAGGACGAUGCGG CGGGUACUCUUCGCCAGCUCCUCCAAGCGCGACCUGUGCC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 224
     8F GGGAGGACGAUGCGG UUUCGAAUAGGGCCAUUUCUCACUAGCUAUCCUACCCUGCC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 225
     9F GGGAGGACGAUGCGG AUAAUGGCUAGAACUAGCUCGCAUCUUGGUGUCCGGUGCC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 226
    10F GGGAGGACGAUGCGG GACCAGAUGGCGGAUUUUUCAGCAAUCCUCCCCCGCUGCC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 227
    11F GGGAGGACGAUGCGG UGAUGGCGACCAGUCAAACCGGUGCUUUUACUCCCCCGC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 228
    12F GGGAGGACGAUGCGG GAAUUAACAGGGCCAGAAUUCUCAUCUNNCUUCCCGUGACC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 229
    13F GGGAGGACGAUGCGG CACCUUAGACCUGUCCUCCAAGCGUGAGUUGCUGUGGCC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 230
    14F GGGAGGACGAUGCGG UGGUCUCCCAAUUCUAAACUUUCUCCAUCGUAUCUGGGC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 231
    15F GGGAGGACGAUGCGG UCAUGGUGUCUUUCCACAGCUCUUCCCAUGAUCGCCCGGC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 232
    16F GGGAGGACGAUGCGG GAAUUCCCAGCGCUUGACUGAUACAAACNUUCCCGUGCCC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 233
    19F GGGAGGACGAUGCGG CAA-NNNNNNNCUCUCUCCUGGCGUUCCGCAACCCGCCCC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 234
    20F GGGAGGACGAUGCGG AGUAUUCCAGCCUGGAUUCAUAGUCAGUGCUCUCCGUGCC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 235
    21F GGGAGGACGAUGCGG UCCUAGCAGCGAUUCAUCCCCGUUCUCUCAGCGUUGCCCC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 236
    22F GGGAGGACGAUGCGG CCUGAAGUACAGGCUCUAAACUCCAAGCGCGACCGUCCGC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 237
    23F GGGAGGACGAUGCGG CCCUACCACUUUUUCCCUCUACUGUUAUCCUGUCCCC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 238
    24F GGGAGGACGAUGCGG UGGUCUCCCUAGAUCUACAGCACUUCCAUCGCAUUGGGC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 239
    26F GGGAGGACGAUGCGG UCAAGCUUAACAGUCUGGCAAUGGCCAUUAUGGCGCCC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 240
    27F GGGAGGACGAUGCGG CaGUCUGGAUCUCUAUUGGAAUUUAGUCCUCAACUGUGCCC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 241
    28F GGGAGGACGAUGCGG GAUUCUUUCGGCAAGUGAAAAAUAUCCUUGCUUCCCGAGC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 242
    29F GGGAGGACGAUGCGG GGACUUCAACUAAGUCCUCAUUUGCCUCGCUCCUCGUGCC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 243
    31F GGGAGGACGAUGCGG AACGGAGAUGUCCCCUCAAMAUUUACCGUCUCCGUUUGCGCCC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 244
    35F GGGAGGACGAUGCGG CGAAAUUAGCUUCUUAUGACUCACGUUUCCUUGCCGCCC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 245
    37F GGGAGGACGAUGCGG GCCCGAUCUACUGCAUUACCGAAACGAUUUCCCCACUGUG CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 246
    38F GGGAGGACGAUGCGG NGACUGAUUUUUCCUUGNCAGUGUAAUUUCCUGGCUGCCC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 247
    41F GGGAGGACGAUGCGG GGACUUUGACAGGCAUUGAUUUCGACCUGUUCCCCGUGGC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 248
    42F GGGAGGACGAUGCGG CGACACAAUAGCCUUUGAUCCCAUGAUGGCUCGCCGUGCC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 249
    43F GGGAGGACGAUGCGG UGUAGUUUCCCUGUAUGCCAUUCUUUCCCAUGCCGCACGC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 250
    44F GGGAGGACGAUGCGG UCGAGUGUUCUCCUUCGGUAACUAUUNNNNAUUUCGUGCC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 251
    45F GGGAGGACGAUGCGG GUCGUAUUCAUCUCCUUGUUCUGUUUCGUUGCACCUGGCC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 252
    49F GGGAGGACGAUGCGG GGACUUUGACAGGCaUUGAUUUCGACGUGUUCCCCGUGGC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 253
    50F GGGAGGACGAUGCGG UGAUCAAUCGGCGCUUUACUCUUGCGCUCACCGUGCCC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 254
    51F GGGAGGACGAUGCGG CAGUCUCCCUAGGUUUCAUCUCUGCAGCAUUCCGGGGUNC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 255
    53F GGGAGGACGAUGCGG AUCAAAAGCACUCAUUCCCGUGCUCGCUUCAUUGGUCCCC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 256
    54F GGGAGGACGAUGCGG AAGAUCUCCCAACUGCUGUGGCUAAUAAUUCUCUCCGCGUCCC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 257
    55F GGGAGGACGAUGCGG UCCGUCAUAACGGCCAUAAACUGCGAAUACUCCCUGGCC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 258
    56F GGGAGGACGAUGCGG GGACAAWYAGCGGUGUCUUUUCAUUUNKAUCCUCCGACRUCC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 259
    57F GGGAGGACGAUGCGG UGACUAUCUGGCUCGAUCCAAUCACCCGAGCCCACCGCGC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 260
    58F GGGAGGACGAUGCGG GAACUAAUGGCCGUGAUUAACCAAUGCAGGCUUCCUGCGC CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 261
    60F GGGAGGACGAUGCGG UGACAUGGAAUUUUCUACGGGCCCGAUCCUGCCAGCCGUGUG CAGACGACUCGCCCGA 262
  • [0263]
    TABLE 17
    Kd values hKGF ligands
    Kd in nM Kd in nM
    Clone
    1 2 Clone 1 2
     1N 0.51  2F 1.77
     2N 0.77  3F 4.47
     4N 0.75  5F 2.53
     6N 0.71  6F 0.05 (37) 3.25
    10N 1.10  7F 3.69
    11N 1.28  8F 2.63
    14N 0.44  9F 0.83
    16N 1.40 10F 0.47
    22N 5.70 11F 3.74
    24N 1.16 12F 1.38
    25N 0.87 13F 0.03 (28)
    27N ND 14F 0.006-0.03 (25-44)
    28N 2.54 15F 0.07 (33)
    29N 0.43 16F 0.83 (49) 3.39
    34N 0.80 19F 1.6 0.94-2.57
    35N 2.32 20F 2.05 8.70
    36N 8.27 21F ND 44.8
    37N ND 22F 2.75
    42N 0.78 23F 2.52
    43N 0.79 24F 2.02
    47N 1.76 26F 0.23 (43) 2.55
    48N 1.34 27F 1.52
    54N 5.35 28F ND
    55N 1.25 29F 3.24
    57N 35.8 31F 1.0
    59N 22.0 35F 1.1
    60N 7.38 37F 0.46
    65N 26.56 38F 0.33
    69N 15.20 41F 1.44
    71N 3.52 42F 0.9
    72N 7.67 43F 1.13
    random 30 44F 1.32
    45F 4.7
    49F 1.0
    50F 0.12 (21) 2.10
    51F 1.27
    53F 0.70
    54F 1.23
    55F 2.52
    56F 0.07 (32) 3.00
    57F 1.20
    58F 2.52
    60F 2.10
    random 30
  • [0264]
    TABLE 18
    Binding Specificity of the 2′-F Ligand K14F
    Ratio:
    Target KDTarget/KDhKGF
    human hKGF 1
    rat hKGF 1,254
    human aFGF 38,650
    human bFGF 1,071
    human PDGF 432
  • [0265]
    TABLE 19
    IC50 values from the PC-3 assay
    Competitor IC50, nM
    hKGF 70
    Heparin, 5,000 30
    40N7F >1000
    K6F 4
    K13F 30
    K14F 10
    K15F 20
    K56F 1
    K10F 30
    K37F 20
    K38F 0.6
    K43F 80
    40N7N >1000
    K1N 50
    K2N 200
    K4N 70
    K6N 80
    K14N 6
    K29N 40
    K42N 800
    K43N 800
  • [0266]
    TABLE 20
    Ki values of hKGF competitors on the PC3
    and NIH3T3/FGFR-2 competition assay
    Cell line Competitor Ki, nM R
    PC-3 hKGF 7.700 0.95519
    2′F random 930.000 0.99713
    2′NH2 random 673.000 0.85357
    Hep5000 6.500 0.99984
    K14F 0.200 0.97735
    K6F 0.160 0.95927
    K38F 0.220 0.99013
    K56F 0.160 0.95927
    K14N 1.400 0.94698
    NIH3T3/FGFR-2 hKGF 0.034 0.9933
    2′F random >10,000.000
    2′NH2 random >10,000.000
    Hep5000 26.300 0.97856 partial comp.
    K14F 2.700 0.99047
    K6F 6.800 0.96202
    K38F 20.000 0.98659
    K56F 27.400 0.97582
    K14N 10.600 0.97856 partial comp.
  • [0267]
    TABLE 21
    IC50 values obtained with the gel shift assay
    Competitor IC50, nM
    KGF 70
    bFGF 1,500
    Lysozyme 10,000
  • [0268]
    TABLE 22
    Binding Specificity of Ligand K14F3′T
    random RNA K14F3′T
    aKd1, K d1,
    Protein nM bKd2, nM nM K d2, nM cDF
    hKGF 20.1 0.0008 10.2 1
    rKGF 45.3 0.0041 70.0 5
    hbFGF 0.0375 10.3 10.0 1.2 × 104
    haFGF 16,000,000 24,000,000   3 × 1010
    hPDGF-AB 22.0 50.0 6.2 × 104
    hTGFβ1 10.4 98.0 1.2 × 105
    hEGF 2,000 256 3.2 × 105
    Thrombin 7,200,000 22,700,000 2.8 × 1010
  • [0269]
    TABLE 23
    SEQ ID NO:
       S1    L1     S2       S1′         L3           S2′
    143′T GGGAGG|AC|GAUGCGGUGG|UCUCCC|AAUUCUAAACUUUCU|CCAUCGUAUC 272
    H L
    T2 GGGAGG|AC|GAUGCGGUGG|UCUCCC|AAUUCUAAACUUUCU|CCAUCGUA.. − + 273
    T3 GGGAGG|AC|..UGCGGUGG|UCUCCC|AAUUCUAAACUUUCU|CCAUCGUA.. − − 274
    T4 GGGAGG|AC|GAUGCGGUGG|UCUCCC|....CUAAACUUUCU|CCAUCGUAUC + + 275
    T5 GGGAGG|AC|GAUGCGGUGG|UCUCCC|AAUUCUA....UUCU|CCAUCGUAUC + + 276
    T6 GGGAGG|AC|GAUGCGGUGG|UCUCCC|AAUUCUAAACU....|CCAUCGUAUC ± + 277
    T7 GGGAGG|AC|GAUGCGGUGG|UCUCCC|AAUU...AACU....|CCAUCGUAUC − − 278
    T8 ..GAGG|AC|GAUGCGGUGG|UCUCCC|AAUUCUAAACUUUCU|CCAUCGUAUC − + 279
    T10 GGGAGG|AC|GAUGCGGUGG|UCUCCC|AAUU.......UUCU|CCAUCGUAUC − − 280
    T11 GGGAGG|AC|GAUGCGGUGG|UCUCCC|AAUUCUA........|CCAUCGUAUC − − 281
    T12 .GGAGG|AC|GAUGCGGUGG|UCUCCC|AAUUCUA....UUCU|CCAUCGUAUC − − 282
    T13 .GGAGG|AC|GAUGCGGUGG|UCUCC.|AAUUCUA....UUCU|CCAUCGUAUC − − 283
    T14 ..GAGG|AC|GAUGCGGUGG|UCUCCC|AAUUCUA....UUCU|CCAUCGUAUC − − 284
    T15 ..GAGG|AC|GAUGCGGUGG|UCUC..|AAUUCUA....UUCU|CCAUCGUAUC − − 285
    T16 GGGAGG|.C|GAUGCGGUGG|UCUCCC|AAUUCUA....UUCU|CCAUCGUAUC − ± 286
    T18 GGGAGG|AC|GAUGCGGUGG|UCUCCC|AAUUCUA.....UCU|CCAUCGUAUC + + 287
    T19 GGGAGG|AC|GAUGCGGUGG|UCUCCC|AAUUCUA......CU|CCAUCGUAUC − − 288
    T20 GGGAGG|AC|GAUGCGGUGG|UCUCCC|AAUUCUA.......U|CCAUCGUAUC − − 289
    T21 GGGAGG|AC|GAUGCGGUGG|UCUCCC|AAUUCU.....UUCU|CCAUCGUAUC + + 290
    T22 GGGAGG|AC|GAUGCGGUGG|UCUCCC|AAUUC......UUCU|CCAUCGUAUC + + 291
    T29 GGG.G.|AC|GAUGCGGUGG|.C.CCC|AAUUCUA....UUCU|CCAUCGUAUC − − 292
    T30 GGG...|AC|GAUGCGGUGG|...CCC|AAUUCUA....UUCU|CCAUCGUAUC − − 293
    T31 .....G|AC|GAUGCGGUGG|...CCC|AAUUCUA....UUCU|CCAUCGUAUC − − 294
    T32 ....GG|AC|GAUGCGGUGG|...CCC|AAUUCUA....UUCU|CCAUCGUAUC − − 295
    T33 ......|..|GAUGCGGUGG|...CCC|AAUUCUA....UUCU|CCAUCGUAUC − − 296
    T34 ......|..|GAUGCGGUGG|UCUCCC|AAUUCUA....UUCU|CCAUCGUAUC − − 297
    T35 ......|..|.....GGUGG|UCUCCC|AAUUCUA....UUCU|CCAUCGUAUC − − 298
    T36 GGGAGG|AC|GAUG......|......|...............|.......... − − 299
    T37 GGGAGG|AC|GAUGCGGUGG|UCUCCC|AAUUC.......UCU|CCAUCGUAUC − − 300
    T39 GGGAGG|AC|GAUGCGGUG.|UCUCCC|AAUUC......UUCU|.CAUCGUAUC − − 301
    T40 GGGAGG|AC|GAUGCGG.GG|UCUCCC|AAUUC......UUCU|CC.UCGUAUC − − 302
    T41 GGGAGG|AC|GAUGCGG.G.|UCUCCC|AAUUC......UUCU|.C.UCGUAUC − − 303
    T22mu GGGAGU|AC|GAUGCGGUGG|UCUCCC|AAUUC......UUCU|CCAUCGUAUC − − 304
    T35/36 equimolar amounts of T35 and T36 − −
  • [0270]
  • 1 304 117 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA 1 GGGGGAGAAC GCGGAUCCNN NNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNN 50 NNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNN NNAAGCUUCG CUCUAGAUCU 100 CCCUUUAGUG AGGGUUA 117 93 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA 2 GGGGGAGAAC GCGGAUCCNN NNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNN 50 NNNNNNNNAA GCUUCGCUCU AGAUCUCCCU UUAGUGAGGG UUA 93 123 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA 3 GGGGGAGAAC GCGGAUCCUG UCUCCACCGC CGAUACUGGG GUUCCUGGGG 50 CCCCUCCAUG GAGGAGGGGG GAGGGGGUGG UUCGGAGAAA GCUUCGCUCU 100 GAAUCUCCCU UUAGUGAGGG UUA 123 95 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 4 GGGAGAACGC GGATCCNNNN NNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNN 50 NNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNN AAGCTTCGCT CTAGA 95 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 5 GGGAGAACGC GGATCCNNNN NNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNN 50 NNNNNNAAGC TTCGCTCTAG A 71 95 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 6 GGGGGAGAAC GCGGATCCTG TCTCCACCGC CGATACTGGG GTTCCTGGGG 50 CCCCTCCATG GAGGAGGGGG TGGTTCGGAG AAAGCTTCGC TCTAG 95 35 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 7 TAATACGACT CACTATAGGG GGAGTCTGCG GATCC 35 35 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 8 TAATACGACT CACTATAGGG GGAGAACGCG GATCC 35 35 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 9 TAACCCTCAC TAAAGGGAGA TCTAGAGCGA AGCTT 35 50 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 10 GATTTAGGTG ACACTATAGA ATATGCATCA CTAGTAAGCT TTGCTCTAGA 50 33 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 11 GGATCCCGGA GCTCCCTATA GTGAGTCGTA TTA 33 125 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyri modified 12 GGGGGAGAAC GCGGAUCCGA GCAAUCCCAG GCGCAUAGCU UCCGAGUAGA 50 CAGGAGGGAG GGGUGGAUGU GGCGUCUACU CGGUGUCGUG AAGCUUCGCU 100 CUAGAUCUCC CUUUAGUGAG GGUUA 125 125 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyri modified 13 GGGGGAGAAC GCGGAUCCGA GCAACCCCAG GCGCAUAGCU UCCGAGUAGA 50 CAGGAGGGAG GGGUGGAUGU GGCGUCUACU CGGUGUCGUG AAGCUUCGCU 100 CUAGAUCUCC CUUUAGUGAG GGUUA 125 125 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyri modified 14 GGGGGAGAAC GCGGAUCCGA GCAACCCCAG GCGCAUAGCU UCCGAGUAGA 50 CAGGCGGGAG GGGUGGAUGU GGCGUCUACU CGGAGUCGUG AAGCUUCGCU 100 CUAGAUCUCC CUUUAGUGAG GGUUA 125 116 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyri modified 15 GGGGGAGAAC GCGGAUCCGG CAACCCCAGG CGCAUAGCUU CCGAGUAGAC 50 AGGCGGGAGG GGUGGAUGUG GCGUCACGAG GAAGCUUCGC UCUAGAUCUC 100 CCUUUAGUGA GGGUUA 116 123 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA 16 GGGGGAGAAC GCGGATCCGC AAUCCCAGGC GCAUAGCUUC CGAGUAGACA 50 GGAGGGAGGG GUGGAUGUGG CGUCUACUCG GCGUCGUGAA GCUUCGCUCU 100 AGAUCUCCCU UUAGUGAGGG UUA 123 117 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyri modified 17 GGGGGAGAAC GCGGAUCCGA GCAAUCCCAG GCGCAUAGCU UCCGAGUAGA 50 CAGGAGGGAG GGGUGGAUGU GGCGUCUCGA GGAAGCUUCG CUCUAGAUCU 100 CCCUUUAGUG AGGGUUA 117 123 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyri modified 18 GGGGGAGAAC GCGGAUCCGA GCAAGCCCUG GCAUAGCUUC CGAGUAGACA 50 GGAGGGAGGG GUGGAUGUGG CGUCUACUCG GUGUCGUGAA GCUUCGCUCU 100 AGAUCUCCCU UUAGUGAGGG UUA 123 115 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyri modified 19 GGGGGAGAAC GCGGAUCCGG CAAUCCCAGG CGCAUAGCUU CCGAGUAGAC 50 AGGAGGGAGG GGUGGAUGUG GUGUACGAGG AAGCUUCGCU CUAGAUCUCC 100 CUUUAGUGAG GGUUA 115 116 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA 20 GGGGGAGAAC GCGGAUCCGA GCAAUCCCAG GCGCAUAGCU UCCGAGUAGA 50 CAGGAGGGAG GGGUGGAUGU GGUGUCUCGA GAAGCUUCGC UCUAGAUCUC 100 CCUUUAGUGA GGGUUA 116 98 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyri modified 21 GGGGGAGAAC GCGGAUCCAA GCUUCGAGUA GACAGGAGGG AGGGGUGGAU 50 GUGGAGUCUC GAGAAGCUUC GCUCUAGAUC UCCCUUUAGU GAGGGUUA 98 113 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyri modified 22 GGGGGAGAAC GCGGAUCCGA GCAAUCCUAA GCAUAGCUUC GAGUAGACAG 50 GAGGGAGGGG UGGAUGUGGC GUCUCGAGAA GCUUCGCUCU AGAUCUCCCU 100 UUAGUGAGGG UUA 113 116 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All U′s All C′s 23 GGGGGAGAAC GCGGAUCCGA GCAAUCCCGG GCGCAUAGCU UCCGAGGAGA 50 CAGGCGGGAG GGGUGGAUGU GGCGUCUCGA GAAGCUUCGC UCUAGAUCUC 100 CCUUUAGUGA GGGUUA 116 116 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All U′s All C′s 24 GGGGGAGAAC GCGGAUCCGA GCAAUCCCAG GCGCAUAGCU UCCGAGUAGA 50 CAGGCGGGAG GGGUGGAUGU GGCGUCUCGA GAAGCUUCGC UCUAGAUCUC 100 CCUUUAGUGA GGGUUA 116 42 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyri modified 25 GCUUCCGAGU AGACAGGAGG GAGGGGUGGA UGUGGCGUCU AC 42 43 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA 26 CUUCCGAGUA GACAGGAGGG AGGGGUGGAU GUGGCGUCUA CUC 43 78 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyri modified 27 GGGGGAGAAC GCGGAUCCGG CAACCCCAGG CGCAUAGCUU CCGAGUAGAC 50 AGGCGGGAGG GGUGGAUGUG GCGUCACG 78 117 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyri modified 28 GGGGGAGAAC GCGGAUCCUG AGAAGGACGU CGGGGUCAAC GGGGUGAGGU 50 GCAGCAGAAA GGGCCGGCAC CACAUGACGU AAAAGCUUCG CUCUAGAUCU 100 CCCUUUAGUG AGGGUUA 117 108 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyri modified 29 GGGGGAGAAC GCGGAUCCUG AGAAGGACGU CGGGGUGAGG UGCAGCAGAA 50 AGGGCCGGCA CCACAUGACG UAAAAGCUUC GCUCUAGAUC UCCCUUUAGU 100 GAGGGUUA 108 92 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyri modified 30 GGGGGAGAAC GCGGAUCCGG UGGGAAAGUC GGAUUAUGUG UGUAGAUUUG 50 UGUGCGAAAG CUUCGCUCUA GAUCUCCCUU UAGUGAGGGU UA 92 69 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyri modified 31 GGAGAACGCG GAUCCUGAGA AGGACGUCGG GGUCAACGGG GUGAGGUGCA 50 GCAGAAAGGG CCGGCACCA 69 117 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyri modified 32 GGGGGAGAAC GCGGAUCCUG CUAGACCGAG GAUGCAAAGG GACAUGCAUU 50 AGGGAAACCU AUGUAUAAGA ACGCGGUCGC AGAAGCUUCG CUCUAGAUCU 100 CCCUUUAGUG AGGGUUA 117 83 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyri modified 33 GGGGGAGAAC GCGGAUCCUG CUAGACCGAG GAUGCAAAGG GACAUGCAUU 50 AGGGAAACCU AUGUAUAAGA ACGCGGUCGC AGA 83 116 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyri modified 34 GGGGGAGAAC GCGGAUCCUG CUAGACCGAG GAUGCAAAGG GACAUGCAUU 50 AGGGAAACCU AUUAUAAGAA CGCGGUCGCA GAAGCUUCGC UCUAGAUCUC 100 CCUUUAGUGA GGGUUA 116 117 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All C′s All U′s 35 GGGGGAGAAC GCGGAUCCUG UCUCCACCGC CGAUACUGGG GUUCCUGGGG 50 CCCCUCCAUG CAGGAGGGGG GUGGUUCGGA GAAAGCUUCG CUCUAGAUCU 100 CCCUUUAGUG AGGGUUA 117 81 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All C′s All U′s 36 GGGGGAGAAC GCGGAUCCUG UCUCCACCGC CGAUACUGGG GUUCCUGGGG 50 CCCCUCCAUG CAGGAGGGGG GUGGUUCGGA G 81 117 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All C′s All U′s 37 GGGGGAGAAC GCGGAUCCUG UCUCCACCGC CGAUACUGGG GUUCCUGGGG 50 CCGCUCCAUG CAGGAGGGGG GUGGUUCGGA GAAAGCUUCG CUCUAGAUCU 100 CCCUUUAGUG AGGGUUA 117 115 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All C′s All U′s 38 GGGGGAGAAC GCGGAUCCUG UCUCCACCGC CGAUACUGGG GUUCCUGGGG 50 CCCCUCCAUG CAGGAGGGGU GGUUCGGAGA AAGCUUCGCU CUAGAUCUCC 100 CUUUAGUGAG GGUUA 115 92 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyri modified 39 GGGGGAGAAC GCGGAUCCGG AAGUCUGGUC UUUGGGGAGU CCGCAUGGCC 50 CUGGCGAAAG CUUCGCUCUA GAUCUCCCUU UAGUGAGGGU UA 92 111 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyri modified 40 GGGGGAGAAC GCGGAUCCAA GAAUGUUCGG CCGCACGAGG UGACAGUGGU 50 GCGGAUACGG ACCGAUUGGG UUUGCCAAGC UUCGCUCUAG AUCUCCCUUU 100 AGUGAGGGUU A 111 117 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA 41 GGGGGAGAAC GCGGAUCCGG UCACCCGGGC AUAUAACAAU GCCGACACUG 50 GGGUACCUGG GACGGGUGGG ACUGGACGGA AGAAGCUUCG CUCUAGAUCU 100 CCCUUUAGUG AGGGUUA 117 119 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA 42 GGGGGAGAAC GCGGAUCCAU AACCGGCUGC AUGGGAGGGA CAUCCUGGGA 50 AAGGACGGGU CGAGAUGACC UGAGCAGUUC CGGCAAGCUU CGCUCUAGAU 100 CUCCCUUUAG UGAGGGUUA 119 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 43 TCGGGCGAGT CGTCTGNNNN NNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNN 50 NNNNNNCCGC ATCGTCCTCC C 71 32 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 44 TAATACGACT CACTATAGGG AGGACGATGC GG 32 16 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 45 TCGGGCGAGT CGTCTG 16 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 46 GGGAGGACGA TGCGGNNNNN NNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNN 50 NNNNNCAGAC GACTCGCCCG A 71 15 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 47 GGGAGGACGA TGCGG 15 19 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA N at positions 1-3 is biotin 48 NNNTCGGGCG AGTCGTCTG 19 87 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 49 GCCTGTTGTG AGCCTCCTGT CGAANNNNNN NNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNN 50 NNNNNNNNNN NNNNTTGAGC GTTTATTCTT GTCTCCC 87 40 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 50 TAATACGACT CACTATAGGG AGACAAGAAT AAACGCTCAA 40 24 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 51 GCCTGTTGTG AGCCTCCTGT CGAA 24 87 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 52 GGGAGACAAG AATAAACGCT CAANNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNN 50 NNNNNNNNNN NNNTTCGACA GGAGGCTCAC AACAGGC 87 23 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 53 GGGAGACAAG AATAAACGCT CAA 23 27 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA N at positions 1-3 is biotin 54 NNNGCCTGTT GTGAGCCTCC TGTCGAA 27 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 55 GGGAGGACGA TGCGGCCAGG GGGGGTATGG GGGTGGTGCT ACTTACTTGC 50 GTCTTCAGAC GACTCGCCCG A 71 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 56 GGGAGGACGA TGCGGCCAGG GGGGGTATGG GGGTAGTGCT ACTTACTTGC 50 GTCTTCAGAC GACTCGCCCG A 71 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 57 GGGAGGACGA TGCGGCCAGG GGGGGTATGG GGGTAGTACT ACTTACTTAC 50 GTCTTCAGAC GACTCGCCCG A 71 70 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 58 GGGAGGACGA TGCGGCCAGG GGGGGTATGG GGGTATACTA CTTACTTACG 50 TCTTCAGACG ACTCGCCCGA 70 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 59 GGGAGGACGA TGCGGCCAGG GGGGGTATGG GGGTAATACT ACTTACTTAC 50 ATCTTCAGAC GACTCGCCCG A 71 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 60 GGGAGGACGA TGCGGCCAGG GGGGGTATGG GGGTAATACT ACTTACTTAC 50 GTCTTCAGAC GACTCGCCCG A 71 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 61 GGGAGGACGA TGCGGCCAGG GGGGGTATGG GGGTGGTGTT ACTTACTTGC 50 GTCTTCAGAC GACTCGCCCG A 71 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 62 GGGAGGACGA TGCGGCCAGG GGGGGTATGG GGGTGGTGCT TCTTACTTGC 50 GTCTTCAGAC GACTCGCCCG A 71 73 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 63 GGGAGGACGA TGCGGCCAGG GGGGGTATGG GGGTGGTGTA CTTTTTCCTG 50 CGTCTTCCAG ACGACTCGCC CGA 73 72 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 64 GGGAGGACGA TGCGGCCAGG GGGGGTATGG GGGTGGTTCG TTTTTCTTTG 50 CGGCTTCAGA CGACTCGCCC GA 72 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 65 GGGAGGACGA TGCGGCCAGG GGGGGTGTGG GGGTGGTGTA CTTTTTCTTG 50 TCTTCCAGAC GACTCGCCCG A 71 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 66 GGGAGGACGA TGCGGCCAGG GGGGGTATGG GGGTGGTTTG GTATGTTGCG 50 TCCGTCAGAC GACTCGCCCG A 71 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 67 GGGAGGACGA TGCGGCCGGG GTGGGTATGG GGGTAATACT ACTTACTTAC 50 GTCTTCAGAC GACTCGCCCG A 71 72 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 68 GGGAGGACGA TGCGGCCGGG GGTGGGTAGG GGGGTAGTGC TACTTACTTA 50 CGTCTTCAGAC GACTCGCCC GA 72 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 69 GGGAGGACGA TGCGGCCAGG GTCGGTGTGG GGGTAGTACT ACTTACTTGC 50 GTCTTCAGAC GACTCGCCCG A 71 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 70 GGGAGGACGA TGCGGCCAGG GTGGGTATGG GGGTAGTGCT ACTTACTTGC 50 GTCTTCAGAC GACTCGCCCG A 71 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 71 GGGAGGACGA TGCGGCCGGG GTGGGTATGG GGGTGGTGCT ACTTACTTGC 50 GTCTTCAGAC GACTCGCCCG A 71 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 72 GGGAGGACGA TGCGGCCTGG GTGGGTATGG GGGTGGTGCT ACTTACTTGC 50 GTCTTCAGACG ACTCGCCCG A 71 72 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 73 GGGAGGACGA TGCGGCCACG GGTGGGTGTG GGGTAGTGTG TCTCACTTTA 50 CATCACCAGA CGACTCGCCC GA 72 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 74 GGGAGGACGA TGCGGCCCGG GGTGGGTGTG GGGTAGTGTA TTATATTTAC 50 AGCCTCAGAC GACTCGCCCG A 71 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 75 GGGAGGACGA TGCGGCCAGG GTCGGTGTGG GGTGGTGTAC TTTTTCCTGT 50 CCTTCCAGAC GACTCGCCCG A 71 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 76 GGGAGGACGA TGCGGCCAGG GTCGGTATGG GGTAGTGTAC TTTTTAATGA 50 TCTTCCAGAC GACTCGCCCG A 71 72 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 77 GGGAGGACGA TGCGGCCCGG GGGAGAGCGG TGGGTAGTGT TCTATAGTAT 50 TCGTGTCAGA CGACTCGCCC GA 72 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 78 GGGAGGACGA TGCGGCCAGG GGGGGTATGT TTTTAATACT ACTTACTTAC 50 GTCTTCAGAC GACTCGCCCG A 71 72 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 79 GGGAGGACGA TGCGGCCAGG GAGGGTATGG GGGTGGTGTT TCTAGTTTTG 50 CGGCGTCAGA CGACTCGCCC GA 72 72 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 80 GGGAGGACGA TGCGGCCAGG GTGGGCATGG GGGTGGTGTG GATTAATTCT 50 TCGTCCCAGA CGACTCGCCC GA 72 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 81 GGGAGGACGA TGCGGCCAGG GTCGGTGTGG GGTGGTGTTT TTATTTACTC 50 GTCGCCAGAC GACTCGCCCG A 71 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 82 GGGAGGACGA TGCGGGGGGC GGCTTGGAAG AGGTTGCCGG TTGGAGTATT 50 CGAGCCAGAC GACTCGCCCG A 71 67 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 83 GGGAGGACGA TGCGGCCAGG TGTGGGGTGG TTTGGGTTTT CTTTCGTCGC 50 CCAGACGACT CGCCCGA 67 70 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 84 GGGAGGACGA TGCGGCCAGG GTGGGTATGG GGGTTTAATT AATTCTTCGT 50 CCCACAGACG ACTCGCCCGA 70 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 85 GGGAGGACGA TGCGGGGGGC GGCTTGGAAG AGGTTGCCGG TTGGAGTATT 50 CGAGCCAGAC GACTCGCCCG A 71 72 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 86 GGGAGGACGA TGCGGCCCGG GGTGGGTGTG GGGTGGTGTG AATTAATTCT 50 TCGTCCCAGA CGACTCGCCC GA 72 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 87 GGGAGGACGA TGCGGCCCGG GGTGGGTGTG GGGTGGTGTA TTATATTTGC 50 GGCCTCAGAC GACTCGCCCG A 71 70 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 88 GGGAGGACGA TGCGGCCAGG GTCGGTGTGG GTGGTGTACT TTTTCCTGTC 50 CTTCCAGACG ACTCGCCCGA 70 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 89 GGGAGGACGA TGCGGGGGGC GGCTTGGAAG AGGTTGCCGG TTGGAGTATT 50 CGAGCCAGAC GACTCGCCCG A 71 86 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 90 ATCCGCCTGA TTAGCGATAC TNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNN 50 NNNNNNNNNN NACTTGAGCA AAATCACCTG CAGGGG 86 28 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA N at positions 1-3 is biotin 91 NNNCCCCTGC AGGTGATTTT GCTCAAGT 28 49 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 92 CCGAAGCTTA ATACGACTCA CTATAGGGAT CCGCCTGATT AGCGATACT 49 84 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 93 ATCCGCCTGA TTAGCGATAC TAGGCTTGAC AAAGGGCACC ATGGCTTAGT 50 GGTCCTAGTA CTTGAGCAAA ATCACCTGCA GGGG 84 85 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 94 ATCCGCCTGA TTAGCGATAC TCAGGGCACT GCAAGCAATT GTGGTCCCAA 50 TGGGCTGAGT ACTTGAGCAA AATCACCTGC AGGGG 85 86 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 95 ATCCGCCTGA TTAGCGATAC TCCAGGCAGT CATGGTCATT GTTTACAGTC 50 GTGGAGTAGG TACTTGAGCA AAATCACCTG CAGGGG 86 85 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 96 ATCCGCCTGA TTAGCGATAC TAGGTGATCC CTGCAAAGGC AGGATAACGT 50 CCTGAGCATC ACTTGAGCAA AATCACCTGC AGGGG 85 83 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 97 ATCCGCCTGA TTAGCGATAC TATGTGATCC CTGCAGAGGG AGGANACGTC 50 TGAGCATCAC TTGAGCAAAA TCACCTGCAG GGG 83 86 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 98 ATCCGCCTGA TTAGCGATAC TCACGTGATC CCATAAGGGC TGCGCAAAAT 50 AGCAGAGCAT CACTTGAGCA AAATCACCTG CAGGGG 86 86 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 99 ATCCGCCTGA TTAGCGATAC TGGTGGACTA GAGGGCAGCA AACGATCCTT 50 GGTTAGCGTC CACTTGAGCA AAATCACCTG CAGGGG 86 85 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 100 ATCCGCCTGA TTAGCGATAC TGGTGCGACG AGGCTTACAC AAACGTACAC 50 GTTTCCCCGC ACTTGAGCAA AATCACCTGC AGGGG 85 86 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 101 ATCCGCCTGA TTAGCGATAC TTGTCGGAGC AGGGGCGTAC GAAAACTTTA 50 CAGTTCCCCC GACTTGAGCA AAATCACCTG CAGGGG 86 86 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 102 ATCCGCCTGA TTAGCGATAC TAGTGGAACA GGGCACGGAG AGTCAAACTT 50 TGGTTTCCCC CACTTGAGCA AAATCACCTG CAGGGG 86 86 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 103 ATCCGCCTGA TTAGCGATAC TGTGGGTAGG GATCGGTGGA TGCCTCGTCA 50 CTTCTAGTCC CACTTGAGCA AAATCACCTG CAGGGG 86 86 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 104 ATCCGCCTGA TTAGCGATAC TGGGCGCCCT AAACAAAGGG TGGTCACTTC 5 0 TAGTCCCAGG AACTTGAGCA AAATCACCTG CAGGGG 86 87 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 105 ATCCGCCTGA TTAGCGATAC TTCCGGGCTC GGGATTCGTG GTCACTTTCA 50 GTCCCGGATA TAACTTGAGC AAAATCACCT GCAGGGG 87 84 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 106 ATCCGCCTGA TTAGCGATAC TATGGGAGGG CGCGTTCTTC GTGGTTACTT 50 TTAGTCCCGA CTTGAGCAAA ATCACCTGCA GGGG 84 84 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 107 ATCCGCCTGA TTAGCGATAC TACGGGAGGG CACGTTCTTC GTGGTTACTT 50 TTAGTCCCGA CTTGAGCAAA ATCACCTGCA GGGG 84 86 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 108 ATCCGCCTGA TTAGCGATAC TGCTCGTAGG GGGCGATTCT TTCGCCGTTA 50 CTTCCAGTCC TACTTGAGCA AAATCACCTG CAGGGG 86 86 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 109 ATCCGCCTGA TTAGCGATAC TGAGGCATGT TAACATGAGC ATCGTCTCAC 50 GATCCTCAGC CACTTGAGCA AAATCACCTG CAGGGG 86 86 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 110 ATCCGCCTGA TTAGCGATAC TCCACAGGCT ACGGCACGTA GAGCATCACC 50 ATGATCCTGT GACTTGAGCA AAATCACCTG CAGGGG 86 86 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 111 ATCCGCCTGA TTAGCGATAC TGCGGGCATG GCACATGAGC ATCTCTGATC 50 CCGCAATCCT CACTTGAGCA AAATCACCTG CAGGGG 86 86 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 112 ATCCGCCTGA TTAGCGATAC TACCGGGCTA CTTCGTAGAG CATCTCTGAT 50 CCCGGTGCTC GACTTGAGCA AAATCACCTG CAGGGG 86 86 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 113 ATCCGCCTGA TTAGCGATAC TAAAGGGCGA ACGTAGGTCG AGGCATCCAT 50 TGGATCCCTT CACTTGAGCA AAATCACCTG CAGGGG 86 86 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 114 ATCCGCCTGA TTAGCGATAC TACGGGCTCT GTCACTGTGG CACTAGCAAT 50 AGTCCCGTCG CACTTGAGCA AAATCACCTG CAGGGG 86 85 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 115 ATCCGCCTGA TTAGCGATAC TGGGCAGACC TTCTGGACGA GCATCACCTA 50 TGTGATCCCG ACTTGAGCAA AATCACCTGC AGGGG 85 86 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 116 ATCCGCCTGA TTAGCGATAC TAGAGGGGAA GTAGGCTGCC TGACTCGAGA 50 GAGTCCTCCC GACTTGAGCA AAATCACCTG CAGGGG 86 86 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 117 ATCCGCCTGA TTAGCGATAC TAGGGGTGCG AAACACATAA TCCTCGCGGA 50 TTCCCATCGC TACTTGAGCA AAATCACCTG CAGGGG 86 83 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 118 ATCCGCCTGA TTAGCGATAC TGGGGGGGCA ATGGCGGTAC CTCTGGTCCC 50 CTAAATACAC TTGAGCAAAA TCACCTGCAG GGG 83 85 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 119 ATCCGCCTGA TTAGCGATAC TGCGGCTCAA AGTCCTGCTA CCCGCAGCAC 50 ATCTGTGGTC ACTTGAGCAA AATCACCTGC AGGGG 85 86 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 120 ATCCGCCTGA TTAGCGATAC TTTGGGCGTG AATGTCCACG GGTACCTCCG 50 GTCCCAAAGA GACTTGAGCA AAATCACCTG CAGGGG 86 85 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 121 ATCCGCCTGA TTAGCGATAC TTCCGCGCAA GTCCCTGGTA AAGGGCAGCC 50 CTAACTGGTC ACTTGAGCAA AATCACCTGC AGGGG 85 86 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 122 ATCCGCCTGA TTAGCGATAC TCAAGTTCCC CACAAGACTG GGGCTGTTCA 50 AACCGCTAGT AACTTGAGCA AAATCACCTG CAGGGG 86 86 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 123 ATCCGCCTGA TTAGCGATAC TCAAGTAGGG CGCGACACAC GTCCGGGCAC 50 CTAAGGTCCC AACTTGAGCA AAATCACCTG CAGGGG 86 86 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA 124 ATCCGCCTGA TTAGCGATAC TAAAGTCGTG CAGGGTCCCC TGGAAGCATC 50 TCCGATCCCA GACTTGAGCA AAATCACCTG CAGGGG 86 96 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA 125 GGGAGACAAG AAUAACGCUC AANNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNN 50 NNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNN NNUUCGACAG GAGGCUCACA ACAGGC 96 39 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA 126 TAATACGACT CACTATAGGG AGACAAGAAT AACGCTCAA 39 24 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA 127 GCCTGTTGTG AGCCTCCTGT CGAA 24 93 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-F mod 128 GGGAGACAAG AAUAACGCUC AACGGUGGCA UUUCUUCACU UCCUUCUCGC 50 UUUCUCGCGU UGGGCNCGAU UCGACAGGAG GCUCACAACA GGC 93 91 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-F modified 129 GGGAGACAAG AAUAACGCUC AACCAACCUU CUGUCGGCGU UGCUUUUUGG 50 ACGGCACUCA GGCUCCAUUC GACAGGAGGC UCACAACAGG C 91 95 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-F mod 130:: GGGAGACAAG AAUAACGCUC AAUCGAUCGG UUGUGUGCCG GACAGCCUUA 50 ACCAGGGCUG GGACCGAGGC CUUCGACAGG AGGCUCACAA CAGGC 95 92 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-F mod 131 GGGAGACAAG AAUAACGCUC AACUGAGUAG GGGAGGAAGU UGAAUCAGUU 50 GUGGCGCCUC UCAUUCGCUU CGACAGGAGG CUCACAACAG GC 92 95 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-F modified 132 GGGAGACAAG AAUAACGCUC AACAGCACUU UCGCUUUUCA UCAUUUUUUC 50 UUUCCACUGU UGGGCGCGGA AUUCGACAGG AGGCUCACAA CAGGC 95 96 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-F modified 133 GGGAGACAAG AAUAACGCUC AAUCAGUGCU GGCGUCAUGU CUCGAUGGGG 50 AUUUUUCUUC AGCACUUUGC CAUUCGACAG GAGGCUCACA ACAGGC 96 96 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-F modified 134 GGGAGACAAG AAUAACGCUC AAUCUACUUU CCAUUUCUCU UUUCUUCUCA 50 CGAGCGGGUU UCCAGUGAAC CAUUCGACAG GAGGCUCACA ACAGGC 96 94 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-F modified 135 GGGAGACAAG AAUAACGCUC AACGAUAGUG ACUACGAUGA CGAAGGCCGC 50 GGGUUGGAUG CCCGCAUUGA UUCGACAGGA GGCUCACAAC AGGC 94 93 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-F modified 136 GGGAGACAAG AAUAACGCUC AAGUCGAUAC UGGCGACUUG CUCCAUUGGC 50 CGAUUAACGA UUCGGUCAGU UCGACAGGAG GCUCACAACA GGC 93 95 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-F modified 137 GGGAGACAAG AAUAACGCUC AAGUGCAAAC UUAACCCGGG AACCGCGCGU 50 UUCGAUCGAC UUUCCUUUCC AUUCGACAGG AGGCUCACAA CAGGC 95 96 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-F modified 138 GGGAGACAAG AAUAACGCUC AAAUUCCGCG UUCCGAUUAA UCCUGUGCUC 50 GGAAAUCGGU AGCCAUAGUG CAUUCGACAG GAGGCUCACA ACAGGC 96 94 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-F modified 139 GGGAGACAAG AAUAACGCUC AACGAACGAG GAGGGAGUGG CAAGGGAUGG 50 UUGGAUAGGC UCUACGCUCA UUCGACAGGA GGCUCACAAC AGGC 94 94 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-F modified 140 GGGAGACAAG AAUAACGCUC AAGCGAAACU GGCGACUUGC UCCAUUGGCC 50 GAUAUAACGA UUCGGUUCAU UUCGACAGGA GGCUCACAAC AGGC 94 95 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-F modified 141 GGGAGACAAG AAUAACGCUC AACGAACGAG GAGGGAGUCG CAAGGGAUGG 50 UUGGAUAGGC UCUACGCUCA AUUCGACAGG AGGCUCACAA CAGGC 95 94 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-F modified 142 GGGAGACAAG AAUAACGCUC AACGAGAAGU GACUACGAUG ACGAAGGCCG 50 CGGGUUGAAU CCCUCAUUGA UUCGACAGGA GGCUCACAAC AGGC 94 95 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-F modified 143 GGGAGACAAG AAUAACGCUC AAAAGCAACG AGACCUGACG CCUGAUGUGA 50 CUGUGCUUGC ACCCGAUUCU GUUCGACAGG AGGCUCACAA CAGGC 95 96 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-F modified 144 GGGAGACAAG AAUAACGCUC AAGUGAUUCU CAUUCUCAAU GCUUUCUCAC 50 AACUUUUUCC ACUUCAGCGU GAUUCGACAG GAGGCUCACA ACAGGC 96 94 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-F modified 145 GGGAGACAAG AAUAACGCUC AAAAGCAACG AGACUCGACG CCUGAUGUGA 50 CUGUGCUUGC ACCCGAUUCU UUCGACAGGA GGCUCACAAC AGGC 94 96 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-F modified 146 GGGAGACAAG AAUAACGCUC AAUCGAUCGG UUGUGUGCCG GACAGCUUUG 50 ACCAUGAGCU GGGACCGAGG CCUUCGACAG GAGGCUCACA ACAGGC 96 96 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-F modified 147 GGGAGACAAG AAUAACGCUC AANGACGNGU GGACCUGACU AAUCGACUGA 50 UCAAAGAUCC CGCCCAGAUG GGUUCGACAG GAGGCUCACA ACAGGC 96 94 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-F modified 148 GGGAGACAAG AAUAACGCUC AACACUGCGA CUUGCAGAAG CCUUGUGUGG 50 CGGUACCCCC UUUGGCCUCG UUCGACAGGA GGCUCACAAC AGGC 94 94 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-F modified 149 GGGAGACAAG AAUAACGCUC AAGGUGGCAU UUCUUCAUUU UCCUUCUCGC 50 UUUCUCCGCC GUUGGGCGCG UUCGACAGGA GGCUCACAAC AGGC 94 96 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-F modified 150 GGGAGACAAG AAUAACGCUC AACCUGAGUA GGGGGGAAAG UUGAAUCAGU 50 UGUGGCGCUC UACUCAUUCG CCUUCGACAG GAGGCUCACA ACAGGC 96 94 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-F modified 151 GGGAGACAAG AAUAACGCUC AAGUCGAAAC UGGCGACUUG CUCCAUUGGC 50 CGAUAUAACG AUUCGGUUCA UUCGACAGGA GGCUCACAAC AGGC 94 94 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-F modified 152 GGGAGACAAG AAUAACGCUC AAGCGAUACU GGCGACUUGC UCCAUUGGCC 50 GAUAUAACGA UUCGGCUCAG UUCGACAGGA GGCUCACAAC AGGC 94 96 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-F modified 153 GGGAGACAAG AAUAACGCUC AAACGUGGGG CACAGGACCG AGAGUCCCUC 50 CGGCAAUAGC CGCUACCCCA CCUUCGACAG GAGGCUCACA ACAGGC 96 98 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-F modified 154 GGGAGACAAG AAUAACGCUC AACACAGCCU NANAGGGGGG AAGUUGAAUC 50 AGUUGUGGCG CUCUACUCAU UCGCUUCGAC AGGAGGCUCA CAACAGGC 98 94 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-F modified 155 GGGAGACAAG AAUAACGCUC AAANGGGNUA UGGUGACUUG CUCCAUUGGC 50 CGAUAUAACG AUUCGGUCAG UUCGACAGGA GGCUCACAAC AGGC 94 96 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-F modified 156 GGGAGACAAG AAUAACGCUC AACCUGCGUA GGGNGGGAAG UUGAAUCAGU 50 UGUGGCGCUC UACUCAUUCG CCUUCGACAG GAGGCUCACA ACAGGC 96 94 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-F modified 157 GGGAGACAAG AAUAACGCUC AACGAACGAG GAGGGAGUGG CAAGGGAUGG 50 UUGGAUAGGC UCUACGCUCA UUCGACAGGA GGCUCACAAC AGGC 94 97 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-F modified 158 GGGAGACAAG AAUAACGCUC AAGUGCAAAC UUAACCCGGG AACCGCGCGU 50 UUCGAUUCGC UUUCCNUAUU CCAUUCGACA GGAGGCUCAC AACAGGC 97 93 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-F modified 159 GGGAGACAAG AAUAACGCUC AACGAACGAG GAGGGAGUGG CAAGGGACGG 50 UNNAUAGGCU CUACGCUCAU UCGACAGGAG GCUCACAACA GGC 93 93 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-F modified 160 GGGAGACAAG AAUAACGCUC AAUCGGUGUG GCUCAGAAAC UGACACGCGU 50 GAGCUUCGCA CACAUCUGCU UCGACAGGAG GCUCACAACA GGC 93 95 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-F modified 161 GGGAGACAAG AAUAACGCUC AAUAUCGCUU UUCAUCAAUU CCACUUUUUC 50 ACUCUNUAAC UUGGGCGUGC AUUCGACAGG AGGCUCACAA CAGGC 95 96 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-F modified 162 GGGAGACAAG AAUAACGCUC AAGUGCAAAC UUAACCCGGG AACCGCGCGU 50 UUCGAUCCUG CAUCCUUUUU CCUUCGACAG GAGGCUCACA ACAGGC 96 93 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-F modified 163 GGGAGACAAG AAUAACGCUC AAUCGNUCGG UUGUGUGCCG GCAGCUUUGU 50 CCAGCGUUGG GCCGAGGCCU UCGACAGGAG GCUCACAACA GGC 93 95 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-F modified 164 GGGAGACAAG AAUAACGCUC AAAGUACCCA UCUCAUCUUU UCCUUUCCUU 50 UCUUCAAGGC ACAUUGAGGG UUUCGACAGG AGGCUCACAA CAGGC 95 97 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-F modified 165 GGGAGACAAG AAUAACGCUC AACCUGAGUA GGGGGGGAAG UUGAACCAGU 50 UGUGGCNGCC UACUCAUUCN CCAUUCGACA GGAGGCUCAC AACAGGC 97 94 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-F modified 166 GGGAGACAAG AAUAACGCUC AACCNNCCUN CUGUCGGCGC UUGUCUUUUU 50 GGACGGGCAA CCCAGGGCUC UUCGACAGGA GGCUCACAAC AGGC 94 96 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-F modified 167 GGGAGACAAG AAUAACGCUC AACCAACCUN CUGUCGGCGC UUGUCUUUUU 50 GGACGAGCAA CUCAAGGCUC GUUUCGACAG GAGGCUCACA ACAGGC 96 93 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-F modified 168 GGGAGACAAG AAUAACGCUC AACCAGCGCA GAUCCCGGGC UGAAGUGACU 50 GCCGGCAACG GCCGCUCCAU UCGACAGGAG GCUCACAACA GGC 93 96 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-F modified 169 GGGAGACAAG AAUAACGCUC AAUUCCCGUA ACAACUUUUC AUUUUCACUU 50 UUCAUCCAAC CAGUGAGCAG CAUUCGACAG GAGGCUCACA ACAGGC 96 96 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-F modified 170 GGGAGACAAG AAUAACGCUC AAUAUCGCUU UCAUCAAAUU CCACUCCUUC 50 ACUUCUUUAA CUUGGGCGUG CAUUCGACAG GAGGCUCACA ACAGGC 96 23 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA N at positions 1 and 23 base pair to each other and can be 1-4 base pairs long. N at positions 5 and 10 is any base pair. N at positions 6 and 9 is any base pair. N at positions 7 and 8 is any base pair. 171 NGGCNNNNNN GRKYAYYRRT CCN 23 38 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA Nucleotide 38 is an inverted orientation T (3′-3′ linked) 172 TGGGAGGGCG CGTTCTTCGT GGTTACTTTT AGTCCCGT 38 40 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA Nucleotide 40 is an inverted orientation T (3′-3′ linked) 173 CACAGGCTAC GGCACGTAGA GCATCACCAT GATCCTGTGT 40 45 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA Nucleotide 45 is an inverted orientation T (3′-3′ linked) 174 TACTCAGGGC ACTGCAAGCA ATTGTGGTCC CAATGGGCTG AGTAT 45 36 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA C at positions 8, 11, 25 and 26 is 2′O-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine. G at positions 9, 10, 17, 19 and 35 is 2′-O-methyl-2′-deoxyguanosine. A at positions 12, 24 and 27 is 2′-O-methyl-2′-deoxyadenosine. U at position 34 is 2′-O-methyl-2′-deoxyuridine. U at positions 6 and 22 is 2′-fluoro-2′-deoxyuridine. C at positions 23, 32 and 33 is 2′-fluoro-2′-deoxycytidine. Nucleotide 36 is an inverted orientation T (3′-3′ linked). 175 CAGGCUACGG CACGTAGAGC AUCACCATGA TCCUGT 36 32 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA C at position 8 is 2′- O-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine. G at positions 9, 17 and 31 is 2′-O-methyl-2′-deoxyguanosine. A at position 22 is 2′-O-methyl-2′-deoxyadenine. U at position 30 is 2′- 0-methyl-2′-deoxyuridine. U at positions 6 and 20 is 2′-fluoro-2′-deoxyuridine. C at positions 21, 28 and 29 is 2′-fluoro-2′-deoxycytidine. N at positions 10 and 23 is pentaethylene glycol phosphoramidite spacer. Nucleotide 32 is an inverted orientation T (3′-3′ linked) 176 CAGGCUACGN CGTAGAGCAU CANTGATCCU GT 32 39 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA Nucleotide 39 is an inverted orientation T (3′-3′ linked) 177 CAGTCCGTGG TAGGGCAGGT TGGGGTGACT TCGTGGAAT 39 37 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA T at positions 13, 14, 16 and 17 is substituted with IdU. 178 TGGGAGGGCG CGTTCTTCGT GGTTACTTTT AGTCCCG 37 37 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA T at position 20 is substituted with IdU. 179 TGGGAGGGCG CGTTCTTCGT GGTTACTTTT AGTCCCG 37 37 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA T at position 23 is substitu 180 TGGGAGGGCG CGTTCTTCGT GGTTACTTTT AGTCCCG 37 37 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA T at position 24 is substitu 181 TGGGAGGGCG CGTTCTTCGT GGTTACTTTT AGTCCCG 37 37 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA T at position 27 is substitu 182 TGGGAGGGCG CGTTCTTCGT GGTTACTTTT AGTCCCG 37 37 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA T at positions 28- 30 is subs 183 TGGGAGGGCG CGTTCTTCGT GGTTACTTTT AGTCCCG 37 37 base pairs nucleic acid single linear DNA T at position 33 is substitu 184 TGGGAGGGCG CGTTCTTCGT GGTTACTTTT AGTCCCG 37 7 amino acids amino acid linear Peptide Xaa at position 5 is a modif that could not be identified. 185 Lys Lys Pro Ile Xaa Lys Lys 5 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA 186 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGNNNNN NNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNN 50 NNNNNCAGAC GACUCGCCCG A 71 32 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA 187 TAATACGACT CACTATAGGG AGGACGATGC GG 32 16 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA 188 TCGGGCGAGT CGTCTG 16 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-NH2 modified 189 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGGAAGG GACGAUAAAG AGGAAUCGAA CAACAAGUGG 50 CUGGCCAGAC GACUCGCCCG A 71 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-NH2 modified 190 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGGCGGG AAGGUCCGAA GACCGGCGAA AGGAACGAGA 50 UUGCCCAGAC GACUCGCCCG A 71 70 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-NH2 modified 191 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGGUGGU GAAGAGGUAC CGGAAUUGCU AAAGAUACCA 50 GGCCCAGACG ACUCGCCCGA 70 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-NH2 modified 192 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGGCAGG GAGCAAUGAA CUCAAGUCAA GCCGGUGCAC 50 GUGGGCAGAC GACUCGCCCG A 71 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-NH2 modified 193 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGUAGCU GCUGUCAUGC AAGACACUAG AAGAUUAAGA 50 UGGGGCAGAC GACUCGCCCG A 71 74 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-NH2 modified 194 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGGGGCC GGAUUUGAAC CGACGACUUC GGGUUAUGAG 50 CCCGACGUCA GACGACUCGC CCGA 74 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-NH2 modified 195 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGUCCAG GGAUUGAAGU GUCGGGGUAG GAACAUAAAG 50 GCGGCCAGAC GACUCGCCCG A 71 70 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-NH2 modified 196 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGAAGUU CUAACAAGUU AGUGGAAGGU UCCACUUGAA 50 UGUACAGACG ACUCGCCCGA 70 44 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-NH2 modified 197 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGAUGGA GCUGAAAUCA GACGACUCGC CCGA 44 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-NH2 modified 198 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGGUGGG AAGAUGAGCC GGUCGGCAGU AAUGUGACAC 50 UGCGGCAGAC GACUCGCCCG A 71 70 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-NH2 modified 199 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGGAGGG AAUGAGGAAA CAACUAGCAG AUAACCGAGC 50 UGGCCAGACG ACUCGCCCGA 70 44 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-NH2 modified 200 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGAUGGA GCUGAAAUCA GACGACUCGC CCGA 44 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-NH2 modified 201 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGUUGCU CUACAAUGAC GCGGUGACUC CGCAGUUCUU 50 GGACACAGAC GACUCGCCCG A 71 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-NH2 modified 202 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGGAGGG GAGAAGAAUG CAGGAAACAG CGAAAUGCGU 50 GUGGCCAGAC GACUCGCCCG A 71 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-NH2 modified 203 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGGCGGG AAGAGCUAAU GGAAGUGGAA UCAGUCACAG 50 UGCGGCAGAC GACUCGCCCG A 71 57 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-NH2 modified 204 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGGCUUA GGGAAAUGGU UCUGAGGUGG UCAGACGACU 50 CGCCCGA 57 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-NH2 modified 205 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGGAAGG GAACAGGAUA AGACAAGUCG AACAAAGCCG 50 AGGUGCAGAC GACUCGCCCG A 71 44 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-NH2 modified 206 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGAUGGA GCUGAAAUCA GACGACUCGC CCGA 44 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-NH2 modified 207 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGGGAGA CGUAGACGGG AACAUAGAAC GAACAUCAAC 50 GCGGCCAGAC GACUCGCCCG A 71 69 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-NH2 modified 208 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGGAAGU GGAUAGAACA GUCAGAAAUG UAAGCGUGAG 50 GUGCAGACGA CUCGCCCGA 69 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-NH2 modified 209 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGGAAGG GUAGGAAGGU CAAGAGGAAA CAGCGCUUCG 50 GGGUGCAGAC GACUCGCCCG A 71 70 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-NH2 modified 210 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGGGCAA AGGAAGUUGG AAUCGGGACU AAGUAGUGUG 50 UGGCCAGACG ACUCGCCCGA 70 70 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-NH2 modified 211 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGAGAAC CAACAGAGCC CCCUGGUGGU GGGGGAAGGA 50 UUCUCAGACG ACUCGCCCGA 70 70 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-NH2 modified 212 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGACACA CAAGUGAAGG UCAGACGCGA AUUACGUGGG 50 UGGGCAGACG ACUCGCCCGA 70 82 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-NH2 modified 213 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGUCGUG GGGUGGGUGG GGGCAGCGUU GGAAUAAGUA 50 ACUGGUAACG GCUGGCCAGA CGACUCGCCC GA 82 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-NH2 modified 214 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGGGUGG GUGGUUACCU GUAAUUAUAU UGAUUCUGGC 50 UUUAGCAGAC GACUCGCCCG A 71 53 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-NH2 modified 215 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGCCCCU UAGCUCAGUG GUUAGAGCAG ACGACUCGCC 50 CGA 53 74 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-NH2 modified 216 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGUAACG UGGAAUAGGG UUAAACAGCU GGAAAUAACG 50 UAGGUGGCCA GACGACUCGC CCGA 74 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-NH2 modified 217 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGGUAGG GAGUAGGACA GACAUAACAG UGCAACCAUC 50 GUGGCCAGAC GACUCGCCCG A 71 73 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-NH2 modified 218 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGAAACG GCGUGGCAAA AGUGAGGGGG UAGGAUGUAC 50 CAUGGGUCAG ACGACUCGCC CGA 73 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-NH2 modified 219 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGGAGGG GAAAAUGAGA CCGACAGAUU GACGGAAGUA 50 CUGGGCAGAC GACUCGCCCG A 71 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 220 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGGCAUU CGUCAAUACC UUGUUUUAUU CCUUUUCUAG 50 CGGCCCAGAC GACUCGCCCG A 71 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 221 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGAUCGU AAUCGCCACU ACUACUUUCC GAACCCGCAC 50 GUGGCCAGAC GACUCGCCCG A 71 70 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 222 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGCGUCC CGAGUCACGC UGUCCUGAUA ACCUUCUCUG 50 UGCCCAGACG ACUCGCCCGA 70 72 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 223 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGGAUCC UUUGUGGGCU CUUGUUGACC CCCUCGUUGU 50 CCCCCCCAGA CGACUCGCCC GA 72 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 224 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGCGGGU ACUCUUCGCC AGCUCCUCCA AGCGCGACCU 50 GUGCCCAGAC GACUCGCCCG A 71 72 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 225 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGUUUCG AAUAGGGCCA UUUCUCACUA GCUAUCCUAC 50 CCUGCCCAGA CGACUCGCCC GA 72 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 226 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGAUAAU GGCUAGAACU AGCUCGCAUC UUGGUGUCCG 50 GUGCCCAGAC GACUCGCCCG A 71 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 227 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGGACCA GAUGGCGGAU UUUUCAGCAA UCCUCCCCCG 50 CUGCCCAGAC GACUCGCCCG A 71 70 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 228 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGUGAUG GCGACCAGUC AAACCGGUGC UUUUACUCCC 50 CCGCCAGACG ACUCGCCCGA 70 72 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 229 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGGAAUU AACAGGGCCA GAAUUCUCAU CUNNCUUCCC 50 GUGACCCAGA CGACUCGCCC GA 72 70 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 230 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGCACCU UAGACCUGUC CUCCAAGCGU GAGUUGCUGU 50 GGCCCAGACG ACUCGCCCGA 70 70 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 231 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGUGGUC UCCCAAUUCU AAACUUUCUC CAUCGUAUCU 50 GGGCCAGACG ACUCGCCCGA 70 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 232 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGUCAUG GUGUCUUUCC ACAGCUCUUC CCAUGAUCGC 50 CCGGCCAGAC GACUCGCCCG A 71 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 233 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGGAAUU CCCAGCGCUU GACUGAUACA AACNUUCCCG 50 UGCCCCAGAC GACUCGCCCG A 71 70 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 234 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGCAANN NNNNNCUCUC UCCUGGCGUU CCGCAACCCG 50 CCCCCAGACG ACUCGCCCGA 70 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 235 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGAGUAU UCCAGCCUGG AUUCAUAGUC AGUGCUCUCC 50 GUGCCCAGAC GACUCGCCCG A 71 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 236 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGUCCUA GCAGCGAUUC AUCCCCGUUC UCUCAGCGUU 50 GCCCCCAGAC GACUCGCCCG A 71 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 237 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGCCUGA AGUACAGGCU CUAAACUCCA AGCGCGACCG 50 UCCGCCAGAC GACUCGCCCG A 71 68 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 238 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGCCCUA CCACUUUUUC CCUCUACUGU UAUCCUGUCC 50 CCCAGACGAC UCGCCCGA 68 70 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 239 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGUGGUC UCCCUAGAUC UACAGCACUU CCAUCGCAUU 50 GGGCCAGACG ACUCGCCCGA 70 69 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 240 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGUCAAG CUUAACAGUC UGGCAAUGGC CAUUAUGGCG 50 CCCCAGACGA CUCGCCCGA 69 72 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 241 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGCAGUC UGGAUCUCUA UUGGAAUUUA GUCCUCAACU 50 GUGCCCCAGA CGACUCGCCC GA 72 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 242 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGGAUUC UUUCGGCAAG UGAAAAAUAU CCUUGCUUCC 50 CGAGCCAGAC GACUCGCCCG A 71 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 243 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGGGACU UCAACUAAGU CCUCAUUUGC CUCGCUCCUC 50 GUGCCCAGAC GACUCGCCCG A 71 74 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 244 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGAACGG AGAUGUCCCC UCAAMAUUUA CCGUCUCCGU 50 UUGCGCCCCA GACGACUCGC CCGA 74 70 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 245 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGCGAAA UUAGCUUCUU AUGACUCACG UUUCCUUGCC 50 GCCCCAGACG ACUCGCCCGA 70 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 246 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGGCCCG AUCUACUGCA UUACCGAAAC GAUUUCCCCA 50 CUGUGCAGAC GACUCGCCCG A 71 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 247 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGNGACU GAUUUUUCCU UGNCAGUGUA AUUUCCUGGC 50 UGCCCCAGAC GACUCGCCCG A 71 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 248 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGGGACU UUGACAGGCA UUGAUUUCGA CCUGUUCCCC 50 GUGGCCAGAC GACUCGCCCG A 71 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 249 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGCGACA CAAUAGCCUU UGAUCCCAUG AUGGCUCGCC 50 GUGCCCAGAC GACUCGCCCG A 71 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 250 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGUGUAG UUUCCCUGUA UGCCAUUCUU UCCCAUGCCG 50 CACGCCAGAC GACUCGCCCG A 71 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 251 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGUCGAG UGUUCUCCUU CGGUAACUAU UNNNNAUUUC 50 GUGCCCAGAC GACUCGCCCG A 71 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 252 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGGUCGU AUUCAUCUCC UUGUUCUGUU UCGUUGCACC 50 UGGCCCAGAC GACUCGCCCG A 71 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 253 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGGGACU UUGACAGGCA UUGAUUUCGA CGUGUUCCCC 50 GUGGCCAGAC GACUCGCCCG A 71 69 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 254 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGUGAUC AAUCGGCGCU UUACUCUUGC GCUCACCGUG 50 CCCCAGACGA CUCGCCCGA 69 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 255 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGCAGUC UCCCUAGGUU UCAUCUCUGC AGCAUUCCGG 50 GGUNCCAGAC GACUCGCCCG A 71 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 256 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGAUCAA AAGCACUCAU UCCCGUGCUC GCUUCAUUGG 50 UCCCCCAGAC GACUCGCCCG A 71 74 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 257 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGAAGAU CUCCCAACUG CUGUGGCUAA UAAUUCUCUC 50 CGCGUCCCCA GACGACUCGC CCGA 74 70 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 258 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGUCCGU CAUAACGGCC AUAAACUGCG AAUACUCCCU 50 GGCCCAGACG ACUCGCCCGA 70 73 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 259 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGGGACA AWYAGCGGUG UCUUUUCAUU UNKAUCCUCC 50 GACRUCCCAG ACGACUCGCC CGA 73 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 260 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGUGACU AUCUGGCUCG AUCCAAUCAC CCGAGCCCAC 50 CGCGCCAGAC GACUCGCCCG A 71 71 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 261 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGGAACU AAUGGCCGUG AUUAACCAAU GCAGGCUUCC 50 UGCGCCAGAC GACUCGCCCG A 71 73 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 262 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGUGACA UGGAAUUUUC UACGGGCCCG AUCCUGCCAG 50 CCGUGUGCAG ACGACUCGCC CGA 73 13 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-NH2 m 263 GGAANYAANR CRR 13 9 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-NH2 m 264 GGAANYTGA 9 76 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All C′s are 2′-NH2 2 cytosine All U′s are 2′NH2 2 uracil 265 GGGAGACAAG AAUAACGCUC AAGUAGACUA AUGUGUGGAA GACAGCGGGU 50 GGUUCGACAG GAGGCUCACA ACAGGC 76 26 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All C′s are 2′-NH2 2 cytosine All U′s are 2′NH2 266 GGUGUGUGGA AGACAGCGGG UGGUUC 26 35 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All U′s and C′s are 2′- deox and 2′-deoxy-2′ aminocytidine residues A at positions 14 and 17 is methyladenosine G at positions 5, 6, 22, 23, 2′-deoxy-2′-O-methylguanosine T at positions 1-4 and 31-35 deoxythymidine 267 TTTTGGUGUG UGGAAGACAG CGGGUGGUUC TTTTT 35 27 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 268 GGGAGGSGSG GUYUCYYRRY UYYYSYS 27 26 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 269 RGGRRGRAYY RSBRSYYYYY BSYBSY 26 21 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-NH2 m 270 GGGAAGGAAY AARCRRGACC C 21 11 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-NH2 m 271 GGAAYGAYGA Y 11 49 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 272 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGUGGUC UCCCAAUUCU AAACUUUCUC CAUCGUAUC 9 47 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 273 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGUGGUC UCCCAAUUCU AAACUUUCUC CAUCGUA 47 45 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 274 GGGAGGACUG CGGUGGUCUC CCAAUUCUAA ACUUUCUCCA UCGUA 45 45 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 275 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGUGGUC UCCCCUAAAC UUUCUCCAUC GUAUC 45 45 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 276 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGUGGUC UCCCAAUUCU AUUCUCCAUC GUAUC 45 45 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 277 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGUGGUC UCCCAAUUCU AAACUCCAUC GUAUC 45 42 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 278 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGUGGUC UCCCAAUUAA CUCCAUCGUA UC 42 47 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 279 GAGGACGAUG CGGUGGUCUC CCAAUUCUAA ACUUUCUCCA UCGUAUC 47 42 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 280 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGUGGUC UCCCAAUUUU CUCCAUCGUA UC 42 41 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 281 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGUGGUC UCCCAAUUCU ACCAUCGUAU C 41 44 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 282 GGAGGACGAU GCGGUGGUCU CCCAAUUCUA UUCUCCAUCG UAUC 44 43 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 283 GGAGGACGAU GCGGUGGUCU CCAAUUCUAU UCUCCAUCGU AUC 43 43 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 284 GAGGACGAUG CGGUGGUCUC CCAAUUCUAU UCUCCAUCGU AUC 43 41 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 285 GAGGACGAUG CGGUGGUCUC AAUUCUAUUC UCCAUCGUAU C 41 44 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 286 GGGAGGCGAU GCGGUGGUCU CCCAAUUCUA UUCUCCAUCG UAUC 44 44 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 287 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGUGGUC UCCCAAUUCU AUCUCCAUCG UAUC 44 43 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 288 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGUGGUC UCCCAAUUCU ACUCCAUCGU AUC 43 42 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 289 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGUGGUC UCCCAAUUCU AUCCAUCGUA UC 42 44 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 290 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGUGGUC UCCCAAUUCU UUCUCCAUCG UAUC 44 43 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 291 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGUGGUC UCCCAAUUCU UCUCCAUCGU AUC 43 41 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 292 GGGGACGAUG CGGUGGCCCC AAUUCUAUUC UCCAUCGUAU C 41 39 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 293 GGGACGAUGC GGUGGCCCAA UUCUAUUCUC CAUCGUAUC 39 37 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 294 GACGAUGCGG UGGCCCAAUU CUAUUCUCCA UCGUAUC 37 38 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 295 GGACGAUGCG GUGGCCCAAU UCUAUUCUCC AUCGUAUC 38 34 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 296 GAUGCGGUGG CCCAAUUCUA UUCUCCAUCG UAUC 34 37 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 297 GAUGCGGUGG UCUCCCAAUU CUAUUCUCCA UCGUAUC 37 32 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 298 GGUGGUCUCC CAAUUCUAUU CUCCAUCGUA UC 32 12 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 299 GGGAGGACGA UG 12 42 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 300 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGUGGUC UCCCAAUUCU CUCCAUCGUA UC 42 41 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 301 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGUGUCU CCCAAUUCUU CUCAUCGUAU C 41 41 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 302 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGGGUCU CCCAAUUCUU CUCCUCGUAU C 41 39 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 303 GGGAGGACGA UGCGGGUCUC CCAAUUCUUC UCUCGUAUC 39 43 base pairs nucleic acid single linear RNA All pyrimidines are 2′-fluor 304 GGGAGUACGA UGCGGUGGUC UCCCAAUUCU UCUCCAUCGU AUC 43

Claims (2)

1. A method of identifying modified single-stranded ribonucleic acid ligands to PDGF comprising:
a) contacting a candidate mixture of modified single-stranded ribonucleic acids with PDGF, wherein ribonucleic acids having an increased affinity to PDGF relative to the candidate mixture may be partitioned from the remainder of the candidate mixture;
b) partitioning the increased affinity ribonucleic acids from the remainder of the candidate mixture; and
c) amplifying the increased affinity ribonucleic acids to yield a mixture of nucleic acids enriched for nucleic acid sequences with relatively higher affinity and specificity for binding to PDGF, whereby modified ribonucleic acid ligands of PDGF may be identified.
2. A method of identifying modified single-stranded ribonucleic acid ligands to hKGF comprising:
a) contacting a candidate mixture of modified single-stranded ribonucleic acids with hKGF, whereby ribonucleic acids having an increased affinity to hKGF relative to the candidate mixture may be partitioned from the remainder of the candidate mixture;
b) partitioning the increased affinity ribonucleic acids from the remainder of the candidate mixture; and
c) amplifying the increased affinity ribonucleic acids to yield a mixture of ribonucleic acids enriched for ribonucleic acid sequences with relatively higher affinity and specificity for binding to hKGF, whereby modified ribonucleic acid ligands of hKGF may be identified.
US10/223,666 1995-06-02 2002-08-19 High affinity oligonucleotide ligands to growth factors Abandoned US20030180744A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US10/223,666 US20030180744A1 (en) 1995-06-02 2002-08-19 High affinity oligonucleotide ligands to growth factors
US11/444,181 US20060229273A1 (en) 1995-06-02 2006-05-31 High affinity oligonucleotide ligands to growth factors

Applications Claiming Priority (10)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US08/458,424 US5731424A (en) 1990-06-11 1995-06-02 High affinity TGFβ nucleic acid ligands and inhibitors
US08/458,423 US5731144A (en) 1990-06-11 1995-06-02 High affinity TGFβ nucleic acid ligands
US08/465,591 US5837834A (en) 1990-06-11 1995-06-05 High affinity HKGF nucleic acid ligands and inhibitors
US08/465,594 US5846713A (en) 1990-06-11 1995-06-05 High affinity HKGF nucleic acid ligands and inhibitors
US08/479,725 US5674685A (en) 1990-06-11 1995-06-07 High affinity PDGF nucleic acid ligands
US08/479,783 US5668264A (en) 1990-06-11 1995-06-07 High affinity PDGF nucleic acid ligands
US08/618,693 US5723594A (en) 1995-06-07 1996-03-20 High affinity PDGF nucleic acid ligands
US08/973,124 US6207816B1 (en) 1995-06-02 1996-05-30 High affinity oligonucleotide ligands to growth factors
US81823701A 2001-03-27 2001-03-27
US10/223,666 US20030180744A1 (en) 1995-06-02 2002-08-19 High affinity oligonucleotide ligands to growth factors

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US81823701A Continuation 1995-06-02 2001-03-27

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/444,181 Continuation US20060229273A1 (en) 1995-06-02 2006-05-31 High affinity oligonucleotide ligands to growth factors

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20030180744A1 true US20030180744A1 (en) 2003-09-25

Family

ID=27569790

Family Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US08/973,124 Expired - Lifetime US6207816B1 (en) 1995-06-02 1996-05-30 High affinity oligonucleotide ligands to growth factors
US10/223,666 Abandoned US20030180744A1 (en) 1995-06-02 2002-08-19 High affinity oligonucleotide ligands to growth factors
US11/444,181 Abandoned US20060229273A1 (en) 1995-06-02 2006-05-31 High affinity oligonucleotide ligands to growth factors

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US08/973,124 Expired - Lifetime US6207816B1 (en) 1995-06-02 1996-05-30 High affinity oligonucleotide ligands to growth factors

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/444,181 Abandoned US20060229273A1 (en) 1995-06-02 2006-05-31 High affinity oligonucleotide ligands to growth factors

Country Status (9)

Country Link
US (3) US6207816B1 (en)
EP (2) EP0828849B1 (en)
JP (2) JP4531132B2 (en)
AT (1) ATE343638T1 (en)
AU (1) AU732820B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2221318C (en)
DE (1) DE69636656T2 (en)
ES (1) ES2276405T3 (en)
WO (1) WO1996038579A1 (en)

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8236570B2 (en) 2009-11-03 2012-08-07 Infoscitex Methods for identifying nucleic acid ligands
US8841429B2 (en) 2009-11-03 2014-09-23 Vivonics, Inc. Nucleic acid ligands against infectious prions
US8853376B2 (en) 2002-11-21 2014-10-07 Archemix Llc Stabilized aptamers to platelet derived growth factor and their use as oncology therapeutics
WO2016061386A1 (en) * 2014-10-15 2016-04-21 City Of Hope Rna aptamers against transferrin receptor (tfr)
US10100316B2 (en) 2002-11-21 2018-10-16 Archemix Llc Aptamers comprising CPG motifs
US11273171B2 (en) 2013-07-12 2022-03-15 Iveric Bio, Inc. Methods for treating or preventing ophthalmological conditions

Families Citing this family (79)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6346611B1 (en) * 1990-06-11 2002-02-12 Gilead Sciences, Inc. High affinity TGfβ nucleic acid ligands and inhibitors
US6344321B1 (en) * 1990-06-11 2002-02-05 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Nucleic acid ligands which bind to hepatocyte growth factor/scatter factor (HGF/SF) or its receptor c-met
US6395888B1 (en) * 1996-02-01 2002-05-28 Gilead Sciences, Inc. High affinity nucleic acid ligands of complement system proteins
US6229002B1 (en) 1995-06-07 2001-05-08 Nexstar Pharmaceuticlas, Inc. Platelet derived growth factor (PDGF) nucleic acid ligand complexes
US6242246B1 (en) 1997-12-15 2001-06-05 Somalogic, Inc. Nucleic acid ligand diagnostic Biochip
AU2004242462B2 (en) * 1999-07-29 2008-01-24 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Nucleic acid ligands to hepatocyte growth factor/scatter factor (HGF/SF) or its receptor C-Met and to integrins
AU2002312059B2 (en) 2001-05-25 2009-01-15 Duke University Modulators of pharmacological agents
EP1501929B1 (en) * 2002-05-06 2013-03-27 Noxxon Pharma AG Cgrp binding nucleic acids
GB0213745D0 (en) 2002-06-14 2002-07-24 Univ Edinburgh Enzyme
US20040249130A1 (en) * 2002-06-18 2004-12-09 Martin Stanton Aptamer-toxin molecules and methods for using same
EP1552002A4 (en) * 2002-06-18 2006-02-08 Archemix Corp Aptamer-toxin molecules and methods for using same
US8039443B2 (en) * 2002-11-21 2011-10-18 Archemix Corporation Stabilized aptamers to platelet derived growth factor and their use as oncology therapeutics
US20050124565A1 (en) * 2002-11-21 2005-06-09 Diener John L. Stabilized aptamers to platelet derived growth factor and their use as oncology therapeutics
US20040253243A1 (en) * 2003-01-21 2004-12-16 David Epstein Aptamer therapeutics useful in ocular pharmacotherapy
WO2004094614A2 (en) 2003-04-21 2004-11-04 Archemix Corp. Stabilized aptamers to platelet derived growth factor and their use as oncology therapeutics
US20040219663A1 (en) * 2003-04-30 2004-11-04 Page Robert D. Biopolymer array fabrication using different drop deposition heads
US7727969B2 (en) * 2003-06-06 2010-06-01 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Controlled release nanoparticle having bound oligonucleotide for targeted delivery
PL1660057T3 (en) * 2003-08-27 2012-10-31 Ophthotech Corp Combination therapy for the treatment of ocular neovascular disorders
LT3385384T (en) 2004-02-12 2020-09-25 Archemix Llc Aptamer therapeutics useful in the treatment of complement-related disorders
US7803931B2 (en) 2004-02-12 2010-09-28 Archemix Corp. Aptamer therapeutics useful in the treatment of complement-related disorders
US20060193821A1 (en) * 2004-03-05 2006-08-31 Diener John L Aptamers to the human IL-12 cytokine family and their use as autoimmune disease therapeutics
US20070066550A1 (en) * 2004-03-05 2007-03-22 Diener John L Aptamers to the human IL-12 cytokine family and their use as autoimmune disease therapeutics
US20080214489A1 (en) * 2004-04-19 2008-09-04 Anthony Dominic Keefe Aptamer-mediated intracellular delivery of oligonucleotides
US7579450B2 (en) * 2004-04-26 2009-08-25 Archemix Corp. Nucleic acid ligands specific to immunoglobulin E and their use as atopic disease therapeutics
US7566701B2 (en) * 2004-09-07 2009-07-28 Archemix Corp. Aptamers to von Willebrand Factor and their use as thrombotic disease therapeutics
AU2005287273B2 (en) 2004-09-07 2011-05-12 Archemix Corp. Aptamers to von Willebrand Factor and their use as thrombotic disease therapeutics
AU2005282380A1 (en) * 2004-09-07 2006-03-16 Archemix Corp. Aptamer medicinal chemistry
EP3034089A1 (en) 2004-11-02 2016-06-22 Archemix LLC Stabilized aptamers to platelet derived growth factor and their use as oncology therapeutics
AU2006226192A1 (en) 2005-03-19 2006-09-28 Medical Research Council Improvements in or relating to treatment and prevention of viral infections
JP5015923B2 (en) 2005-06-30 2012-09-05 アーケミックス コーポレイション Materials and methods for generating complete 2 'modified nucleic acid transcripts
US8101385B2 (en) 2005-06-30 2012-01-24 Archemix Corp. Materials and methods for the generation of transcripts comprising modified nucleotides
AU2006309096B2 (en) 2005-10-28 2013-07-04 Glaxosmithkline Llc Methods for identifying compounds of interest using encoded libraries
US7922000B2 (en) * 2006-02-15 2011-04-12 Miraial Co., Ltd. Thin plate container with a stack of removable loading trays
PT2596807E (en) 2006-03-08 2016-03-18 Archemix Llc Complement binding aptamers and anti-c5 agents useful in the treatment of ocular disorders
WO2008134077A1 (en) * 2007-04-30 2008-11-06 Archemix Corp. Metabolic profile directed aptamer medicinal chemistry
US20090203766A1 (en) * 2007-06-01 2009-08-13 Archemix Corp. vWF aptamer formulations and methods for use
US20080305157A1 (en) * 2007-06-08 2008-12-11 University Of Maryland Office Of Technology Commercialization Encapsulation and separation of charged organic solutes inside catanionic vesicles
US20090233295A1 (en) * 2008-01-29 2009-09-17 Elias Georges Trim59 directed diagnostics for neoplastic disease
US8207298B2 (en) * 2008-05-01 2012-06-26 Archemix Corp. Methods of separating biopolymer conjugated molecules from unconjugated molecules
JP2012518657A (en) 2009-02-25 2012-08-16 オーエスアイ・ファーマシューティカルズ，エルエルシー Combined anticancer treatment
WO2010099364A2 (en) 2009-02-27 2010-09-02 Osi Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for the identification of agents that inhibit mesenchymal-like tumor cells or their formation
WO2010099138A2 (en) 2009-02-27 2010-09-02 Osi Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for the identification of agents that inhibit mesenchymal-like tumor cells or their formation
EP2401614A1 (en) 2009-02-27 2012-01-04 OSI Pharmaceuticals, LLC Methods for the identification of agents that inhibit mesenchymal-like tumor cells or their formation
GB0904957D0 (en) 2009-03-23 2009-05-06 Univ Erasmus Medical Ct Tumour gene profile
GB0915515D0 (en) 2009-09-04 2009-10-07 Ucl Business Plc Treatment of vasculoproliferative conditions
EP2558577B1 (en) 2010-04-16 2018-12-12 Nuevolution A/S Bi-functional complexes and methods for making and using such complexes
GB201013573D0 (en) 2010-08-12 2010-09-29 Ucl Business Plc Treatment
GB201013785D0 (en) 2010-08-17 2010-09-29 Ucl Business Plc Treatment
GB201014026D0 (en) 2010-08-20 2010-10-06 Ucl Business Plc Treatment
WO2012038744A2 (en) 2010-09-22 2012-03-29 Genome Research Limited Detecting mutations
JP2014519813A (en) 2011-04-25 2014-08-21 オーエスアイ・ファーマシューティカルズ，エルエルシー Use of EMT gene signatures in cancer drug discovery, diagnosis, and treatment
GB201120711D0 (en) 2011-12-01 2012-01-11 Univ Erasmus Medical Ct Method for classifying tumour cells
RU2014132706A (en) 2012-01-10 2016-02-27 Ноксон Фарма Аг NUCLEIC ACIDS SPECIFICALLY BINDING CGRP
JP6181088B2 (en) 2012-03-09 2017-08-16 ユーシーエル ビジネス ピーエルシー Cancer treatment
CA2868096C (en) 2012-03-28 2019-12-31 Somalogic, Inc. Aptamers to pdgf and vegf and their use in treating pdgf and vegf mediated conditions
GB201205739D0 (en) 2012-03-30 2012-05-16 Ucl Business Plc Treatment of acute inflammation in the respiratory tract
WO2013152252A1 (en) 2012-04-06 2013-10-10 OSI Pharmaceuticals, LLC Combination anti-cancer therapy
US9695424B2 (en) 2013-09-09 2017-07-04 Somalogic, Inc. PDGF and VEGF aptamers having improved stability and their use in treating PDGF and VEGF mediated diseases and disorders
DE202014010499U1 (en) 2013-12-17 2015-10-20 Kymab Limited Targeting of human PCSK9 for cholesterol treatment
EP3119435A1 (en) 2014-03-17 2017-01-25 GlaxoSmithKline Intellectual Property Development Limited Aptamers for topical delivery
US9605266B2 (en) * 2014-07-16 2017-03-28 City Of Hope Cell-specific internalizing RNA aptamers against human CCR5 and uses therefore
MX2018006139A (en) 2015-11-18 2019-03-14 Sio2 Medical Products Inc Pharmaceutical package for ophthalmic formulations.
CN108883172A (en) 2015-11-18 2018-11-23 福迈康股份公司 The prefilled drug of liquid formulations comprising VEGF antagonist is packed
CN108290004A (en) 2015-11-18 2018-07-17 福尔密孔股份公司 Pre-filled plastic injector containing VEGF antagonist
AU2017213103B2 (en) 2016-01-26 2022-08-11 Formycon Ag Liquid formulation of a VEGF antagonist
GB201704953D0 (en) 2017-03-28 2017-05-10 Imp Innovations Ltd Natural killer cells
WO2018215580A1 (en) 2017-05-24 2018-11-29 Formycon Ag Method for sterilizing prefilled plastic syringes containing a vegf antagonist
US20200237997A1 (en) 2017-05-24 2020-07-30 Formycon Ag Sterilizable pre-filled pharmaceutical packages comprising a liquid formulation of a vegf-antagonist
EP3630062A2 (en) 2017-05-24 2020-04-08 SiO2 Medical Products, Inc. Sterilizable pharmaceutical package for ophthalmic formulations
RU2020112854A (en) 2017-11-30 2021-12-30 Арракис Терапьютикс, Инк. PHOTOPROBES BINDING NUCLEIC ACIDS AND METHODS OF THEIR APPLICATION
GB201804515D0 (en) 2018-03-21 2018-05-02 Takayuki Takakondo Treatment of necroptosis
GB201804514D0 (en) 2018-03-21 2018-05-02 Ucl Business Plc Treatment of pyroptosis
GB202002711D0 (en) 2020-02-26 2020-04-08 Ucl Business Ltd Treatment
CN116547299A (en) 2020-06-25 2023-08-04 米迪缪尼有限公司 Prevention of neuronal axonal injury using antibodies that bind to amyloid beta 1-42 peptide
WO2022058700A1 (en) 2020-09-15 2022-03-24 Imperial College Innovations Limited Treatment of idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis
GB202017673D0 (en) 2020-11-09 2020-12-23 Imperial College Innovations Ltd Treatment of pulmonary arterial hypertensive
WO2023152499A1 (en) 2022-02-09 2023-08-17 Imperial College Innovations Limited Treatment of telangiectasia
WO2024047368A1 (en) 2022-09-02 2024-03-07 Imperial College Innovations Limited Natural killer cells
GB202303784D0 (en) 2023-03-15 2023-04-26 Institute Of Cancer Res Royal Cancer Hospital Cancer treatment

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5270163A (en) * 1990-06-11 1993-12-14 University Research Corporation Methods for identifying nucleic acid ligands
US5459015A (en) * 1990-06-11 1995-10-17 Nexstar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. High-affinity RNA ligands of basic fibroblast growth factor
US5668264A (en) * 1990-06-11 1997-09-16 Nexstar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. High affinity PDGF nucleic acid ligands
US5674685A (en) * 1990-06-11 1997-10-07 Nexstar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. High affinity PDGF nucleic acid ligands
US5837834A (en) * 1990-06-11 1998-11-17 Nexstar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. High affinity HKGF nucleic acid ligands and inhibitors
US5846713A (en) * 1990-06-11 1998-12-08 Nexstar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. High affinity HKGF nucleic acid ligands and inhibitors

Family Cites Families (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE3590766C2 (en) 1985-03-30 1991-01-10 Marc Genf/Geneve Ch Ballivet
WO1989006694A1 (en) 1988-01-15 1989-07-27 Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Process for selection of proteinaceous substances which mimic growth-inducing molecules
JPH0780780B2 (en) * 1989-09-29 1995-08-30 ラ ホヤ キャンサー リサーチ ファウンデーション Inhibition of transforming growth factor-beta to prevent extracellular matrix accumulation
IL98569A0 (en) * 1990-06-20 1992-07-15 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Pharmaceutical compositions containing tgf-b and antagonists thereof for modulating blood pressure
AU1435492A (en) 1991-02-21 1992-09-15 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Aptamer specific for biomolecules and method of making
MX9301135A (en) * 1992-03-06 1993-09-01 Steven G Reed METHOD FOR TREATING MACROPHAGO PATHOGEN INFECTIONS.
WO1993019783A1 (en) * 1992-04-01 1993-10-14 The Whittier Institute For Diabetes And Endocrinology Methods of inhibiting or enhancing scar formation in the cns
WO1994018991A1 (en) * 1993-02-19 1994-09-01 Celtrix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. EXPANSION OF STEM CELLS IN LONG TERM BONE MARROW CULTURES BY NEUTRALIZATION OF TGF-$g(b)
WO1994025588A2 (en) * 1993-04-30 1994-11-10 Biognostik Gesellschaft für Biomolekulare Diagnostik mbH ANTISENSE-OLIGONUCLEOTIDES FOR THE TREATMENT OF IMMUNOSUPPRESSIVE EFFECTS OF TRANSFORMING GROWTH FACTOR-β (TGF-β)
WO1995007364A1 (en) * 1993-09-08 1995-03-16 Nexstar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Nucleic acid ligands and improved methods for producing the same
DE69435048T2 (en) * 1993-09-17 2008-10-02 Somalogic, Inc., Boulder SYSTEMATIC EVOLUTION OF LIGANDS BY EXPONENTIAL ENRICHMENT: PHOTOSELECTION OF NUCLEIC ACID ELECTRICITES

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5270163A (en) * 1990-06-11 1993-12-14 University Research Corporation Methods for identifying nucleic acid ligands
US5459015A (en) * 1990-06-11 1995-10-17 Nexstar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. High-affinity RNA ligands of basic fibroblast growth factor
US5668264A (en) * 1990-06-11 1997-09-16 Nexstar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. High affinity PDGF nucleic acid ligands
US5674685A (en) * 1990-06-11 1997-10-07 Nexstar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. High affinity PDGF nucleic acid ligands
US5837834A (en) * 1990-06-11 1998-11-17 Nexstar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. High affinity HKGF nucleic acid ligands and inhibitors
US5846713A (en) * 1990-06-11 1998-12-08 Nexstar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. High affinity HKGF nucleic acid ligands and inhibitors

Cited By (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8853376B2 (en) 2002-11-21 2014-10-07 Archemix Llc Stabilized aptamers to platelet derived growth factor and their use as oncology therapeutics
US10100316B2 (en) 2002-11-21 2018-10-16 Archemix Llc Aptamers comprising CPG motifs
US8236570B2 (en) 2009-11-03 2012-08-07 Infoscitex Methods for identifying nucleic acid ligands
US8841429B2 (en) 2009-11-03 2014-09-23 Vivonics, Inc. Nucleic acid ligands against infectious prions
US9085773B2 (en) 2009-11-03 2015-07-21 Vivonics, Inc. Methods for identifying nucleic acid ligands
US11273171B2 (en) 2013-07-12 2022-03-15 Iveric Bio, Inc. Methods for treating or preventing ophthalmological conditions
US12016875B2 (en) 2013-07-12 2024-06-25 Iveric Bio, Inc. Methods for treating or preventing ophthalmological conditions
WO2016061386A1 (en) * 2014-10-15 2016-04-21 City Of Hope Rna aptamers against transferrin receptor (tfr)
US11236341B2 (en) 2014-10-15 2022-02-01 City Of Hope RNA aptamers against transferrin receptor (TFR)

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
DE69636656T2 (en) 2007-10-04
ATE343638T1 (en) 2006-11-15
EP0828849A1 (en) 1998-03-18
ES2276405T3 (en) 2007-06-16
DE69636656D1 (en) 2006-12-07
EP0828849B1 (en) 2006-10-25
EP1741780A3 (en) 2007-03-28
AU5883996A (en) 1996-12-18
CA2221318C (en) 2012-01-24
US6207816B1 (en) 2001-03-27
JP2007049997A (en) 2007-03-01
CA2221318A1 (en) 1996-12-05
JP4531132B2 (en) 2010-08-25
WO1996038579A1 (en) 1996-12-05
EP1741780A2 (en) 2007-01-10
JP2001500362A (en) 2001-01-16
EP0828849A4 (en) 2005-01-19
AU732820B2 (en) 2001-05-03
US20060229273A1 (en) 2006-10-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US6207816B1 (en) High affinity oligonucleotide ligands to growth factors
US5723594A (en) High affinity PDGF nucleic acid ligands
US5846713A (en) High affinity HKGF nucleic acid ligands and inhibitors
US5731144A (en) High affinity TGFβ nucleic acid ligands
US5731424A (en) High affinity TGFβ nucleic acid ligands and inhibitors
US6346611B1 (en) High affinity TGfβ nucleic acid ligands and inhibitors
US6124449A (en) High affinity TGFβ nucleic acid ligands and inhibitors
US5674685A (en) High affinity PDGF nucleic acid ligands
US5668264A (en) High affinity PDGF nucleic acid ligands
US6344321B1 (en) Nucleic acid ligands which bind to hepatocyte growth factor/scatter factor (HGF/SF) or its receptor c-met
US5686592A (en) High-affinity oligonucleotide ligands to immunoglobulin E (IgE)
US6762290B1 (en) High affinity vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) receptor nucleic acid ligands and inhibitors
US5837834A (en) High affinity HKGF nucleic acid ligands and inhibitors
AU773741B2 (en) High affinity oligonucleotide ligands to growth factors
AU2004206993B2 (en) High affinity oligonucleotide ligands to growth factors
US20060084797A1 (en) High affinity TGFbeta nucleic acid ligands and inhibitors
AU782620B2 (en) High affinity vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) receptor nucleic acid ligands and inhibitors
AU2004242532A1 (en) High affinity TGF beta nucleic acid ligands and inhibitors

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: GILEAD SCIENCES, INC., CALIFORNIA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:NEXSTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.;REEL/FRAME:013366/0777

Effective date: 20010123

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION